US20200104052A1 - Replication using deduplicated secondary copy data - Google Patents
Replication using deduplicated secondary copy data Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20200104052A1 US20200104052A1 US16/596,381 US201916596381A US2020104052A1 US 20200104052 A1 US20200104052 A1 US 20200104052A1 US 201916596381 A US201916596381 A US 201916596381A US 2020104052 A1 US2020104052 A1 US 2020104052A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- data
- storage
- destination
- copy
- deduplicated
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
Images
Classifications
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F3/00—Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
- G06F3/06—Digital input from, or digital output to, record carriers, e.g. RAID, emulated record carriers or networked record carriers
- G06F3/0601—Interfaces specially adapted for storage systems
- G06F3/0628—Interfaces specially adapted for storage systems making use of a particular technique
- G06F3/0646—Horizontal data movement in storage systems, i.e. moving data in between storage devices or systems
- G06F3/065—Replication mechanisms
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F11/00—Error detection; Error correction; Monitoring
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F11/00—Error detection; Error correction; Monitoring
- G06F11/07—Responding to the occurrence of a fault, e.g. fault tolerance
- G06F11/14—Error detection or correction of the data by redundancy in operation
- G06F11/1402—Saving, restoring, recovering or retrying
- G06F11/1446—Point-in-time backing up or restoration of persistent data
- G06F11/1448—Management of the data involved in backup or backup restore
- G06F11/1453—Management of the data involved in backup or backup restore using de-duplication of the data
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F11/00—Error detection; Error correction; Monitoring
- G06F11/07—Responding to the occurrence of a fault, e.g. fault tolerance
- G06F11/14—Error detection or correction of the data by redundancy in operation
- G06F11/1402—Saving, restoring, recovering or retrying
- G06F11/1446—Point-in-time backing up or restoration of persistent data
- G06F11/1458—Management of the backup or restore process
- G06F11/1464—Management of the backup or restore process for networked environments
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F11/00—Error detection; Error correction; Monitoring
- G06F11/07—Responding to the occurrence of a fault, e.g. fault tolerance
- G06F11/16—Error detection or correction of the data by redundancy in hardware
- G06F11/1666—Error detection or correction of the data by redundancy in hardware where the redundant component is memory or memory area
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F11/00—Error detection; Error correction; Monitoring
- G06F11/07—Responding to the occurrence of a fault, e.g. fault tolerance
- G06F11/16—Error detection or correction of the data by redundancy in hardware
- G06F11/20—Error detection or correction of the data by redundancy in hardware using active fault-masking, e.g. by switching out faulty elements or by switching in spare elements
- G06F11/2053—Error detection or correction of the data by redundancy in hardware using active fault-masking, e.g. by switching out faulty elements or by switching in spare elements where persistent mass storage functionality or persistent mass storage control functionality is redundant
- G06F11/2094—Redundant storage or storage space
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F16/00—Information retrieval; Database structures therefor; File system structures therefor
- G06F16/20—Information retrieval; Database structures therefor; File system structures therefor of structured data, e.g. relational data
- G06F16/23—Updating
- G06F16/2308—Concurrency control
- G06F16/2315—Optimistic concurrency control
- G06F16/2322—Optimistic concurrency control using timestamps
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F16/00—Information retrieval; Database structures therefor; File system structures therefor
- G06F16/20—Information retrieval; Database structures therefor; File system structures therefor of structured data, e.g. relational data
- G06F16/27—Replication, distribution or synchronisation of data between databases or within a distributed database system; Distributed database system architectures therefor
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F3/00—Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
- G06F3/06—Digital input from, or digital output to, record carriers, e.g. RAID, emulated record carriers or networked record carriers
- G06F3/0601—Interfaces specially adapted for storage systems
- G06F3/0602—Interfaces specially adapted for storage systems specifically adapted to achieve a particular effect
- G06F3/0614—Improving the reliability of storage systems
- G06F3/0619—Improving the reliability of storage systems in relation to data integrity, e.g. data losses, bit errors
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F3/00—Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
- G06F3/06—Digital input from, or digital output to, record carriers, e.g. RAID, emulated record carriers or networked record carriers
- G06F3/0601—Interfaces specially adapted for storage systems
- G06F3/0668—Interfaces specially adapted for storage systems adopting a particular infrastructure
- G06F3/0671—In-line storage system
- G06F3/0683—Plurality of storage devices
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F11/00—Error detection; Error correction; Monitoring
- G06F11/07—Responding to the occurrence of a fault, e.g. fault tolerance
- G06F11/14—Error detection or correction of the data by redundancy in operation
- G06F11/1402—Saving, restoring, recovering or retrying
- G06F11/1446—Point-in-time backing up or restoration of persistent data
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F11/00—Error detection; Error correction; Monitoring
- G06F11/07—Responding to the occurrence of a fault, e.g. fault tolerance
- G06F11/16—Error detection or correction of the data by redundancy in hardware
- G06F11/20—Error detection or correction of the data by redundancy in hardware using active fault-masking, e.g. by switching out faulty elements or by switching in spare elements
- G06F11/2053—Error detection or correction of the data by redundancy in hardware using active fault-masking, e.g. by switching out faulty elements or by switching in spare elements where persistent mass storage functionality or persistent mass storage control functionality is redundant
- G06F11/2089—Redundant storage control functionality
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F11/00—Error detection; Error correction; Monitoring
- G06F11/07—Responding to the occurrence of a fault, e.g. fault tolerance
- G06F11/16—Error detection or correction of the data by redundancy in hardware
- G06F11/20—Error detection or correction of the data by redundancy in hardware using active fault-masking, e.g. by switching out faulty elements or by switching in spare elements
- G06F11/2097—Error detection or correction of the data by redundancy in hardware using active fault-masking, e.g. by switching out faulty elements or by switching in spare elements maintaining the standby controller/processing unit updated
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F2201/00—Indexing scheme relating to error detection, to error correction, and to monitoring
- G06F2201/80—Database-specific techniques
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F2201/00—Indexing scheme relating to error detection, to error correction, and to monitoring
- G06F2201/835—Timestamp
Definitions
- a company might back up critical computing systems such as databases, file servers, web servers, and so on as part of a daily, weekly, or monthly maintenance schedule.
- the company may similarly protect computing systems used by each of its employees, such as those used by an accounting department, marketing department, engineering department, and so forth.
- an organization may want to replicate production data generated by one or more source client to one or more destination clients.
- Replication may be performed using production machines, but this can be resource intensive, reducing availability of the production machines for production activities.
- an information management system may use backup copies or other secondary copies of production data for the purposes of replicating production data to another client.
- the secondary copies can be deduplicated copies, for instance. By utilizing available secondary copies of the data for replication, the system can reduce the impact on the production machines associated with replication. Utilizing deduplicated copies not only reduces the amount of stored data, but reduce the amount of data that is communicated between the source and the destination, increasing the speed of the replication process.
- the system achieves the replication by performing a deduplicated copy from a source to a destination, then performing a restore from the deduplicated secondary copies at the destination.
- the deduplicated secondary copies can be packaged in a particular format that facilitates replication. For example, the system packages the hashes and data together. In this way, the system can access the hashes directly from the deduplicated secondary copies.
- the system can leverage deduplicated data in secondary storage as the source to replicate production data from one client to another client, while reducing the burden on the production machines. Moreover, packaging the deduplicated data in the format explained above, the system may streamline accessing of the hashes.
- some embodiments described herein perform metadata reduction techniques. For instance, the system may create a single container file that includes metadata and/or data associated with a multiple backup operations, rather than creating a new file for each operation. The system can modify (e.g., increment a data size parameter) existing parameters within the container file to reflect the iterative backup operations instead of generating new parameters for individual backup files.
- commands are not captured in traditional backups because a backup is a point-in-time copy of the data and/or because the backup copies are stored in a backup format rather than a file system format.
- the data in the source is continuously sent to the destination, and the commands may also be sent to the destination, for example, in a command stream in order to reflect the changes to the data at the source.
- the source may send the hashes and/or the data blocks in a data stream, and can send a command stream along with a data stream.
- the destination receives and executes the commands.
- the order of the commands may be preserved, for example, based on time information, such that the commands can be executed in order at the destination.
- a system for replicating data in secondary storage using secondary copy data.
- the system can include a source system having a source client computing device comprising hardware.
- the source primary storage devices are associated with the source client computing device.
- the source system can further include one or more source secondary storage controller computers comprising hardware and one or more source secondary storage devices.
- the source secondary storage controller computers according to certain embodiments are configured to create a first copy of primary data residing in the one or more source primary storage devices on the one or more source secondary storage devices.
- the first copy can be a deduplicated secondary copy including a plurality of data blocks and corresponding signature values and reflects a change to at least one changed portion of the primary data as compared to a previous deduplicated secondary copy of the primary data.
- the source secondary storage controller computers can additionally be configured to send the signature value corresponding to at least a first data block of the plurality of data blocks in the first copy to the one or more destination secondary storage controller computers, the first data block corresponding to the at least one changed portion of the primary data.
- the source secondary storage controller computers can be further configured to send the first data block to the one or more destination secondary storage controller computers.
- the system can further include a destination system comprising a destination client computing device comprising hardware.
- the destination system can additionally include one or more destination primary storage devices associated with the destination client computing device.
- the destination system can further include one or more destination secondary storage controller computers comprising hardware, and one or more destination secondary storage devices.
- the destination system can be configured to copy the first data block to the one or more destination secondary storage devices.
- the destination system can additionally be configured to restore a deduplicated secondary copy of the primary data stored on the one or more destination secondary storage devices to the one or more destination primary storage devices such that the change to the primary data is propagated to a replicated version of the primary data residing on the destination primary storage devices.
- the first copy is one of a plurality of deduplicated secondary copies that the source system is configured to perform as part of a continuous replication process.
- the plurality of deduplicated secondary copies can be performed according to a predetermined schedule at a regular interval.
- the regular interval can be less than one hour, less than ten minutes, or less than five minutes.
- the restore performed by the destination system can be one of a plurality of restore operations.
- Each of the plurality of restore operations can correspond to one of the plurality of deduplicated secondary copies performed by the source system.
- the plurality of restore operations are performed at the regular interval according to certain configurations such that changes to the primary data on the source system are replicated to the destination system in a period of time not significantly greater than the regular interval.
- the primary data includes one or more files
- the one or more secondary storage controller computers are further configured to send a command stream including one or more commands associated with the one or more files.
- the destination system can be configured to execute the one or more commands.
- a method of replicating data from a source system to a destination system using secondary copy data can include, using the source system, creating a first copy of primary data, the primary data residing in one or more source primary storage devices of the source system.
- the first copy can be created on one or more source secondary storage devices of the source system.
- the first copy can be a deduplicated secondary copy including a plurality of data blocks and corresponding signature values, and can reflect a change to at least one changed portion of the primary data as compared to a previous deduplicated secondary copy of the primary data.
- the method can further including sending the signature value corresponding to at least a first data block of the plurality of data blocks in the first copy to one or more destination secondary storage controller computers in the destination system, the first data block corresponding to the at least one changed portion of the primary data.
- the method can further include sending the first data block to the one or more destination secondary storage controller computers.
- the method can further include, using the destination system, copying the first data block to the one or more destination secondary storage devices of the destination system.
- the method can additionally include restoring a deduplicated secondary copy of the primary data stored on the one or more destination secondary storage devices to one or more destination primary storage devices of the destination system such that the change to the primary data is propagated to a replicated version of the primary data residing on the destination primary storage devices.
- the first copy is one of a plurality of deduplicated secondary copies that the source system is configured to perform as part of a continuous replication process.
- the plurality of deduplicated secondary copies are performed according to a pre-determined schedule at a regular interval.
- the regular interval is less than one hour, less than ten minutes, or less than five minutes.
- the restore performed by the destination system is one of a plurality of restore operations, wherein each of the plurality of restore operations corresponds to one of the plurality of deduplicated secondary copies performed by the source system.
- the plurality of restore operations can be performed at the regular interval such that changes to the primary data on the source system are replicated to the destination system in a period of time not significantly greater than the regular interval.
- the primary data can include one or more files, where the method further includes, using the one or more secondary storage controller computers, sending a command stream including one or more commands associated with the one or more files; and using the destination system, executing the one or more commands.
- FIG. 1A is a block diagram illustrating an exemplary information management system.
- FIG. 1B is a detailed view of a primary storage device, a secondary storage device, and some examples of primary data and secondary copy data.
- FIG. 1C is a block diagram of an exemplary information management system including a storage manager, one or more data agents, and one or more media agents.
- FIG. 1D is a block diagram illustrating a scalable information management system.
- FIG. 1E illustrates certain secondary copy operations according to an exemplary storage policy.
- FIGS. 1F-1H are block diagrams illustrating suitable data structures that may be employed by the information management system.
- FIG. 2 is a data flow diagram illustrative of the interaction between the various components of an exemplary information management system configured to implement replication using deduplicated secondary copy data, according to certain embodiments.
- FIG. 3B is a block diagram illustrative of performing a deduplication copy, according to certain embodiments.
- FIG. 4 is a block diagram illustrative of a data structure used to implement replication using deduplicated secondary copy data, according to certain embodiments.
- FIG. 5 is a flow diagram of illustrative of one embodiment of a routine for replication using deduplicated secondary copy data.
- FIG. 6 is a flow diagram illustrative of one embodiment of a routine for scheduling backup operations in replication using deduplicated secondary copy data.
- FIG. 7A is a block diagram illustrative of an exemplary partial metadata container file.
- Systems and methods are disclosed for implementing replication using deduplicated secondary copy data. Examples of such systems and methods are described in further detail herein, in reference to FIGS. 2-8 . Components and functionality for replication using deduplicated secondary copy data may be configured and/or incorporated into information management systems such as those described herein in FIGS. 1A-1H .
- FIG. 1A shows one such information management system 100 , which generally includes combinations of hardware and software configured to protect and manage data and metadata, which is generated and used by the various computing devices in information management system 100 .
- the organization that employs the information management system 100 may be a corporation or other business entity, non-profit organization, educational institution, household, governmental agency, or the like.
- the information management system 100 can include a variety of different computing devices. For instance, as will be described in greater detail herein, the information management system 100 can include one or more client computing devices 102 and secondary storage computing devices 106 .
- Computing devices can include, without limitation, one or more: workstations, personal computers, desktop computers, or other types of generally fixed computing systems such as mainframe computers and minicomputers.
- Other computing devices can include mobile or portable computing devices, such as one or more laptops, tablet computers, personal data assistants, mobile phones (such as smartphones), and other mobile or portable computing devices such as embedded computers, set top boxes, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable computers, etc.
- Computing devices can include servers, such as mail servers, file servers, database servers, and web servers.
- a computing device includes virtualized and/or cloud computing resources.
- one or more virtual machines may be provided to the organization by a third-party cloud service vendor.
- computing devices can include one or more virtual machine(s) running on a physical host computing device (or “host machine”) operated by the organization.
- host machine the organization may use one virtual machine as a database server and another virtual machine as a mail server, both virtual machines operating on the same host machine.
- a virtual machine includes an operating system and associated virtual resources, and is hosted simultaneously with another operating system on a physical host computer (or host machine).
- a hypervisor typically software, and also known in the art as a virtual machine monitor or a virtual machine manager or “VMM” sits between the virtual machine and the hardware of the physical host machine.
- hypervisor typically software, and also known in the art as a virtual machine monitor or a virtual machine manager or “VMM” sits between the virtual machine and the hardware of the physical host machine.
- hypervisor typically software, and also known in the art as a virtual machine monitor or a virtual machine manager or “VMM”
- hypervisor as virtualization software is ESX Server, by VMware, Inc. of Palo Alto, Calif.; other examples include Microsoft Virtual Server and Microsoft Windows Server Hyper-V, both by Microsoft Corporation of Redmond, Wash., and Sun xVM by Oracle America Inc. of Santa Clara, Calif.
- the hypervisor may be firmware or hardware or a combination of software and/or firmware and/or hardware.
- the hypervisor provides to each virtual operating system virtual resources, such as a virtual processor, virtual memory, a virtual network device, and a virtual disk. Each virtual machine has one or more virtual disks.
- the hypervisor typically stores the data of virtual disks in files on the file system of the physical host machine, called virtual machine disk files (in the case of VMware virtual servers) or virtual hard disk image files (in the case of Microsoft virtual servers).
- VMware's ESX Server provides the Virtual Machine File System (VMFS) for the storage of virtual machine disk files.
- VMFS Virtual Machine File System
- the illustrated information management system 100 includes one or more client computing device 102 having at least one application 110 executing thereon, and one or more primary storage devices 104 storing primary data 112 .
- the client computing device(s) 102 and the primary storage devices 104 may generally be referred to in some cases as a primary storage subsystem 117 .
- a computing device in an information management system 100 that has a data agent 142 installed and operating on it is generally referred to as a client computing device 102 (or, in the context of a component of the information management system 100 simply as a “client”).
- information management system can refer to generally all of the illustrated hardware and software components. Or, in other instances, the term may refer to only a subset of the illustrated components.
- the data generation sources include the one or more client computing devices 102 .
- the client computing devices 102 may include any of the types of computing devices described above, without limitation, and in some cases the client computing devices 102 are associated with one or more users and/or corresponding user accounts, of employees or other individuals.
- Each client computing device 102 may have one or more applications 110 (e.g., software applications) executing thereon which generate and manipulate the data that is to be protected from loss and managed.
- the applications 110 generally facilitate the operations of an organization (or multiple affiliated organizations), and can include, without limitation, mail server applications (e.g., Microsoft Exchange Server), file server applications, mail client applications (e.g., Microsoft Exchange Client), database applications (e.g., SQL, Oracle, SAP, Lotus Notes Database), word processing applications (e.g., Microsoft Word), spreadsheet applications, financial applications, presentation applications, graphics and/or video applications, browser applications, mobile applications, entertainment applications, and so on.
- mail server applications e.g., Microsoft Exchange Server
- file server applications e.g., mail client applications (e.g., Microsoft Exchange Client)
- database applications e.g., SQL, Oracle, SAP, Lotus Notes Database
- word processing applications e.g., Microsoft Word
- spreadsheet applications e.g., financial applications, presentation applications, graphics and/or video applications, browser applications,
- the client computing devices 102 can have at least one operating system (e.g., Microsoft Windows, Mac OS X, iOS, IBM z/OS, Linux, other Unix-based operating systems, etc.) installed thereon, which may support or host one or more file systems and other applications 110 .
- operating system e.g., Microsoft Windows, Mac OS X, iOS, IBM z/OS, Linux, other Unix-based operating systems, etc.
- the client computing devices 102 and other components in information management system 100 can be connected to one another via one or more communication pathways 114 .
- a first communication pathway 114 may connect (or communicatively couple) client computing device 102 and secondary storage computing device 106 ;
- a second communication pathway 114 may connect storage manager 140 and client computing device 102 ;
- a third communication pathway 114 may connect storage manager 140 and secondary storage computing device 106 , etc. (see, e.g., FIG. 1A and FIG. 1C ).
- the communication pathways 114 in some cases may also include application programming interfaces (APIs) including, e.g., cloud service provider APIs, virtual machine management APIs, and hosted service provider APIs.
- APIs application programming interfaces
- the underlying infrastructure of communication paths 114 may be wired and/or wireless, analog and/or digital, or any combination thereof; and the facilities used may be private, public, third-party provided, or any combination thereof, without limitation.
- Primary data 112 is production data or other “live” data generated by the operating system and/or applications 110 operating on a client computing device 102 .
- the primary data 112 is generally stored on the primary storage device(s) 104 and is organized via a file system supported by the client computing device 102 .
- the client computing device(s) 102 and corresponding applications 110 may create, access, modify, write, delete, and otherwise use primary data 112 .
- some or all of the primary data 112 can be stored in cloud storage resources (e.g., primary storage device 104 may be a cloud-based resource).
- Primary data 112 is generally in the native format of the source application 110 . According to certain aspects, primary data 112 is an initial or first (e.g., created before any other copies or before at least one other copy) stored copy of data generated by the source application 110 . Primary data 112 in some cases is created substantially directly from data generated by the corresponding source applications 110 .
- the primary storage devices 104 storing the primary data 112 may be relatively fast and/or expensive technology (e.g., a disk drive, a hard-disk array, solid state memory, etc.).
- primary data 112 may be highly changeable and/or may be intended for relatively short term retention (e.g., hours, days, or weeks).
- Metadata generally includes information about data objects or characteristics associated with the data objects.
- Metadata generally includes information about data objects or characteristics associated with the data objects.
- any reference to primary data 112 generally also includes its associated metadata, but references to the metadata do not include the primary data.
- Metadata can include, without limitation, one or more of the following: the data owner (e.g., the client or user that generates the data), the last modified time (e.g., the time of the most recent modification of the data object), a data object name (e.g., a file name), a data object size (e.g., a number of bytes of data), information about the content (e.g., an indication as to the existence of a particular search term), user-supplied tags, to/from information for email (e.g., an email sender, recipient, etc.), creation date, file type (e.g., format or application type), last accessed time, application type (e.g., type of application that generated the data object), location/network (e.g., a current, past or future location of the data object and network pathways to/from the data object), geographic location (e.g., GPS coordinates), frequency of change (e.g., a period in which the data object is modified), business unit (e.g.,
- some of the applications 110 and/or other components of the information management system 100 maintain indices of metadata for data objects, e.g., metadata associated with individual email messages. Thus, each data object may be associated with corresponding metadata.
- metadata e.g., metadata associated with individual email messages.
- each data object may be associated with corresponding metadata.
- Each of the client computing devices 102 are generally associated with and/or in communication with one or more of the primary storage devices 104 storing corresponding primary data 112 .
- a client computing device 102 may be considered to be “associated with” or “in communication with” a primary storage device 104 if it is capable of one or more of: routing and/or storing data (e.g., primary data 112 ) to the particular primary storage device 104 , coordinating the routing and/or storing of data to the particular primary storage device 104 , retrieving data from the particular primary storage device 104 , coordinating the retrieval of data from the particular primary storage device 104 , and modifying and/or deleting data retrieved from the particular primary storage device 104 .
- data e.g., primary data 112
- the primary storage devices 104 can include any of the different types of storage devices described above, or some other kind of suitable storage device.
- the primary storage devices 104 may have relatively fast I/O times and/or are relatively expensive in comparison to the secondary storage devices 108 .
- the information management system 100 may generally regularly access data and metadata stored on primary storage devices 104 , whereas data and metadata stored on the secondary storage devices 108 is accessed relatively less frequently.
- Primary storage device 104 may be dedicated or shared. In some cases, each primary storage device 104 is dedicated to an associated client computing device 102 . For instance, a primary storage device 104 in one embodiment is a local disk drive of a corresponding client computing device 102 . In other cases, one or more primary storage devices 104 can be shared by multiple client computing devices 102 , e.g., via a network such as in a cloud storage implementation. As one example, a primary storage device 104 can be a disk array shared by a group of client computing devices 102 , such as one of the following types of disk arrays: EMC Clariion, EMC Symmetrix, EMC Celerra, Dell EqualLogic, IBM XIV, NetApp FAS, HP EVA, and HP 3PAR.
- EMC Clariion EMC Symmetrix
- EMC Celerra Dell EqualLogic
- IBM XIV NetApp FAS
- HP EVA HP 3PAR.
- the information management system 100 may also include hosted services (not shown), which may be hosted in some cases by an entity other than the organization that employs the other components of the information management system 100 .
- the hosted services may be provided by various online service providers to the organization.
- Such service providers can provide services including social networking services, hosted email services, or hosted productivity applications or other hosted applications).
- Hosted services may include software-as-a-service (SaaS), platform-as-a-service (PaaS), application service providers (ASPs), cloud services, or other mechanisms for delivering functionality via a network.
- SaaS software-as-a-service
- PaaS platform-as-a-service
- ASPs application service providers
- cloud services or other mechanisms for delivering functionality via a network.
- each hosted service may generate additional data and metadata under management of the information management system 100 , e.g., as primary data 112 .
- the hosted services may be accessed using one of the applications 110 .
- a hosted mail service may be accessed via browser running on a client computing device 102 .
- the hosted services may be implemented in a variety of computing environments. In some cases, they are implemented in an environment having a similar arrangement to the information management system 100 , where various physical and logical components are distributed over a network.
- the primary data 112 stored on the primary storage devices 104 may be compromised in some cases, such as when an employee deliberately or accidentally deletes or overwrites primary data 112 during their normal course of work. Or the primary storage devices 104 can be damaged, lost, or otherwise corrupted. For recovery and/or regulatory compliance purposes, it is therefore useful to generate copies of the primary data 112 .
- the information management system 100 includes one or more secondary storage computing devices 106 and one or more secondary storage devices 108 configured to create and store one or more secondary copies 116 of the primary data 112 and associated metadata.
- the secondary storage computing devices 106 and the secondary storage devices 108 may sometimes be referred to as a secondary storage subsystem 118 .
- Creation of secondary copies 116 can help in search and analysis efforts and meet other information management goals, such as: restoring data and/or metadata if an original version (e.g., of primary data 112 ) is lost (e.g., by deletion, corruption, or disaster); allowing point-in-time recovery; complying with regulatory data retention and electronic discovery (e-discovery) requirements; reducing utilized storage capacity; facilitating organization and search of data; improving user access to data files across multiple computing devices and/or hosted services; and implementing data retention policies.
- an original version e.g., of primary data 112
- e-discovery electronic discovery
- the client computing devices 102 access or receive primary data 112 and communicate the data, e.g., over one or more communication pathways 114 , for storage in the secondary storage device(s) 108 .
- a secondary copy 116 can comprise a separate stored copy of application data that is derived from one or more earlier-created, stored copies (e.g., derived from primary data 112 or another secondary copy 116 ). Secondary copies 116 can include point-in-time data, and may be intended for relatively long-term retention (e.g., weeks, months or years), before some or all of the data is moved to other storage or is discarded.
- a secondary copy 116 is a copy of application data created and stored subsequent to at least one other stored instance (e.g., subsequent to corresponding primary data 112 or to another secondary copy 116 ), in a different storage device than at least one previous stored copy, and/or remotely from at least one previous stored copy.
- secondary copies can be stored in the same storage device as primary data 112 and/or other previously stored copies.
- a disk array capable of performing hardware snapshots stores primary data 112 and creates and stores hardware snapshots of the primary data 112 as secondary copies 116 .
- Secondary copies 116 may be stored in relatively slow and/or low cost storage (e.g., magnetic tape).
- a secondary copy 116 may be stored in a backup or archive format, or in some other format different than the native source application format or other primary data format.
- secondary copies 116 are indexed so users can browse and restore at another point in time.
- a pointer or other location indicia e.g., a stub
- the information management system 100 may create and manage multiple secondary copies 116 of a particular data object or metadata, each representing the state of the data object in primary data 112 at a particular point in time. Moreover, since an instance of a data object in primary data 112 may eventually be deleted from the primary storage device 104 and the file system, the information management system 100 may continue to manage point-in-time representations of that data object, even though the instance in primary data 112 no longer exists.
- the operating system and other applications 110 of the client computing device(s) 102 may execute within or under the management of virtualization software (e.g., a VMM), and the primary storage device(s) 104 may comprise a virtual disk created on a physical storage device.
- the information management system 100 may create secondary copies 116 of the files or other data objects in a virtual disk file and/or secondary copies 116 of the entire virtual disk file itself (e.g., of an entire .vmdk file).
- Secondary copies 116 may be distinguished from corresponding primary data 112 in a variety of ways, some of which will now be described. First, as discussed, secondary copies 116 can be stored in a different format (e.g., backup, archive, or other non-native format) than primary data 112 . For this or other reasons, secondary copies 116 may not be directly useable by the applications 110 of the client computing device 102 , e.g., via standard system calls or otherwise without modification, processing, or other intervention by the information management system 100 .
- a different format e.g., backup, archive, or other non-native format
- Secondary copies 116 are also in some embodiments stored on a secondary storage device 108 that is inaccessible to the applications 110 running on the client computing devices 102 (and/or hosted services). Some secondary copies 116 may be “offline copies,” in that they are not readily available (e.g., not mounted to tape or disk). Offline copies can include copies of data that the information management system 100 can access without human intervention (e.g., tapes within an automated tape library, but not yet mounted in a drive), and copies that the information management system 100 can access only with at least some human intervention (e.g., tapes located at an offsite storage site).
- Secondary copies can be a challenging task. For instance, there can be hundreds or thousands of client computing devices 102 continually generating large volumes of primary data 112 to be protected. Also, there can be significant overhead involved in the creation of secondary copies 116 . Moreover, secondary storage devices 108 may be special purpose components, and interacting with them can require specialized intelligence.
- the client computing devices 102 interact directly with the secondary storage device 108 to create the secondary copies 116 .
- this approach can negatively impact the ability of the client computing devices 102 to serve the applications 110 and produce primary data 112 .
- the client computing devices 102 may not be optimized for interaction with the secondary storage devices 108 .
- the information management system 100 includes one or more software and/or hardware components which generally act as intermediaries between the client computing devices 102 and the secondary storage devices 108 .
- these intermediate components can provide other benefits. For instance, as discussed further below with respect to FIG. 1D , distributing some of the work involved in creating secondary copies 116 can enhance scalability.
- the intermediate components can include one or more secondary storage computing devices 106 as shown in FIG. 1A and/or one or more media agents, which can be software modules operating on corresponding secondary storage computing devices 106 (or other appropriate computing devices). Media agents are discussed below (e.g., with respect to FIGS. 1C-1E ).
- the secondary storage computing device(s) 106 can comprise any of the computing devices described above, without limitation. In some cases, the secondary storage computing device(s) 106 include specialized hardware and/or software componentry for interacting with the secondary storage devices 108 .
- the client computing device 102 in some embodiments communicates the primary data 112 to be copied (or a processed version thereof) to the designated secondary storage computing device 106 , via the communication pathway 114 .
- the secondary storage computing device 106 in turn conveys the received data (or a processed version thereof) to the secondary storage device 108 .
- the communication pathway 114 between the client computing device 102 and the secondary storage computing device 106 comprises a portion of a LAN, WAN or SAN.
- at least some client computing devices 102 communicate directly with the secondary storage devices 108 (e.g., via Fibre Channel or SCSI connections).
- one or more secondary copies 116 are created from existing secondary copies, such as in the case of an auxiliary copy operation, described in greater detail below.
- FIG. 1B is a detailed view showing some specific examples of primary data stored on the primary storage device(s) 104 and secondary copy data stored on the secondary storage device(s) 108 , with other components in the system removed for the purposes of illustration.
- Stored on the primary storage device(s) 104 are primary data objects including word processing documents 119 A-B, spreadsheets 120 , presentation documents 122 , video files 124 , image files 126 , email mailboxes 128 (and corresponding email messages 129 A-C), html/xml or other types of markup language files 130 , databases 132 and corresponding tables or other data structures 133 A- 133 C).
- Some or all primary data objects are associated with corresponding metadata (e.g., “Meta1-11”), which may include file system metadata and/or application specific metadata.
- metadata e.g., “Meta1-11”
- Stored on the secondary storage device(s) 108 are secondary copy data objects 134 A-C which may include copies of or otherwise represent corresponding primary data objects and metadata.
- the secondary copy data objects 134 A-C can individually represent more than one primary data object.
- secondary copy data object 134 A represents three separate primary data objects 133 C, 122 , and 129 C (represented as 133 C′, 122 ′, and 129 C′, respectively, and accompanied by the corresponding metadata Meta11, Meta3, and Meta8, respectively).
- a secondary copy object may store a representation of a primary data object and/or metadata differently than the original format, e.g., in a compressed, encrypted, deduplicated, or other modified format.
- secondary data object 1346 represents primary data objects 120 , 1336 , and 119 A as 120 ′, 1336 ′, and 119 A′, respectively and accompanied by corresponding metadata Meta2, Meta10, and Meta1, respectively.
- secondary data object 134 C represents primary data objects 133 A, 1196 , and 129 A as 133 A′, 1196 ′, and 129 A′, respectively, accompanied by corresponding metadata Meta9, Meta5, and Meta6, respectively.
- the information management system 100 can incorporate a variety of different hardware and software components, which can in turn be organized with respect to one another in many different configurations, depending on the embodiment. There are critical design choices involved in specifying the functional responsibilities of the components and the role of each component in the information management system 100 . For instance, as will be discussed, such design choices can impact performance as well as the adaptability of the information management system 100 to data growth or other changing circumstances.
- FIG. 1C shows an information management system 100 designed according to these considerations and which includes: storage manager 140 , a centralized storage and/or information manager that is configured to perform certain control functions, one or more data agents 142 executing on the client computing device(s) 102 configured to process primary data 112 , and one or more media agents 144 executing on the one or more secondary storage computing devices 106 for performing tasks involving the secondary storage devices 108 . While distributing functionality amongst multiple computing devices can have certain advantages, in other contexts it can be beneficial to consolidate functionality on the same computing device. As such, in various other embodiments, one or more of the components shown in FIG. 1C as being implemented on separate computing devices are implemented on the same computing device.
- a storage manager 140 , one or more data agents 142 , and one or more media agents 144 are all implemented on the same computing device. In another embodiment, one or more data agents 142 and one or more media agents 144 are implemented on the same computing device, while the storage manager 140 is implemented on a separate computing device, etc. without limitation.
- responsibility for controlling the information management system 100 is allocated to the storage manager 140 .
- responsibility for controlling the information management system 100 is allocated to the storage manager 140 .
- the storage manager 140 can be adapted independently according to changing circumstances.
- a computing device for hosting the storage manager 140 can be selected to best suit the functions of the storage manager 140 .
- the storage manager 140 may be a software module or other application, which, in some embodiments operates in conjunction with one or more associated data structures, e.g., a dedicated database (e.g., management database 146 ).
- storage manager 140 is a computing device comprising circuitry for executing computer instructions and performs the functions described herein.
- the storage manager generally initiates, performs, coordinates and/or controls storage and other information management operations performed by the information management system 100 , e.g., to protect and control the primary data 112 and secondary copies 116 of data and metadata.
- storage manager 100 may be said to manage information management system 100 , which includes managing the constituent components, e.g., data agents and media agents, etc.
- the storage manager 140 may communicate with and/or control some or all elements of the information management system 100 , such as the data agents 142 and media agents 144 .
- control information originates from the storage manager 140 and status reporting is transmitted to storage manager 140 by the various managed components, whereas payload data and payload metadata is generally communicated between the data agents 142 and the media agents 144 (or otherwise between the client computing device(s) 102 and the secondary storage computing device(s) 106 ), e.g., at the direction of and under the management of the storage manager 140 .
- Control information can generally include parameters and instructions for carrying out information management operations, such as, without limitation, instructions to perform a task associated with an operation, timing information specifying when to initiate a task associated with an operation, data path information specifying what components to communicate with or access in carrying out an operation, and the like.
- Payload data can include the actual data involved in the storage operation, such as content data written to a secondary storage device 108 in a secondary copy operation.
- Payload metadata can include any of the types of metadata described herein, and may be written to a storage device along with the payload content data (e.g., in the form of a header).
- some information management operations are controlled by other components in the information management system 100 (e.g., the media agent(s) 144 or data agent(s) 142 ), instead of or in combination with the storage manager 140 .
- the storage manager 140 provides one or more of the following functions:
- the storage manager 140 may maintain a database 146 (or “storage manager database 146 ” or “management database 146 ”) of management-related data and information management policies 148 .
- the database 146 may include a management index 150 (or “index 150 ”) or other data structure that stores logical associations between components of the system, user preferences and/or profiles (e.g., preferences regarding encryption, compression, or deduplication of primary or secondary copy data, preferences regarding the scheduling, type, or other aspects of primary or secondary copy or other operations, mappings of particular information management users or user accounts to certain computing devices or other components, etc.), management tasks, media containerization, or other useful data.
- the storage manager 140 may use the index 150 to track logical associations between media agents 144 and secondary storage devices 108 and/or movement of data from primary storage devices 104 to secondary storage devices 108 .
- the index 150 may store data associating a client computing device 102 with a particular media agent 144 and/or secondary storage device 108 , as specified in an information management policy 148 (e.g., a storage policy, which is defined in more detail below).
- an information management policy 148 can include a data structure or other information source that specifies a set of parameters (e.g., criteria and rules) associated with storage or other information management operations.
- the storage manager database 146 may maintain the information management policies 148 and associated data, although the information management policies 148 can be stored in any appropriate location.
- an information management policy 148 such as a storage policy may be stored as metadata in a media agent database 152 or in a secondary storage device 108 (e.g., as an archive copy) for use in restore operations or other information management operations, depending on the embodiment.
- Information management policies 148 are described further below.
- the storage manager database 146 comprises a relational database (e.g., an SQL database) for tracking metadata, such as metadata associated with secondary copy operations (e.g., what client computing devices 102 and corresponding data were protected).
- This and other metadata may additionally be stored in other locations, such as at the secondary storage computing devices 106 or on the secondary storage devices 108 , allowing data recovery without the use of the storage manager 140 in some cases.
- the storage manager 140 may include a jobs agent 156 , a user interface 158 , and a management agent 154 , all of which may be implemented as interconnected software modules or application programs.
- the jobs agent 156 in some embodiments initiates, controls, and/or monitors the status of some or all storage or other information management operations previously performed, currently being performed, or scheduled to be performed by the information management system 100 .
- the jobs agent 156 may access information management policies 148 to determine when and how to initiate and control secondary copy and other information management operations, as will be discussed further.
- the user interface 158 may include information processing and display software, such as a graphical user interface (“GUI”), an application program interface (“API”), or other interactive interface(s) through which users and system processes can retrieve information about the status of information management operations (e.g., storage operations) or issue instructions to the information management system 100 and its constituent components. Via the user interface 158 , users may optionally issue instructions to the components in the information management system 100 regarding performance of storage and recovery operations. For example, a user may modify a schedule concerning the number of pending secondary copy operations. As another example, a user may employ the GUI to view the status of pending storage operations or to monitor the status of certain components in the information management system 100 (e.g., the amount of capacity left in a storage device).
- GUI graphical user interface
- API application program interface
- An “information management cell” may generally include a logical and/or physical grouping of a combination of hardware and software components associated with performing information management operations on electronic data, typically one storage manager 140 and at least one client computing device 102 (comprising data agent(s) 142 ) and at least one media agent 144 .
- the components shown in FIG. 1C may together form an information management cell.
- Multiple cells may be organized hierarchically. With this configuration, cells may inherit properties from hierarchically superior cells or be controlled by other cells in the hierarchy (automatically or otherwise). Alternatively, in some embodiments, cells may inherit or otherwise be associated with information management policies, preferences, information management metrics, or other properties or characteristics according to their relative position in a hierarchy of cells.
- Cells may also be delineated and/or organized hierarchically according to function, geography, architectural considerations, or other factors useful or desirable in performing information management operations.
- a first cell may represent a geographic segment of an enterprise, such as a Chicago office, and a second cell may represent a different geographic segment, such as a New York office. Other cells may represent departments within a particular office.
- a first cell may perform one or more first types of information management operations (e.g., one or more first types of secondary or other copies), and a second cell may perform one or more second types of information management operations (e.g., one or more second types of secondary or other copies).
- the storage manager 140 may also track information that permits it to select, designate, or otherwise identify content indices, deduplication databases, or similar databases or resources or data sets within its information management cell (or another cell) to be searched in response to certain queries. Such queries may be entered by the user via interaction with the user interface 158 .
- the management agent 154 allows multiple information management cells to communicate with one another.
- the information management system 100 in some cases may be one information management cell of a network of multiple cells adjacent to one another or otherwise logically related in a WAN or LAN. With this arrangement, the cells may be connected to one another through respective management agents 154 .
- the management agent 154 can provide the storage manager 140 with the ability to communicate with other components within the information management system 100 (and/or other cells within a larger information management system) via network protocols and application programming interfaces (“APIs”) including, e.g., HTTP, HTTPS, FTP, REST, virtualization software APIs, cloud service provider APIs, and hosted service provider APIs.
- APIs application programming interfaces
- Inter-cell communication and hierarchy is described in greater detail in e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 7,747,579 and 7,343,453, which are incorporated by reference herein.
- a variety of different types of applications 110 can operate on a given client computing device 102 , including operating systems, database applications, e-mail applications, and virtual machines, just to name a few. And, as part of the process of creating and restoring secondary copies 116 , the client computing devices 102 may be tasked with processing and preparing the primary data 112 from these various different applications 110 . Moreover, the nature of the processing/preparation can differ across clients and application types, e.g., due to inherent structural and formatting differences among applications 110 .
- the one or more data agent(s) 142 are therefore advantageously configured in some embodiments to assist in the performance of information management operations based on the type of data that is being protected, at a client-specific and/or application-specific level.
- the data agent 142 may be a software module or component that is generally responsible for managing, initiating, or otherwise assisting in the performance of information management operations in information management system 100 , generally as directed by storage manager 140 .
- the data agent 142 may take part in performing data storage operations such as the copying, archiving, migrating, and/or replicating of primary data 112 stored in the primary storage device(s) 104 .
- the data agent 142 may receive control information from the storage manager 140 , such as commands to transfer copies of data objects, metadata, and other payload data to the media agents 144 .
- a data agent 142 may be distributed between the client computing device 102 and storage manager 140 (and any other intermediate components) or may be deployed from a remote location or its functions approximated by a remote process that performs some or all of the functions of data agent 142 .
- a data agent 142 may perform some functions provided by a media agent 144 , or may perform other functions such as encryption and deduplication.
- each data agent 142 may be specialized for a particular application 110 , and the system can employ multiple application-specific data agents 142 , each of which may perform information management operations (e.g., perform backup, migration, and data recovery) associated with a different application 110 .
- information management operations e.g., perform backup, migration, and data recovery
- different individual data agents 142 may be designed to handle Microsoft Exchange data, Lotus Notes data, Microsoft Windows file system data, Microsoft Active Directory Objects data, SQL Server data, SharePoint data, Oracle database data, SAP database data, virtual machines and/or associated data, and other types of data.
- a file system data agent may handle data files and/or other file system information.
- a specialized data agent 142 may be used for each data type to copy, archive, migrate, and restore the client computing device 102 data.
- the client computing device 102 may use a Microsoft Exchange Mailbox data agent 142 to back up the Exchange mailboxes, a Microsoft Exchange Database data agent 142 to back up the Exchange databases, a Microsoft Exchange Public Folder data agent 142 to back up the Exchange Public Folders, and a Microsoft Windows File System data agent 142 to back up the file system of the client computing device 102 .
- these specialized data agents 142 may be treated as four separate data agents 142 even though they operate on the same client computing device 102 .
- FIG. 1 may depict one or more generic data agents 142 that can handle and process data from two or more different applications 110 , or that can handle and process multiple data types, instead of or in addition to using specialized data agents 142 .
- one generic data agent 142 may be used to back up, migrate and restore Microsoft Exchange Mailbox data and Microsoft Exchange Database data while another generic data agent may handle Microsoft Exchange Public Folder data and Microsoft Windows File System data.
- Each data agent 142 may be configured to access data and/or metadata stored in the primary storage device(s) 104 associated with the data agent 142 and process the data as appropriate. For example, during a secondary copy operation, the data agent 142 may arrange or assemble the data and metadata into one or more files having a certain format (e.g., a particular backup or archive format) before transferring the file(s) to a media agent 144 or other component. The file(s) may include a list of files or other metadata. Each data agent 142 can also assist in restoring data or metadata to primary storage devices 104 from a secondary copy 116 . For instance, the data agent 142 may operate in conjunction with the storage manager 140 and one or more of the media agents 144 to restore data from secondary storage device(s) 108 .
- a certain format e.g., a particular backup or archive format
- off-loading certain responsibilities from the client computing devices 102 to intermediate components such as the media agent(s) 144 can provide a number of benefits including improved client computing device 102 operation, faster secondary copy operation performance, and enhanced scalability.
- the media agent 144 can act as a local cache of copied data and/or metadata that it has stored to the secondary storage device(s) 108 , providing improved restore capabilities.
- a media agent 144 may be implemented as a software module that manages, coordinates, and facilitates the transmission of data, as directed by the storage manager 140 , between a client computing device 102 and one or more secondary storage devices 108 .
- the media agent 144 generally provides a portal to secondary storage devices 108 .
- other components in the system interact with the media agents 144 to gain access to data stored on the secondary storage devices 108 , whether it be for the purposes of reading, writing, modifying, or deleting data.
- media agents 144 can generate and store information relating to characteristics of the stored data and/or metadata, or can generate and store other types of information that generally provides insight into the contents of the secondary storage devices 108 .
- Media agents 144 can comprise separate nodes in the information management system 100 (e.g., nodes that are separate from the client computing devices 102 , storage manager 140 , and/or secondary storage devices 108 ).
- a node within the information management system 100 can be a logically and/or physically separate component, and in some cases is a component that is individually addressable or otherwise identifiable.
- each media agent 144 may operate on a dedicated secondary storage computing device 106 in some cases, while in other embodiments a plurality of media agents 144 operate on the same secondary storage computing device 106 .
- a media agent 144 (and corresponding media agent database 152 ) may be considered to be “associated with” a particular secondary storage device 108 if that media agent 144 is capable of one or more of: routing and/or storing data to the particular secondary storage device 108 , coordinating the routing and/or storing of data to the particular secondary storage device 108 , retrieving data from the particular secondary storage device 108 , coordinating the retrieval of data from a particular secondary storage device 108 , and modifying and/or deleting data retrieved from the particular secondary storage device 108 .
- media agent(s) 144 are generally associated with one or more secondary storage devices 108
- one or more media agents 144 in certain embodiments are physically separate from the secondary storage devices 108 .
- the media agents 144 may operate on secondary storage computing devices 106 having different housings or packages than the secondary storage devices 108 .
- a media agent 144 operates on a first server computer and is in communication with a secondary storage device(s) 108 operating in a separate, rack-mounted RAID-based system.
- a first media agent 144 may provide failover functionality for a second, failed media agent 144 .
- media agents 144 can be dynamically selected for storage operations to provide load balancing. Failover and load balancing are described in greater detail below.
- a media agent 144 associated with a particular secondary storage device 108 may instruct the secondary storage device 108 to perform an information management operation.
- a media agent 144 may instruct a tape library to use a robotic arm or other retrieval means to load or eject a certain storage media, and to subsequently archive, migrate, or retrieve data to or from that media, e.g., for the purpose of restoring the data to a client computing device 102 .
- a secondary storage device 108 may include an array of hard disk drives or solid state drives organized in a RAID configuration, and the media agent 144 may forward a logical unit number (LUN) and other appropriate information to the array, which uses the received information to execute the desired storage operation.
- the media agent 144 may communicate with a secondary storage device 108 via a suitable communications link, such as a SCSI or Fiber Channel link.
- each media agent 144 may maintain an associated media agent database 152 .
- the media agent database 152 may be stored in a disk or other storage device (not shown) that is local to the secondary storage computing device 106 on which the media agent 144 operates. In other cases, the media agent database 152 is stored remotely from the secondary storage computing device 106 .
- the media agent database 152 can include, among other things, an index 153 (see, e.g., FIG. 1C ), which comprises information generated during secondary copy operations and other storage or information management operations.
- the index 153 provides a media agent 144 or other component with a fast and efficient mechanism for locating secondary copies 116 or other data stored in the secondary storage devices 108 .
- the index 153 does not form a part of and is instead separate from the media agent database 152 .
- a media agent index 153 or other data structure associated with the particular media agent 144 may include information about the stored data.
- the index 153 may include metadata such as a list of the data objects (e.g., files/subdirectories, database objects, mailbox objects, etc.), a path to the secondary copy 116 on the corresponding secondary storage device 108 , location information indicating where the data objects are stored in the secondary storage device 108 , when the data objects were created or modified, etc.
- the index 153 includes metadata associated with the secondary copies 116 that is readily available for use without having to be first retrieved from the secondary storage device 108 .
- some or all of the information in index 153 may instead or additionally be stored along with the secondary copies of data in a secondary storage device 108 .
- the secondary storage devices 108 can include sufficient information to perform a “bare metal restore”, where the operating system of a failed client computing device 102 or other restore target is automatically rebuilt as part of a restore operation.
- the index 153 maintained in the media agent database 152 may operate as a cache, it can also be referred to as “an index cache.”
- information stored in the index cache 153 typically comprises data that reflects certain particulars about storage operations that have occurred relatively recently. After some triggering event, such as after a certain period of time elapses, or the index cache 153 reaches a particular size, the index cache 153 may be copied or migrated to a secondary storage device(s) 108 . This information may need to be retrieved and uploaded back into the index cache 153 or otherwise restored to a media agent 144 to facilitate retrieval of data from the secondary storage device(s) 108 .
- the cached information may include format or containerization information related to archives or other files stored on the storage device(s) 108 . In this manner, the index cache 153 allows for accelerated restores.
- the media agent 144 generally acts as a coordinator or facilitator of storage operations between client computing devices 102 and corresponding secondary storage devices 108 , but does not actually write the data to the secondary storage device 108 .
- the storage manager 140 (or the media agent 144 ) may instruct a client computing device 102 and secondary storage device 108 to communicate with one another directly.
- the client computing device 102 transmits the data directly or via one or more intermediary components to the secondary storage device 108 according to the received instructions, and vice versa.
- the media agent 144 may still receive, process, and/or maintain metadata related to the storage operations.
- the payload data can flow through the media agent 144 for the purposes of populating the index cache 153 maintained in the media agent database 152 , but not for writing to the secondary storage device 108 .
- the media agent 144 and/or other components such as the storage manager 140 may in some cases incorporate additional functionality, such as data classification, content indexing, deduplication, encryption, compression, and the like. Further details regarding these and other functions are described below.
- certain functions of the information management system 100 can be distributed amongst various physical and/or logical components in the system.
- one or more of the storage manager 140 , data agents 142 , and media agents 144 may operate on computing devices that are physically separate from one another. This architecture can provide a number of benefits.
- the secondary computing devices 106 on which the media agents 144 operate can be tailored for interaction with associated secondary storage devices 108 and provide fast index cache operation, among other specific tasks.
- the client computing device(s) 102 can be selected to effectively service the applications 110 thereon, in order to efficiently produce and store primary data 112 .
- one or more of the individual components in the information management system 100 can be distributed to multiple, separate computing devices.
- the database 146 may be migrated to or otherwise reside on a specialized database server (e.g., an SQL server) separate from a server that implements the other functions of the storage manager 140 .
- This distributed configuration can provide added protection because the database 146 can be protected with standard database utilities (e.g., SQL log shipping or database replication) independent from other functions of the storage manager 140 .
- the database 146 can be efficiently replicated to a remote site for use in the event of a disaster or other data loss at the primary site. Or the database 146 can be replicated to another computing device within the same site, such as to a higher performance machine in the event that a storage manager host device can no longer service the needs of a growing information management system 100 .
- FIG. 1D shows an embodiment of the information management system 100 including a plurality of client computing devices 102 and associated data agents 142 as well as a plurality of secondary storage computing devices 106 and associated media agents 144 .
- Additional components can be added or subtracted based on the evolving needs of the information management system 100 . For instance, depending on where bottlenecks are identified, administrators can add additional client computing devices 102 , secondary storage computing devices 106 (and corresponding media agents 144 ), and/or secondary storage devices 108 . Moreover, where multiple fungible components are available, load balancing can be implemented to dynamically address identified bottlenecks. As an example, the storage manager 140 may dynamically select which media agents 144 and/or secondary storage devices 108 to use for storage operations based on a processing load analysis of the media agents 144 and/or secondary storage devices 108 , respectively.
- each client computing device 102 in some embodiments can communicate with, among other components, any of the media agents 144 , e.g., as directed by the storage manager 140 .
- each media agent 144 may be able to communicate with, among other components, any of the secondary storage devices 108 , e.g., as directed by the storage manager 140 .
- operations can be routed to the secondary storage devices 108 in a dynamic and highly flexible manner, to provide load balancing, failover, and the like.
- Further examples of scalable systems capable of dynamic storage operations, and of systems capable of performing load balancing and fail over are provided in U.S. Pat. No. 7,246,207, which is incorporated by reference herein.
- certain components are not distributed and may instead reside and execute on the same computing device.
- one or more data agents 142 and the storage manager 140 operate on the same client computing device 102 .
- one or more data agents 142 and one or more media agents 144 operate on a single computing device.
- the information management system 100 can be configured to perform a variety of information management operations. As will be described, these operations can generally include secondary copy and other data movement operations, processing and data manipulation operations, analysis, reporting, and management operations.
- the operations described herein may be performed on any type of computing device, e.g., between two computers connected via a LAN, to a mobile client telecommunications device connected to a server via a WLAN, to any manner of client computing device coupled to a cloud storage target, etc., without limitation.
- Data movement operations are generally operations that involve the copying or migration of data (e.g., payload data) between different locations in the information management system 100 in an original/native and/or one or more different formats.
- data movement operations can include operations in which stored data is copied, migrated, or otherwise transferred from one or more first storage devices to one or more second storage devices, such as from primary storage device(s) 104 to secondary storage device(s) 108 , from secondary storage device(s) 108 to different secondary storage device(s) 108 , from secondary storage devices 108 to primary storage devices 104 , or from primary storage device(s) 104 to different primary storage device(s) 104 .
- Data movement operations can include by way of example, backup operations, archive operations, information lifecycle management operations such as hierarchical storage management operations, replication operations (e.g., continuous data replication operations), snapshot operations, deduplication or single-instancing operations, auxiliary copy operations, and the like.
- replication operations e.g., continuous data replication operations
- snapshot operations e.g., snapshot operations
- deduplication or single-instancing operations e.g., auxiliary copy operations
- auxiliary copy operations e.g., auxiliary copy operations
- a backup operation creates a copy of a version of data (e.g., one or more files or other data units) in primary data 112 at a particular point in time. Each subsequent backup copy may be maintained independently of the first. Further, a backup copy in some embodiments is generally stored in a form that is different than the native format, e.g., a backup format. This can be in contrast to the version in primary data 112 from which the backup copy is derived, and which may instead be stored in a native format of the source application(s) 110 . In various cases, backup copies can be stored in a format in which the data is compressed, encrypted, deduplicated, and/or otherwise modified from the original application format. For example, a backup copy may be stored in a backup format that facilitates compression and/or efficient long-term storage.
- Backup copies can have relatively long retention periods as compared to primary data 112 , and may be stored on media with slower retrieval times than primary data 112 and certain other types of secondary copies 116 .
- backups may have relatively shorter retention periods than some other types of secondary copies 116 , such as archive copies (described below). Backups may sometimes be stored at an offsite location.
- Backup operations can include full backups, differential backups, incremental backups, “synthetic full” backups, and/or creating a “reference copy.”
- a full backup (or “standard full backup”) in some embodiments is generally a complete image of the data to be protected. However, because full backup copies can consume a relatively large amount of storage, it can be useful to use a full backup copy as a baseline and only store changes relative to the full backup copy for subsequent backup copies.
- a differential backup operation (or cumulative incremental backup operation) tracks and stores changes that have occurred since the last full backup.
- Differential backups can grow quickly in size, but can provide relatively efficient restore times because a restore can be completed in some cases using only the full backup copy and the latest differential copy.
- An incremental backup operation generally tracks and stores changes since the most recent backup copy of any type, which can greatly reduce storage utilization. In some cases, however, restore times can be relatively long in comparison to full or differential backups because completing a restore operation may involve accessing a full backup in addition to multiple incremental backups.
- Synthetic full backups generally consolidate data without directly backing up data from the client computing device.
- a synthetic full backup is created from the most recent full backup (i.e., standard or synthetic) and subsequent incremental and/or differential backups. The resulting synthetic full backup is identical to what would have been created had the last backup for the subclient been a standard full backup.
- a synthetic full backup does not actually transfer data from a client computer to the backup media, because it operates as a backup consolidator.
- a synthetic full backup extracts the index data of each participating subclient. Using this index data and the previously backed up user data images, it builds new full backup images, one for each subclient. The new backup images consolidate the index and user data stored in the related incremental, differential, and previous full backups, in some embodiments creating an archive file at the subclient level.
- volume level backup operations generally involve the copying of a data volume (e.g., a logical disk or partition) as a whole.
- the information management system 100 may generally track changes to individual files, and includes copies of files in the backup copy.
- files are broken into constituent blocks, and changes are tracked at the block-level.
- the information management system 100 reassembles the blocks into files in a transparent fashion.
- a block-level copy may involve the transfer of less data than a file-level copy, resulting in faster execution times.
- restoring a relatively higher-granularity copy can result in longer restore times.
- the process of locating constituent blocks can sometimes result in longer restore times as compared to file-level backups.
- the other types of secondary copy operations described herein can also be implemented at either the volume-level, file-level, or block-level.
- a reference copy may comprise copy(ies) of selected objects from backed up data, typically to help organize data by keeping contextual information from multiple sources together, and/or help retain specific data for a longer period of time, such as for legal hold needs.
- a reference copy generally maintains data integrity, and when the data is restored, it may be viewed in the same format as the source data.
- a reference copy is based on a specialized client, individual subclient and associated information management policies (e.g., storage policy, retention policy, etc.) that are administered within information management system 100 .
- backup operations generally involve maintaining a version of the copied data in primary data 112 and also maintaining backup copies in secondary storage device(s) 108 , they can consume significant storage capacity.
- an archive operation creates a secondary copy 116 by both copying and removing source data. Or, seen another way, archive operations can involve moving some or all of the source data to the archive destination. Thus, data satisfying criteria for removal (e.g., data of a threshold age or size) may be removed from source storage.
- the source data may be primary data 112 or a secondary copy 116 , depending on the situation.
- archive copies can be stored in a format in which the data is compressed, encrypted, deduplicated, and/or otherwise modified from the format of the original application or source copy.
- archive copies may be retained for relatively long periods of time (e.g., years) and, in some cases, are never deleted. Archive copies are generally retained for longer periods of time than backup copies, for example. In certain embodiments, archive copies may be made and kept for extended periods in order to meet compliance regulations.
- archiving can serve the purpose of freeing up space in the primary storage device(s) 104 and easing the demand on computational resources on client computing device 102 .
- secondary copy 116 when a secondary copy 116 is archived, the secondary copy 116 may be deleted, and an archive copy can therefore serve the purpose of freeing up space in secondary storage device(s) 108 .
- source copies often remain intact when creating backup copies. Examples of compatible data archiving operations are provided in U.S. Pat. No. 7,107,298, which is incorporated by reference herein.
- Snapshot operations can provide a relatively lightweight, efficient mechanism for protecting data.
- a snapshot may be thought of as an “instant” image of the primary data 112 at a given point in time, and may include state and/or status information relative to an application that creates/manages the primary data 112 .
- a snapshot may generally capture the directory structure of an object in primary data 112 such as a file or volume or other data set at a particular moment in time and may also preserve file attributes and contents.
- a snapshot in some cases is created relatively quickly, e.g., substantially instantly, using a minimum amount of file space, but may still function as a conventional file system backup.
- a “hardware snapshot” (or “hardware-based snapshot”) operation can be a snapshot operation where a target storage device (e.g., a primary storage device 104 or a secondary storage device 108 ) performs the snapshot operation in a self-contained fashion, substantially independently, using hardware, firmware and/or software operating on the storage device itself.
- the storage device may be capable of performing snapshot operations upon request, generally without intervention or oversight from any of the other components in the information management system 100 . In this manner, hardware snapshots can off-load other components of information management system 100 from processing involved in snapshot creation and management.
- a “software snapshot” (or “software-based snapshot”) operation can be a snapshot operation in which one or more other components in information management system 100 (e.g., client computing devices 102 , data agents 142 , etc.) implement a software layer that manages the snapshot operation via interaction with the target storage device. For instance, the component executing the snapshot management software layer may derive a set of pointers and/or data that represents the snapshot. The snapshot management software layer may then transmit the same to the target storage device, along with appropriate instructions for writing the snapshot.
- one or more other components in information management system 100 e.g., client computing devices 102 , data agents 142 , etc.
- the component executing the snapshot management software layer may derive a set of pointers and/or data that represents the snapshot.
- the snapshot management software layer may then transmit the same to the target storage device, along with appropriate instructions for writing the snapshot.
- snapshots do not actually create another physical copy of all the data as it existed at the particular point in time, but may simply create pointers that are able to map files and directories to specific memory locations (e.g., to specific disk blocks) where the data resides, as it existed at the particular point in time.
- a snapshot copy may include a set of pointers derived from the file system or from an application.
- the snapshot may be created at the block-level, such that creation of the snapshot occurs without awareness of the file system.
- Each pointer points to a respective stored data block, so that collectively, the set of pointers reflect the storage location and state of the data object (e.g., file(s) or volume(s) or data set(s)) at a particular point in time when the snapshot copy was created.
- the data object e.g., file(s) or volume(s) or data set(s)
- An initial snapshot may use only a small amount of disk space needed to record a mapping or other data structure representing or otherwise tracking the blocks that correspond to the current state of the file system. Additional disk space is usually required only when files and directories are modified later on. Furthermore, when files are modified, typically only the pointers which map to blocks are copied, not the blocks themselves.
- “copy-on-write” snapshots when a block changes in primary storage, the block is copied to secondary storage or cached in primary storage before the block is overwritten in primary storage, and the pointer to that block is changed to reflect the new location of that block.
- the snapshot mapping of file system data may also be updated to reflect the changed block(s) at that particular point in time.
- a snapshot includes a full physical copy of all or substantially all of the data represented by the snapshot. Further examples of snapshot operations are provided in U.S. Pat. No. 7,529,782, which is incorporated by reference herein.
- a snapshot copy in many cases can be made quickly and without significantly impacting primary computing resources because large amounts of data need not be copied or moved.
- a snapshot may exist as a virtual file system, parallel to the actual file system. Users in some cases gain read-only access to the record of files and directories of the snapshot. By electing to restore primary data 112 from a snapshot taken at a given point in time, users may also return the current file system to the state of the file system that existed when the snapshot was taken.
- Another type of secondary copy operation is a replication operation.
- Some types of secondary copies 116 are used to periodically capture images of primary data 112 at particular points in time (e.g., backups, archives, and snapshots). However, it can also be useful for recovery purposes to protect primary data 112 in a more continuous fashion, by replicating the primary data 112 substantially as changes occur.
- a replication copy can be a mirror copy, for instance, where changes made to primary data 112 are mirrored or substantially immediately copied to another location (e.g., to secondary storage device(s) 108 ).
- By copying each write operation to the replication copy two storage systems are kept synchronized or substantially synchronized so that they are virtually identical at approximately the same time. Where entire disk volumes are mirrored, however, mirroring can require significant amount of storage space and utilizes a large amount of processing resources.
- storage operations are performed on replicated data that represents a recoverable state, or “known good state” of a particular application running on the source system.
- known good replication copies may be viewed as copies of primary data 112 . This feature allows the system to directly access, copy, restore, backup or otherwise manipulate the replication copies as if the data were the “live” primary data 112 . This can reduce access time, storage utilization, and impact on source applications 110 , among other benefits.
- the information management system 100 can replicate sections of application data that represent a recoverable state rather than rote copying of blocks of data. Examples of compatible replication operations (e.g., continuous data replication) are provided in U.S. Pat. No. 7,617,262, which is incorporated by reference herein.
- deduplication Another type of data movement operation is deduplication or single-instance storage, which is useful to reduce the amount of non-primary data.
- some or all of the above-described secondary storage operations can involve deduplication in some fashion.
- New data is read, broken down into portions (e.g., sub-file level blocks, files, etc.) of a selected granularity, compared with blocks that are already in secondary storage, and only the new blocks are stored.
- Blocks that already exist are represented as pointers to the already stored data.
- the information management system 100 may calculate and/or store signatures (e.g., hashes or cryptographically unique IDs) corresponding to the individual data blocks in a database and compare the signatures instead of comparing entire data blocks.
- signatures e.g., hashes or cryptographically unique IDs
- deduplication operations may therefore be referred to interchangeably as “single-instancing” operations.
- deduplication or single-instancing operations can store more than one instance of certain data blocks, but nonetheless significantly reduce data redundancy.
- deduplication blocks can be of fixed or variable length. Using variable length blocks can provide enhanced deduplication by responding to changes in the data stream, but can involve complex processing.
- the information management system 100 utilizes a technique for dynamically aligning deduplication blocks (e.g., fixed-length blocks) based on changing content in the data stream, as described in U.S. Pat. No. 8,364,652, which is incorporated by reference herein.
- deduplication blocks e.g., fixed-length blocks
- the information management system 100 can perform deduplication in a variety of manners at a variety of locations in the information management system 100 .
- the information management system 100 implements “target-side” deduplication by deduplicating data (e.g., secondary copies 116 ) stored in the secondary storage devices 108 .
- the media agents 144 are generally configured to manage the deduplication process.
- one or more of the media agents 144 maintain a corresponding deduplication database that stores deduplication information (e.g., datablock signatures). Examples of such a configuration are provided in U.S. Pat. Pub. No. 2012/0150826, which is incorporated by reference herein.
- deduplication can also be performed on the “source-side” (or “client-side”), e.g., to reduce the amount of traffic between the media agents 144 and the client computing device(s) 102 and/or reduce redundant data stored in the primary storage devices 104 .
- one or more of the storage devices of the target-side and/or source-side of an operation can be cloud-based storage devices.
- the target-side and/or source-side deduplication can be cloud-based deduplication.
- the storage manager 140 may communicate with other components within the information management system 100 via network protocols and cloud service provider APIs to facilitate cloud-based deduplication/single instancing.
- files and other data over their lifetime move from more expensive, quick access storage to less expensive, slower access storage.
- Operations associated with moving data through various tiers of storage are sometimes referred to as information lifecycle management (ILM) operations.
- ILM information lifecycle management
- a HSM operation is generally an operation for automatically moving data between classes of storage devices, such as between high-cost and low-cost storage devices.
- HSM operation may involve movement of data from primary storage devices 104 to secondary storage devices 108 , or between tiers of secondary storage devices 108 . With each tier, the storage devices may be progressively relatively cheaper, have relatively slower access/restore times, etc. For example, movement of data between tiers may occur as data becomes less important over time.
- an HSM operation is similar to an archive operation in that creating an HSM copy may (though not always) involve deleting some of the source data, e.g., according to one or more criteria related to the source data.
- an HSM copy may include data from primary data 112 or a secondary copy 116 that is larger than a given size threshold or older than a given age threshold and that is stored in a backup format.
- HSM data that is removed or aged from the source is replaced by a logical reference pointer or stub.
- the reference pointer or stub can be stored in the primary storage device 104 (or other source storage device, such as a secondary storage device 108 ) to replace the deleted source data and to point to or otherwise indicate the new location in a secondary storage device 108 .
- files are generally moved between higher and lower cost storage depending on how often the files are accessed.
- the information management system 100 uses the stub to locate the data and may make recovery of the data appear transparent, even though the HSM data may be stored at a location different from other source data. In this manner, the data appears to the user (e.g., in file system browsing windows and the like) as if it still resides in the source location (e.g., in a primary storage device 104 ).
- the stub may also include some metadata associated with the corresponding data, so that a file system and/or application can provide some information about the data object and/or a limited-functionality version (e.g., a preview) of the data object.
- An HSM copy may be stored in a format other than the native application format (e.g., where the data is compressed, encrypted, deduplicated, and/or otherwise modified from the original native application format).
- copies which involve the removal of data from source storage and the maintenance of stub or other logical reference information on source storage may be referred to generally as “on-line archive copies”.
- copies which involve the removal of data from source storage without the maintenance of stub or other logical reference information on source storage may be referred to as “off-line archive copies”. Examples of HSM and ILM techniques are provided in U.S. Pat. No. 7,343,453, which is incorporated by reference herein.
- An auxiliary copy is generally a copy operation in which a copy is created of an existing secondary copy 116 .
- an initial secondary copy 116 may be generated using or otherwise be derived from primary data 112 (or other data residing in the secondary storage subsystem 118 ), whereas an auxiliary copy is generated from the initial secondary copy 116 .
- Auxiliary copies can be used to create additional standby copies of data and may reside on different secondary storage devices 108 than the initial secondary copies 116 .
- auxiliary copies can be used for recovery purposes if initial secondary copies 116 become unavailable.
- Exemplary compatible auxiliary copy techniques are described in further detail in U.S. Pat. No. 8,230,195, which is incorporated by reference herein.
- the information management system 100 may also perform disaster recovery operations that make or retain disaster recovery copies, often as secondary, high-availability disk copies.
- the information management system 100 may create secondary disk copies and store the copies at disaster recovery locations using auxiliary copy or replication operations, such as continuous data replication technologies.
- disaster recovery locations can be remote from the client computing devices 102 and primary storage devices 104 , remote from some or all of the secondary storage devices 108 , or both.
- Data analysis, reporting, and management operations can be different than data movement operations in that they do not necessarily involve the copying, migration or other transfer of data (e.g., primary data 112 or secondary copies 116 ) between different locations in the system.
- data analysis operations may involve processing (e.g., offline processing) or modification of already stored primary data 112 and/or secondary copies 116 .
- data analysis operations are performed in conjunction with data movement operations.
- Some data analysis operations include content indexing operations and classification operations which can be useful in leveraging the data under management to provide enhanced search and other features.
- Other data analysis operations such as compression and encryption can provide data reduction and security benefits, respectively.
- the information management system 100 analyzes and indexes characteristics, content, and metadata associated with the primary data 112 and/or secondary copies 116 .
- the content indexing can be used to identify files or other data objects having pre-defined content (e.g., user-defined keywords or phrases, other keywords/phrases that are not defined by a user, etc.), and/or metadata (e.g., email metadata such as “to”, “from”, “cc”, “bcc”, attachment name, received time, etc.).
- the information management system 100 generally organizes and catalogues the results in a content index, which may be stored within the media agent database 152 , for example.
- the content index can also include the storage locations of (or pointer references to) the indexed data in the primary data 112 or secondary copies 116 , as appropriate.
- the results may also be stored, in the form of a content index database or otherwise, elsewhere in the information management system 100 (e.g., in the primary storage devices 104 , or in the secondary storage device 108 ).
- Such index data provides the storage manager 140 or another component with an efficient mechanism for locating primary data 112 and/or secondary copies 116 of data objects that match particular criteria.
- search criteria can be specified by a user through user interface 158 of the storage manager 140 .
- the information management system 100 analyzes data and/or metadata in secondary copies 116 to create an “off-line” content index, without significantly impacting the performance of the client computing devices 102 .
- the system can also implement “on-line” content indexing, e.g., of primary data 112 . Examples of compatible content indexing techniques are provided in U.S. Pat. No. 8,170,995, which is incorporated by reference herein.
- One or more components can be configured to scan data and/or associated metadata for classification purposes to populate a database (or other data structure) of information, which can be referred to as a “data classification database” or a “metabase”.
- the data classification database(s) can be organized in a variety of different ways, including centralization, logical sub-divisions, and/or physical sub-divisions.
- one or more centralized data classification databases may be associated with different subsystems or tiers within the information management system 100 . As an example, there may be a first centralized metabase associated with the primary storage subsystem 117 and a second centralized metabase associated with the secondary storage subsystem 118 .
- metabases there may be one or more metabases associated with individual components, e.g., client computing devices 102 and/or media agents 144 .
- a data classification database may reside as one or more data structures within management database 146 , or may be otherwise associated with storage manager 140 .
- the metabase(s) may be included in separate database(s) and/or on separate storage device(s) from primary data 112 and/or secondary copies 116 , such that operations related to the metabase do not significantly impact performance on other components in the information management system 100 .
- the metabase(s) may be stored along with primary data 112 and/or secondary copies 116 .
- Files or other data objects can be associated with identifiers (e.g., tag entries, etc.) in the media agent 144 (or other indices) to facilitate searches of stored data objects.
- the metabase can also allow efficient, automatic identification of files or other data objects to associate with secondary copy or other information management operations (e.g., in lieu of scanning an entire file system). Examples of compatible metabases and data classification operations are provided in U.S. Pat. Nos. 8,229,954 and 7,747,579, which are incorporated by reference herein.
- the information management system 100 in some cases is configured to process data (e.g., files or other data objects, secondary copies 116 , etc.), according to an appropriate encryption algorithm (e.g., Blowfish, Advanced Encryption Standard [AES], Triple Data Encryption Standard [3-DES], etc.) to limit access and provide data security in the information management system 100 .
- the information management system 100 in some cases encrypts the data at the client level, such that the client computing devices 102 (e.g., the data agents 142 ) encrypt the data prior to forwarding the data to other components, e.g., before sending the data to media agents 144 during a secondary copy operation.
- the client computing device 102 may maintain or have access to an encryption key or passphrase for decrypting the data upon restore. Encryption can also occur when creating copies of secondary copies, e.g., when creating auxiliary copies or archive copies.
- the secondary storage devices 108 can implement built-in, high performance hardware encryption.
- Certain embodiments leverage the integrated, ubiquitous nature of the information management system 100 to provide useful system-wide management and reporting functions. Examples of some compatible management and reporting techniques are provided in U.S. Pat. No. 7,343,453, which is incorporated by reference herein.
- Operations management can generally include monitoring and managing the health and performance of information management system 100 by, without limitation, performing error tracking, generating granular storage/performance metrics (e.g., job success/failure information, deduplication efficiency, etc.), generating storage modeling and costing information, and the like.
- a storage manager 140 or other component in the information management system 100 may analyze traffic patterns and suggest and/or automatically route data via a particular route to minimize congestion.
- the system can generate predictions relating to storage operations or storage operation information. Such predictions, which may be based on a trending analysis, may predict various network operations or resource usage, such as network traffic levels, storage media use, use of bandwidth of communication links, use of media agent components, etc. Further examples of traffic analysis, trend analysis, prediction generation, and the like are described in U.S. Pat. No. 7,343,453, which is incorporated by reference herein.
- a master storage manager 140 may track the status of storage operation cells in a hierarchy, such as the status of jobs, system components, system resources, and other items, by communicating with storage managers 140 (or other components) in the respective storage operation cells. Moreover, the master storage manager 140 may track the status of its associated storage operation cells and information management operations by receiving periodic status updates from the storage managers 140 (or other components) in the respective cells regarding jobs, system components, system resources, and other items. In some embodiments, a master storage manager 140 may store status information and other information regarding its associated storage operation cells and other system information in its index 150 (or other location).
- the master storage manager 140 or other component may also determine whether certain storage-related criteria or other criteria are satisfied, and perform an action or trigger event (e.g., data migration) in response to the criteria being satisfied, such as where a storage threshold is met for a particular volume, or where inadequate protection exists for certain data. For instance, in some embodiments, data from one or more storage operation cells is used to dynamically and automatically mitigate recognized risks, and/or to advise users of risks or suggest actions to mitigate these risks.
- an action or trigger event e.g., data migration
- an information management policy may specify certain requirements (e.g., that a storage device should maintain a certain amount of free space, that secondary copies should occur at a particular interval, that data should be aged and migrated to other storage after a particular period, that data on a secondary volume should always have a certain level of availability and be restorable within a given time period, that data on a secondary volume may be mirrored or otherwise migrated to a specified number of other volumes, etc.). If a risk condition or other criterion is triggered, the system may notify the user of these conditions and may suggest (or automatically implement) an action to mitigate or otherwise address the risk.
- certain requirements e.g., that a storage device should maintain a certain amount of free space, that secondary copies should occur at a particular interval, that data should be aged and migrated to other storage after a particular period, that data on a secondary volume should always have a certain level of availability and be restorable within a given time period, that data on a secondary volume may be mirrored or otherwise migrated to a specified
- the system may indicate that data from a primary copy 112 should be migrated to a secondary storage device 108 to free space on the primary storage device 104 .
- risk factors examples include, but are not limited to, risk factors, fraud, fraud, and other triggering criteria.
- the system 100 may also determine whether a metric or other indication satisfies particular storage criteria and, if so, perform an action. For example, as previously described, a storage policy or other definition might indicate that a storage manager 140 should initiate a particular action if a storage metric or other indication drops below or otherwise fails to satisfy specified criteria such as a threshold of data protection. Examples of such metrics are described in U.S. Pat. No. 7,343,453, which is incorporated by reference herein.
- risk factors may be quantified into certain measurable service or risk levels for ease of comprehension.
- certain applications and associated data may be considered to be more important by an enterprise than other data and services.
- Financial compliance data for example, may be of greater importance than marketing materials, etc.
- Network administrators may assign priority values or “weights” to certain data and/or applications, corresponding to the relative importance.
- the level of compliance of storage operations specified for these applications may also be assigned a certain value.
- the health, impact, and overall importance of a service may be determined, such as by measuring the compliance value and calculating the product of the priority value and the compliance value to determine the “service level” and comparing it to certain operational thresholds to determine whether it is acceptable. Further examples of the service level determination are provided in U.S. Pat. No. 7,343,453, which is incorporated by reference herein.
- the system 100 may additionally calculate data costing and data availability associated with information management operation cells according to an embodiment of the invention. For instance, data received from the cell may be used in conjunction with hardware-related information and other information about system elements to determine the cost of storage and/or the availability of particular data in the system. Exemplary information generated could include how fast a particular department is using up available storage space, how long data would take to recover over a particular system pathway from a particular secondary storage device, costs over time, etc. Moreover, in some embodiments, such information may be used to determine or predict the overall cost associated with the storage of certain information. The cost associated with hosting a certain application may be based, at least in part, on the type of media on which the data resides, for example. Storage devices may be assigned to a particular cost categories, for example. Further examples of costing techniques are described in U.S. Pat. No. 7,343,453, which is incorporated by reference herein.
- Any of the above types of information can generally be provided to users via the user interface 158 in a single, integrated view or console (not shown).
- the console may support a reporting capability that allows for the generation of a variety of reports, which may be tailored to a particular aspect of information management.
- Report types may include: scheduling, event management, media management and data aging. Available reports may also include backup history, data aging history, auxiliary copy history, job history, library and drive, media in library, restore history, and storage policy, etc., without limitation.
- Such reports may be specified and created at a certain point in time as a system analysis, forecasting, or provisioning tool.
- Integrated reports may also be generated that illustrate storage and performance metrics, risks and storage costing information.
- users may create their own reports based on specific needs.
- the integrated user interface 158 can include an option to show a “virtual view” of the system that graphically depicts the various components in the system using appropriate icons.
- the user interface 158 may provide a graphical depiction of one or more primary storage devices 104 , the secondary storage devices 108 , data agents 142 and/or media agents 144 , and their relationship to one another in the information management system 100 .
- the operations management functionality can facilitate planning and decision-making. For example, in some embodiments, a user may view the status of some or all jobs as well as the status of each component of the information management system 100 . Users may then plan and make decisions based on this data.
- a user may view high-level information regarding storage operations for the information management system 100 , such as job status, component status, resource status (e.g., communication pathways, etc.), and other information.
- the user may also drill down or use other means to obtain more detailed information regarding a particular component, job, or the like.
- Further examples of some reporting techniques and associated interfaces providing an integrated view of an information management system are provided in U.S. Pat. No. 7,343,453, which is incorporated by reference herein.
- the information management system 100 can also be configured to perform system-wide e-discovery operations in some embodiments.
- e-discovery operations provide a unified collection and search capability for data in the system, such as data stored in the secondary storage devices 108 (e.g., backups, archives, or other secondary copies 116 ).
- the information management system 100 may construct and maintain a virtual repository for data stored in the information management system 100 that is integrated across source applications 110 , different storage device types, etc.
- e-discovery utilizes other techniques described herein, such as data classification and/or content indexing.
- an information management policy 148 can include a data structure or other information source that specifies a set of parameters (e.g., criteria and rules) associated with secondary copy and/or other information management operations.
- a storage policy generally comprises a data structure or other information source that defines (or includes information sufficient to determine) a set of preferences or other criteria for performing information management operations.
- Storage policies can include one or more of the following items: (1) what data will be associated with the storage policy; (2) a destination to which the data will be stored; (3) datapath information specifying how the data will be communicated to the destination; (4) the type of storage operation to be performed; and (5) retention information specifying how long the data will be retained at the destination (see, e.g., FIG. 1E ).
- data associated with a storage policy can be logically organized into groups. In some cases, these logical groupings can be referred to as “sub-clients”.
- a sub-client may represent static or dynamic associations of portions of a data volume.
- Sub-clients may represent mutually exclusive portions. Thus, in certain embodiments, a portion of data may be given a label and the association is stored as a static entity in an index, database or other storage location.
- Sub-clients may also be used as an effective administrative scheme of organizing data according to data type, department within the enterprise, storage preferences, or the like.
- sub-clients can correspond to files, folders, virtual machines, databases, etc. In one exemplary scenario, an administrator may find it preferable to separate e-mail data from financial data using two different sub-clients.
- a storage policy can define where data is stored by specifying a target or destination storage device (or group of storage devices). For instance, where the secondary storage device 108 includes a group of disk libraries, the storage policy may specify a particular disk library for storing the sub-clients associated with the policy. As another example, where the secondary storage devices 108 include one or more tape libraries, the storage policy may specify a particular tape library for storing the sub-clients associated with the storage policy, and may also specify a drive pool and a tape pool defining a group of tape drives and a group of tapes, respectively, for use in storing the sub-client data.
- While information in the storage policy can be statically assigned in some cases, some or all of the information in the storage policy can also be dynamically determined based on criteria, which can be set forth in the storage policy. For instance, based on such criteria, a particular destination storage device(s) (or other parameter of the storage policy) may be determined based on characteristics associated with the data involved in a particular storage operation, device availability (e.g., availability of a secondary storage device 108 or a media agent 144 ), network status and conditions (e.g., identified bottlenecks), user credentials, and the like).
- criteria can be set forth in the storage policy. For instance, based on such criteria, a particular destination storage device(s) (or other parameter of the storage policy) may be determined based on characteristics associated with the data involved in a particular storage operation, device availability (e.g., availability of a secondary storage device 108 or a media agent 144 ), network status and conditions (e.g., identified bottlenecks), user credentials, and the like).
- Datapath information can also be included in the storage policy.
- the storage policy may specify network pathways and components to utilize when moving the data to the destination storage device(s).
- the storage policy specifies one or more media agents 144 for conveying data associated with the storage policy between the source (e.g., one or more host client computing devices 102 ) and destination (e.g., a particular target secondary storage device 108 ).
- a storage policy can also specify the type(s) of operations associated with the storage policy, such as a backup, archive, snapshot, auxiliary copy, or the like.
- Retention information can specify how long the data will be kept, depending on organizational needs (e.g., a number of days, months, years, etc.)
- Scheduling parameters may specify with what frequency (e.g., hourly, weekly, daily, event-based, etc.) or under what triggering conditions secondary copy or other information management operations will take place.
- Scheduling policies in some cases are associated with particular components, such as particular logical groupings of data associated with a storage policy (e.g., a sub-client), client computing device 102 , and the like. In one configuration, a separate scheduling policy is maintained for particular logical groupings of data on a client computing device 102 .
- the scheduling policy specifies that those logical groupings are to be moved to secondary storage devices 108 every hour according to storage policies associated with the respective sub-clients.
- the information management system 100 automatically applies a default configuration to client computing device 102 .
- the installation script may register the client computing device 102 with the storage manager 140 , which in turn applies the default configuration to the new client computing device 102 . In this manner, data protection operations can begin substantially immediately.
- the default configuration can include a default storage policy, for example, and can specify any appropriate information sufficient to begin data protection operations. This can include a type of data protection operation, scheduling information, a target secondary storage device 108 , data path information (e.g., a particular media agent 144 ), and the like.
- An audit policy is a set of preferences, rules and/or criteria that protect sensitive data in the information management system 100 .
- an audit policy may define “sensitive objects” as files or objects that contain particular keywords (e.g., “confidential,” or “privileged”) and/or are associated with particular keywords (e.g., in metadata) or particular flags (e.g., in metadata identifying a document or email as personal, confidential, etc.).
- An audit policy may further specify rules for handling sensitive objects.
- an audit policy may require that a reviewer approve the transfer of any sensitive objects to a cloud storage site, and that if approval is denied for a particular sensitive object, the sensitive object should be transferred to a local primary storage device 104 instead.
- the audit policy may further specify how a secondary storage computing device 106 or other system component should notify a reviewer that a sensitive object is slated for transfer.
- a provisioning policy can include a set of preferences, priorities, rules, and/or criteria that specify how client computing devices 102 (or groups thereof) may utilize system resources, such as available storage on cloud storage and/or network bandwidth.
- a provisioning policy specifies, for example, data quotas for particular client computing devices 102 (e.g., a number of gigabytes that can be stored monthly, quarterly or annually).
- the storage manager 140 or other components may enforce the provisioning policy. For instance, the media agents 144 may enforce the policy when transferring data to secondary storage devices 108 . If a client computing device 102 exceeds a quota, a budget for the client computing device 102 (or associated department) is adjusted accordingly or an alert may trigger.
- a storage policy may also include or otherwise be associated with one or more scheduling, audit, or provisioning policies or operational parameters thereof.
- storage policies are typically associated with moving and storing data, other policies may be associated with other types of information management operations. The following is a non-exhaustive list of items the information management policies 148 may specify:
- Policies can additionally specify or depend on a variety of historical or current criteria that may be used to determine which rules to apply to a particular data object, system component, or information management operation, such as:
- FIG. 1E includes a data flow diagram depicting performance of storage operations by an embodiment of an information management system 100 , according to an exemplary storage policy 148 A.
- the information management system 100 includes a storage manger 140 , a client computing device 102 having a file system data agent 142 A and an email data agent 142 B operating thereon, a primary storage device 104 , two media agents 144 A, 144 B, and two secondary storage devices 108 A, 108 B: a disk library 108 A and a tape library 108 B.
- the primary storage device 104 includes primary data 112 A, which is associated with a logical grouping of data associated with a file system, and primary data 1128 , which is associated with a logical grouping of data associated with email.
- the logical grouping of data associated with the file system is referred to as a file system sub-client, and the logical grouping of data associated with the email is referred to as an email sub-client, the techniques described with respect to FIG. 1E can be utilized in conjunction with data that is organized in a variety of other manners.
- the second media agent 144 B and the tape library 1088 are “off-site”, and may therefore be remotely located from the other components in the information management system 100 (e.g., in a different city, office building, etc.).
- “off-site” may refer to a magnetic tape located in storage, which must be manually retrieved and loaded into a tape drive to be read. In this manner, information stored on the tape library 1088 may provide protection in the event of a disaster or other failure.
- the file system sub-client and its associated primary data 112 A in certain embodiments generally comprise information generated by the file system and/or operating system of the client computing device 102 , and can include, for example, file system data (e.g., regular files, file tables, mount points, etc.), operating system data (e.g., registries, event logs, etc.), and the like.
- the e-mail sub-client, on the other hand, and its associated primary data 1128 include data generated by an e-mail application operating on the client computing device 102 , and can include mailbox information, folder information, emails, attachments, associated database information, and the like.
- the sub-clients can be logical containers, and the data included in the corresponding primary data 112 A, 1128 may or may not be stored contiguously.
- the exemplary storage policy 148 A includes backup copy preferences (or rule set) 160 , disaster recovery copy preferences rule set 162 , and compliance copy preferences or rule set 164 .
- the backup copy rule set 160 specifies that it is associated with a file system sub-client 166 and an email sub-client 168 . Each of these sub-clients 166 , 168 are associated with the particular client computing device 102 .
- the backup copy rule set 160 further specifies that the backup operation will be written to the disk library 108 A, and designates a particular media agent 144 A to convey the data to the disk library 108 A.
- the backup copy rule set 160 specifies that backup copies created according to the rule set 160 are scheduled to be generated on an hourly basis and to be retained for 30 days. In some other embodiments, scheduling information is not included in the storage policy 148 A, and is instead specified by a separate scheduling policy.
- the disaster recovery copy rule set 162 is associated with the same two sub-clients 166 , 168 . However, the disaster recovery copy rule set 162 is associated with the tape library 108 B, unlike the backup copy rule set 160 . Moreover, the disaster recovery copy rule set 162 specifies that a different media agent, namely 144 B, will be used to convey the data to the tape library 108 B. As indicated, disaster recovery copies created according to the rule set 162 will be retained for 60 days, and will be generated on a daily basis. Disaster recovery copies generated according to the disaster recovery copy rule set 162 can provide protection in the event of a disaster or other catastrophic data loss that would affect the backup copy 116 A maintained on the disk library 108 A.
- the compliance copy rule set 164 is only associated with the email sub-client 168 , and not the file system sub-client 166 . Compliance copies generated according to the compliance copy rule set 164 will therefore not include primary data 112 A from the file system sub-client 166 . For instance, the organization may be under an obligation to store and maintain copies of email data for a particular period of time (e.g., 10 years) to comply with state or federal regulations, while similar regulations do not apply to the file system data.
- the compliance copy rule set 164 is associated with the same tape library 108 B and media agent 144 B as the disaster recovery copy rule set 162 , although a different storage device or media agent could be used in other embodiments. Finally, the compliance copy rule set 164 specifies that copies generated under the compliance copy rule set 164 will be retained for 10 years, and will be generated on a quarterly basis.
- the storage manager 140 initiates a backup operation according to the backup copy rule set 160 .
- a scheduling service running on the storage manager 140 accesses scheduling information from the backup copy rule set 160 or a separate scheduling policy associated with the client computing device 102 , and initiates a backup copy operation on an hourly basis.
- the storage manager 140 sends instructions to the client computing device 102 (i.e., to both data agent 142 A and data agent 142 B) to begin the backup operation.
- the file system data agent 142 A and the email data agent 142 B operating on the client computing device 102 respond to the instructions received from the storage manager 140 by accessing and processing the primary data 112 A, 112 B involved in the copy operation, which can be found in primary storage device 104 . Because the operation is a backup copy operation, the data agent(s) 142 A, 142 B may format the data into a backup format or otherwise process the data.
- the client computing device 102 communicates the retrieved, processed data to the first media agent 144 A, as directed by the storage manager 140 , according to the backup copy rule set 160 .
- the information management system 100 may implement a load-balancing, availability-based, or other appropriate algorithm to select from the available set of media agents 144 A, 144 B. Regardless of the manner the media agent 144 A is selected, the storage manager 140 may further keep a record in the storage manager database 146 of the association between the selected media agent 144 A and the client computing device 102 and/or between the selected media agent 144 A and the backup copy 116 A.
- the target media agent 144 A receives the data from the client computing device 102 , and at step 4 conveys the data to the disk library 108 A to create the backup copy 116 A, again at the direction of the storage manager 140 and according to the backup copy rule set 160 .
- the secondary storage device 108 A can be selected in other ways. For instance, the media agent 144 A may have a dedicated association with a particular secondary storage device(s), or the storage manager 140 or media agent 144 A may select from a plurality of secondary storage devices, e.g., according to availability, using one of the techniques described in U.S. Pat. No. 7,246,207, which is incorporated by reference herein.
- the media agent 144 A can also update its index 153 to include data and/or metadata related to the backup copy 116 A, such as information indicating where the backup copy 116 A resides on the disk library 108 A, data and metadata for cache retrieval, etc.
- the storage manager 140 may similarly update its index 150 to include information relating to the storage operation, such as information relating to the type of storage operation, a physical location associated with one or more copies created by the storage operation, the time the storage operation was performed, status information relating to the storage operation, the components involved in the storage operation, and the like.
- the storage manager 140 may update its index 150 to include some or all of the information stored in the index 153 of the media agent 144 A. After the 30 day retention period expires, the storage manager 140 instructs the media agent 144 A to delete the backup copy 116 A from the disk library 108 A. Indexes 150 and/or 153 are updated accordingly.
- the storage manager 140 initiates the creation of a disaster recovery copy 1168 according to the disaster recovery copy rule set 162 .
- the specified media agent 144 B retrieves the most recent backup copy 116 A from the disk library 108 A.
- the media agent 144 B uses the retrieved data to create a disaster recovery copy 1168 on the tape library 1088 .
- the disaster recovery copy 1168 is a direct, mirror copy of the backup copy 116 A, and remains in the backup format.
- the disaster recovery copy 1168 may be generated in some other manner, such as by using the primary data 112 A, 1128 from the primary storage device 104 as source data. The disaster recovery copy operation is initiated once a day and the disaster recovery copies 1168 are deleted after 60 days; indexes are updated accordingly when/after each information management operation is executed/completed.
- the storage manager 140 initiates the creation of a compliance copy 116 C, according to the compliance copy rule set 164 .
- the storage manager 140 instructs the media agent 144 B to create the compliance copy 116 C on the tape library 1088 at step 9, as specified in the compliance copy rule set 164 .
- the compliance copy 116 C is generated using the disaster recovery copy 1168 .
- the compliance copy 116 C is instead generated using either the primary data 1128 corresponding to the email sub-client or using the backup copy 116 A from the disk library 108 A as source data.
- compliance copies 116 C are created quarterly, and are deleted after ten years, and indexes are kept up-to-date accordingly.
- a restore operation can be initiated involving one or more of the secondary copies 116 A, 1168 , 116 C.
- a user may manually initiate a restore of the backup copy 116 A by interacting with the user interface 158 of the storage manager 140 .
- the storage manager 140 then accesses data in its index 150 (and/or the respective storage policy 148 A) associated with the selected backup copy 116 A to identify the appropriate media agent 144 A and/or secondary storage device 108 A.
- a media agent may be selected for use in the restore operation based on a load balancing algorithm, an availability based algorithm, or other criteria.
- the selected media agent 144 A retrieves the data from the disk library 108 A. For instance, the media agent 144 A may access its index 153 to identify a location of the backup copy 116 A on the disk library 108 A, or may access location information residing on the disk 108 A itself.
- the media agent 144 A accesses a cached version of the backup copy 116 A residing in the index 153 , without having to access the disk library 108 A for some or all of the data. Once it has retrieved the backup copy 116 A, the media agent 144 A communicates the data to the source client computing device 102 . Upon receipt, the file system data agent 142 A and the email data agent 142 B may unpackage (e.g., restore from a backup format to the native application format) the data in the backup copy 116 A and restore the unpackaged data to the primary storage device 104 .
- unpackage e.g., restore from a backup format to the native application format
- the storage manager 140 may permit a user to specify aspects of the storage policy 148 A.
- the storage policy can be modified to include information governance policies to define how data should be managed in order to comply with a certain regulation or business objective.
- the various policies may be stored, for example, in the management database 146 .
- An information governance policy may comprise a classification policy, which is described herein.
- An information governance policy may align with one or more compliance tasks that are imposed by regulations or business requirements. Examples of information governance policies might include a Sarbanes-Oxley policy, a HIPAA policy, an electronic discovery (E-Discovery) policy, and so on.
- Information governance policies allow administrators to obtain different perspectives on all of an organization's online and offline data, without the need for a dedicated data silo created solely for each different viewpoint.
- the data storage systems herein build a centralized index that reflects the contents of a distributed data set that spans numerous clients and storage devices, including both primary and secondary copies, and online and offline copies.
- An organization may apply multiple information governance policies in a top-down manner over that unified data set and indexing schema in order to permit an organization to view and manipulate the single data set through different lenses, each of which is adapted to a particular compliance or business goal.
- an E-discovery policy and a Sarbanes-Oxley policy two different groups of users in an organization can conduct two very different analyses of the same underlying physical set of data copies, which may be distributed throughout the organization and information management system.
- a classification policy defines a taxonomy of classification terms or tags relevant to a compliance task and/or business objective.
- a classification policy may also associate a defined tag with a classification rule.
- a classification rule defines a particular combination of criteria, such as users who have created, accessed or modified a document or data object; file or application types; content or metadata keywords; clients or storage locations; dates of data creation and/or access; review status or other status within a workflow (e.g., reviewed or un-reviewed); modification times or types of modifications; and/or any other data attributes in any combination, without limitation.
- a classification rule may also be defined using other classification tags in the taxonomy.
- an E-discovery classification policy might define a classification tag “privileged” that is associated with documents or data objects that (1) were created or modified by legal department staff, or (2) were sent to or received from outside counsel via email, or (3) contain one of the following keywords: “privileged” or “attorney” or “counsel”, or other like terms.
- An entity tag may be, for example, any content that matches a defined data mask format.
- entity tags might include, e.g., social security numbers (e.g., any numerical content matching the formatting mask XXX-XX-XXX), credit card numbers (e.g., content having a 13-16 digit string of numbers), SKU numbers, product numbers, etc.
- a user may define a classification policy by indicating criteria, parameters or descriptors of the policy via a graphical user interface, such as a form or page with fields to be filled in, pull-down menus or entries allowing one or more of several options to be selected, buttons, sliders, hypertext links or other known user interface tools for receiving user input, etc.
- a user may define certain entity tags, such as a particular product number or project ID code that is relevant in the organization.
- the classification policy can be implemented using cloud-based techniques.
- the storage devices may be cloud storage devices, and the storage manager 140 may execute cloud service provider API over a network to classify data stored on cloud storage devices.
- secondary copies 116 can vary, depending on the embodiment.
- secondary copies 116 are formatted as a series of logical data units or “chunks” (e.g., 512 MB, 1 GB, 2 GB, 4 GB, or 8 GB chunks). This can facilitate efficient communication and writing to secondary storage devices 108 , e.g., according to resource availability. For example, a single secondary copy 116 may be written on a chunk-by-chunk basis to a single secondary storage device 108 or across multiple secondary storage devices 108 . In some cases, users can select different chunk sizes, e.g., to improve throughput to tape storage devices.
- each chunk can include a header and a payload.
- the payload can include files (or other data units) or subsets thereof included in the chunk, whereas the chunk header generally includes metadata relating to the chunk, some or all of which may be derived from the payload.
- the media agent 144 , storage manager 140 , or other component may divide the associated files into chunks and generate headers for each chunk by processing the constituent files.
- the headers can include a variety of information such as file identifier(s), volume(s), offset(s), or other information associated with the payload data items, a chunk sequence number, etc.
- the chunk headers can also be stored to the index 153 of the associated media agent(s) 144 and/or the index 150 . This is useful in some cases for providing faster processing of secondary copies 116 during restores or other operations.
- the secondary storage device 108 returns an indication of receipt, e.g., to the media agent 144 and/or storage manager 140 , which may update their respective indexes 153 , 150 accordingly.
- chunks may be processed (e.g., by the media agent 144 ) according to the information in the chunk header to reassemble the files.
- FIGS. 1F and 1G are diagrams of example data streams 170 and 171 , respectively, which may be employed for performing data storage operations.
- the data agent 142 forms the data stream 170 from the data associated with a client computing device 102 (e.g., primary data 112 ).
- the data stream 170 is composed of multiple pairs of stream header 172 and stream data (or stream payload) 174 .
- the data streams 170 and 171 shown in the illustrated example are for a single-instanced storage operation, and a stream payload 174 therefore may include both single-instance (“SI”) data and/or non-SI data.
- a stream header 172 includes metadata about the stream payload 174 .
- This metadata may include, for example, a length of the stream payload 174 , an indication of whether the stream payload 174 is encrypted, an indication of whether the stream payload 174 is compressed, an archive file identifier (ID), an indication of whether the stream payload 174 is single instanceable, and an indication of whether the stream payload 174 is a start of a block of data.
- ID archive file identifier
- the data stream 171 has the stream header 172 and stream payload 174 aligned into multiple data blocks.
- the data blocks are of size 64 KB.
- the first two stream header 172 and stream payload 174 pairs comprise a first data block of size 64 KB.
- the first stream header 172 indicates that the length of the succeeding stream payload 174 is 63 KB and that it is the start of a data block.
- the next stream header 172 indicates that the succeeding stream payload 174 has a length of 1 KB and that it is not the start of a new data block.
- Immediately following stream payload 174 is a pair comprising an identifier header 176 and identifier data 178 .
- FIG. 1H is a diagram illustrating the data structures 180 that may be used to store blocks of SI data and non-SI data on the storage device (e.g., secondary storage device 108 ).
- the data structures 180 do not form part of a native file system of the storage device.
- the data structures 180 include one or more volume folders 182 , one or more chunk folders 184 / 185 within the volume folder 182 , and multiple files within the chunk folder 184 .
- Each chunk folder 184 / 185 includes a metadata file 186 / 187 , a metadata index file 188 / 189 , one or more container files 190 / 191 / 193 , and a container index file 192 / 194 .
- data block B 2 in the container file 190 is referred to by a link in the metadata file 187 in the chunk folder 185 .
- the corresponding index entry in the container index file 192 indicates that the data block B 2 in the container file 190 is referred to.
- data block B 1 in the container file 191 is referred to by a link in the metadata file 187 , and so the corresponding index entry in the container index file 192 indicates that this data block is referred to.
- the second storage operation on the data of the second client computing device 102 would result in the media agent 144 storing primarily links to the data blocks of the first client computing device 102 that are already stored in the container files 190 / 191 . Accordingly, while a first storage operation may result in storing nearly all of the data subject to the storage operation, subsequent storage operations involving similar data may result in substantial data storage space savings, because links to already stored data blocks can be stored instead of additional instances of data blocks.
- a sparse file is type of file that may include empty space (e.g., a sparse file may have real data within it, such as at the beginning of the file and/or at the end of the file, but may also have empty space in it that is not storing actual data, such as a contiguous range of bytes all having a value of zero).
- the media agent 144 creates a new container file 190 / 191 / 193 when a container file 190 / 191 / 193 either includes 100 blocks of data or when the size of the container file 190 exceeds 50 MB.
- a file on which a storage operation is performed may comprise a large number of data blocks.
- a 100 MB file may comprise 400 data blocks of size 256 KB. If such a file is to be stored, its data blocks may span more than one container file, or even more than one chunk folder.
- a database file of 20 GB may comprise over 40,000 data blocks of size 512 KB. If such a database file is to be stored, its data blocks will likely span multiple container files, multiple chunk folders, and potentially multiple volume folders. Restoring such files may require accessing multiple container files, chunk folders, and/or volume folders to obtain the requisite data blocks.
- the system 200 of FIG. 2 may additionally include any of the other components shown in FIGS. 1C, 1D, and 1E that are not specifically shown in FIG. 2 .
- the system 200 may include one or more of each component. All components of the system 200 can be in direct communication with each other or communicate indirectly via the client 220 , the storage manager 210 , the media agent 270 , or the like. In certain embodiments, some of the components in FIG. 2 shown as separate components can reside on a single computing device, or vice versa.
- an organization may replicate production data of a source system to a destination system.
- Production data may be generated by one or more applications installed on the production machines.
- Using the production machines for the replication can affect the availability of resources of the production machines.
- the organization may back up the production data to secondary storage, for example, using deduplication.
- the information management system 200 can leverage deduplicated secondary copy data for replication.
- the system 200 includes a source system 201 and a destination system 202 in the context of replication (shown in dashed lines).
- the source system 201 and the destination system 202 may each be a subsystem within the system 200 .
- the source system 201 and the destination system 202 share a storage manager 210 .
- the source system 201 and the destination system 202 each include a client 220 , an information store 230 , a media agent 270 , and a storage device 280 .
- a client 220 has an application 260 and a data agent 240 associated with the application 260 installed on the client 220 .
- An instance of the application 260 installed on the client 220 a of the source system 201 generates the data to be replicated.
- components of the source system 201 may be referred to as source components
- components of the destination system 202 may be referred to as destination components.
- the source client 220 a stores the generated data in the source information store 230 a , Information Store 1.
- the system 200 backs up the application data in Information Store 1 230 a in order to create a secondary copy of the application data.
- the secondary copy data can be deduplicated, for example, to reduce the amount of storage used in the storage devices 280 a .
- the system 200 replicates the deduplicated secondary copy data in the source system 201 to the destination system 202 .
- Media Agent 1 270 a in the source system 201 traverses the deduplicated secondary copy data in Storage Device 1 280 a and sends hash values of blocks to Media Agent 2 270 b in the destination system 202 .
- Media Agent 2 270 b compares the received hash values to check whether the corresponding blocks exist in Storage Device 2 280 b .
- Hash values are described as an example, and any type of unique signature may be used to check whether certain blocks exist in the storage devices 280 b . If some blocks corresponding to the received hash values do not exist, Media Agent 2 270 b requests the corresponding blocks.
- Media Agent 1 270 a sends the requested blocks to Media Agent 2 270 b , and Media Agent 2 270 b copies the received blocks to Storage Device 2 280 b .
- the source system 201 may package the deduplicated secondary copy data in a particular format that facilitates replication to the destination system 202 . After Media Agent 2 270 b copies the received blocks to Storage Device 2 280 b , the system 200 performs a restore of the replicated secondary copy data to the destination information store 230 b , Information Store 2, in the destination system 202 .
- One or more replication agents 250 can manage and/or perform the functions relating to replication of data.
- the replication agent 250 may reside on one or more components of the system 200 .
- an instance of the replication agent 250 executes on the storage manager 210 , Media Agent 1 270 a , Media Agent 2 270 b , etc.
- the version of the replication agent 250 installed on different components in the system 200 may be the same, similar, or different, depending on the embodiment.
- the replication agent 250 installed on the storage manager 210 is slightly different from the replication agent 250 installed on the media agent 270 .
- the source system 201 and the destination system 202 can have the same data, for example, by copying the data residing in Information Store 1 230 a in the source system 201 to Information Store 2 230 b in the destination system 202 . Replication can occur from that point on.
- the storage manager 210 schedules or initiates a backup operation in the source system 201 . Because secondary copy data is used to replicate from the source system 201 to the destination system 202 as will be described, it is desirable to perform a backup from the primary storage subsystem 201 a to the secondary storage subsystem 201 b at the source system 201 (e.g., from the primary storage device(s) 230 a to the secondary storage device(s) 280 a ) relatively frequently in order to make the replication process more continuous and synchronous. Accordingly, the storage manager 210 can dynamically schedule a backup, for example, based on various factors.
- Factors may include: number of writes to the primary storage device(s) 230 a , time of last write to the primary storage device(s) 230 a , time since last write to the primary storage device(s) 230 a , CPU availability or usage (e.g., of the client computing device 220 a and/or the computing device hosting the media agent 270 a ), network availability or usage, I/O availability or usage, time since last backup, etc. For instance, the storage manager 210 schedules a backup for every 5 writes. In another example, the storage manager 210 checks the time of the last write, and if a specific amount of time has passed since the time of the last write, the storage manager 210 schedules a backup.
- the storage manager 210 checks CPU availability and schedules a backup when the CPU usage is low. For example, the CPU usage of the application 260 may be low at a particular time. In some embodiments, the storage manager 210 schedules a backup at a predetermined interval (e.g., every 1, 2, 5, 10, or 30 seconds, every 1, 2, 5, or 10 minutes). In certain embodiments, the frequency of backup varies depending on the application 260 that generated the data to be replicated. For instance, the system 200 performs a backup for one application every 5 minutes and for another application every 10 minutes. Changes to data of the first application may occur more frequently than to data of the second application, making more frequent backup desirable for the first application.
- a predetermined interval e.g., every 1, 2, 5, 10, or 30 seconds, every 1, 2, 5, or 10 minutes.
- the frequency of backup varies depending on the application 260 that generated the data to be replicated. For instance, the system 200 performs a backup for one application every 5 minutes and for another application every 10 minutes. Changes to data of the first application may occur
- the system 200 provides replication using deduplicated secondary copy data as an option during backup. For example, the system administrator may select the feature as one of the backup parameters. The system 200 can then back up data in a deduplicated format and use the deduplicated secondary copies to perform replication.
- Media Agent 1 270 a performs a deduplicated backup of data residing in primary storage.
- the system 200 can divide data to be backed up into blocks; if a block already exists in the storage device 280 a , the system 200 can create a reference to the existing block, and if a block does not yet exist in the storage device 280 a , the system 200 can copy the block to the storage device 280 a .
- Media Agent 1 270 a can create a deduplicated secondary copy 285 of data in Storage Device 1 280 a . Certain details relating to deduplication are explained above, for example, in connection with FIGS. 1A-1H .
- Media Agent 1 270 a can package the data in a format that facilitates deduplicated copy.
- Media Agent 1 270 a packages hashes of blocks with the blocks as illustrated in FIG. 3A .
- a block may have a block header that includes the hash for the block and a reference to the data of the block.
- Packaging the hashes of the blocks together with the blocks can streamline the process of reading a deduplicated secondary copy 285 since the hashes are directly available in-line in the deduplicated secondary copy 285 and do not have to be obtained from another location.
- Deduplicated copy can refer to copying from a deduplicated secondary copy 285 at a source to a deduplicated secondary copy at a destination.
- a secondary copy of data in the format that facilitates deduplicated copy may be referred to as a dash copy. Certain details relating to the format of the deduplicated secondary copy data are explained in connection with FIGS. 3A and 3B .
- the hashes may also be stored on Media Agent 1 270 a , e.g., in the media agent index 275 a associated with Media Agent 1 270 a.
- the system 200 performs backups more frequently and accordingly would back up associated metadata more frequently as well. However, only a small portion of the metadata may have changed since the last backup, and backing up all metadata each time a backup is performed can require large amounts storage space. Accordingly, the system 200 can reduce the amount of metadata that is backed up by backing up only the changed portions of the metadata. This process may be referred to as metadata reduction.
- the system 200 performs metadata reduction by creating one container file including metadata and/or data for an initial backup, and updating the container file during subsequent backups, instead of creating a new container file for each backup.
- These container files may also be referred to as persistent archive files. For instance, at the time of backup, the system 200 checks whether a container file exists, and if a container file exists, the system 200 adds any new metadata and/or data for the current backup to the existing container file. If a container file does not exist, the system 200 creates a new container file. In certain embodiments, a single container file is used throughout the duration of the replication.
- a single container file stores metadata and/or data associated with multiple backups that occur within a particular period of time (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 10 hours), and then a new container file is created for subsequent backups associated with the replication. Certain details relating to metadata reduction are explained below, for example, in connection with FIG. 7 .
- Media Agent 1 270 a traverses through the dedpulicated secondary copy 285 .
- Media Agent 1 270 a starts reading the deduplicated secondary copy 285 on a block-by-block basis.
- the deduplicated secondary copy 285 can include the blocks along with the hashes of the blocks.
- Media Agent 1 270 a accesses the block header of a block, which includes the hash value of the block and sends the hash value to Media Agent 2 270 b so that Media Agent 2 270 b can check whether the block corresponding to the hash value exists in the destination system 202 .
- Media Agent 1 270 a can read multiple block headers at a time and send the read hash values as a group to Media Agent 2 270 b . For instance, Media Agent 1 270 a reads a block header to access the hash value, then skips over the blocks until it reads another block header to access the hash value, and so on. Media Agent 1 270 a can collect a number of hash values to send over to Media Agent 2 270 b , e.g., in a batch. Further details relating to traversing through the deduplicated secondary copy are explained in connection with FIG. 3B .
- the replication agent 250 on Media Agent 1 270 a can perform the functions relating to replication using deduplicated secondary copy; for instance, the replication agent 250 traverses through the deduplicated secondary copy.
- Media Agent 1 270 a performs a deduplicated copy with an embedded command stream 292 .
- Media Agent 1 270 a sends a hash or a group of hashes to Media Agent 2 270 b , e.g., in a transaction.
- Media Agent 1 270 a can send 64 hashes in a group or 1,000 hashes in a group.
- Each communication of a group of hashes by Media Agent 1 270 a at the source system 201 to Media Agent 2 270 b at the destination system 202 may be referred to as a transaction.
- a transaction may refer to delivery of a group of hashes.
- Media Agent 2 270 b performs a lookup of the received hash(es) to determine whether the blocks already exist in the destination system 202 . If a block corresponding to a hash already exists in Storage Device 2 280 b , Media Agent 2 270 b stores a reference to the existing block in Storage Device 2 280 b . If a block corresponding to a hash does not exist in Storage Device 2 280 b , Media Agent 2 270 b requests Media Agent 1 270 a to send the block. Similar to Media Agent 1 270 a sending hashes as a group or transaction, Media Agent 2 270 b can request the blocks as a group or transaction. For instance, Media Agent 2 270 b can look up all the hashes received in a group from Media Agent 1 270 a , and send a request for any blocks in the group that Media Agent 2 270 b does not have.
- the system 200 may determine how many hashes to send in a group based on various factors. Examples of such factors may include bandwidth of the connection between Media Agent 1 270 a and Media Agent 2 270 b , size of a hash, size of the buffer involved in sending hashes, latency, etc. In one embodiment, the system 200 determines how many hashes to send by taking the product of the bandwidth and the latency of the wide area network (WAN), local area network (LAN) or other connection between Media Agent 1 270 a and Media Agent 2 270 b , which can indicate the size of the buffer. The size of the buffer is divided by the size of a hash to determine how many hashes can be sent in a group.
- WAN wide area network
- LAN local area network
- the size of the buffer may be 100 kilobytes (kB).
- the number of hashes is rounded up to the nearest hundred; for example, 1562.5 hashes is rounded up to 1600.
- commands are not captured in traditional backups because a backup is a point-in-time copy of the data and/or because the backup copies are stored in a backup format rather than a file system format.
- the data in the source system 201 is continuously sent to the destination system 202 , and the commands may also be sent to the destination system 202 to reflect the changes to the data at the source system 201 .
- the system 200 (e.g., the replication agent 250 of the source system 201 ) can send the commands from the source system 201 to the destination system 202 in a command stream 292 .
- the system 200 may send the hashes and/or the data blocks in a data stream 291 , and can send a command stream 292 along with a data stream 291 .
- FIG. 2 illustrates separate command stream 292 and data stream 291 for illustrative purposes, but the command stream 292 and the data stream 291 may be implemented as a single stream.
- each message in the single stream includes a header that indicates whether a certain message is a command or a data block.
- each command message has a timestamp associated with it, and the destination system 202 processes the command messages based on the timestamp.
- the storage manager 210 manages creating the command streams 292 and coding of command messages. Certain details relating to the command stream and corresponding data structure are explained below, e.g., in connection with FIG. 4 .
- Media Agent 1 270 a may store backup-related information and/or deduplication-related information in the media agent index 275 a .
- the information in the media agent index 275 a is also replicated to the destination system 202 .
- the information is sent to and stored in the media agent index 275 b associated with Media Agent 2 270 b .
- the media agent index 275 may also be deduplicated.
- the media agent index 275 a , the media agent index 275 b , or both are deduplicated.
- the process for replicating deduplicated secondary copies 285 can be used to copy the information in the media agent index 275 .
- Media Agent 1 270 a may send a group of hashes to Media Agent 2 270 b , and Media Agent 2 270 b can look up the hashes to determine whether to request blocks corresponding to the hashes.
- the source system 201 and the destination system 202 may be connected to one another by a Local Area Network (LAN), although another network type such as a wide area network (WAN) may be used in other embodiments.
- LAN Local Area Network
- WAN wide area network
- the data sent between the source system 201 and the destination system 202 can move across the LAN.
- Media Agent 2 270 b copies blocks received in the data stream 291 to Storage Device 2 280 b .
- the deduplicated secondary copy 285 in Storage Device 1 280 a includes blocks B 1 , B 2 , B 3 , and so on.
- Media Agent 1 270 a sends hashes of blocks B 1 , B 2 , B 3 , etc. in a group. By checking the hashes of Blocks B 1 , B 2 , B 3 , etc. with the hashes in the media agent index 275 b , Media Agent 2 270 b determines that the destination system 202 does not have blocks B 2 and B 5 .
- Media Agent 2 270 b requests blocks B 2 and B 5 from Media Agent 1 270 a .
- Media Agent 1 270 a sends blocks B 2 and B 5 .
- Media Agent 2 270 b stores the blocks in Storage Device 2 280 b .
- Deduplicated secondary copy data in Storage Device 2 280 b can also be packaged in the format that facilitates deduplicated copy, for example, used in the source system 201 .
- the destination system 202 can also serve as the source system for replication to another destination system (not shown) using deduplicated secondary copy data.
- Media Agent 2 270 b processes commands received in the command stream 292 .
- the commands may be processed in order, e.g., based on the timestamp of each command.
- Media Agent 2 270 b processes the received commands and forwards them to the data agent 240 b on Client 2 for execution.
- the data agent 240 b performs the commands.
- the replication agent 250 on Media Agent 2 270 b can perform the functions relating to replication using deduplicated secondary copy; for instance, the replication agent 250 stores the blocks to Storage Device 2 280 b and processes the commands.
- the storage manager 210 schedules a restore operation.
- a restore may be scheduled when the corresponding backup is completed.
- the scheduling of a restore operation can be similar to the scheduling of a backup operation at data flow step 1 and may be based on similar factors as the scheduling of a backup operation.
- factors may include: number of pending writes to the primary storage device(s) 230 b of the destination system 202 (e.g., with respect to replication), time of last write to the primary storage device(s) 230 b of the destination system 202 , time since last write to the primary storage device(s) 230 b of the destination system 202 , CPU availability (e.g., of the client computing device 220 b and/or the computing device hosting the media agent 270 b ), number of writes to the secondary storage device(s) 280 b since last restore, time of last write to the secondary storage device(s) 280 b since last restore, time since last restore, etc.
- the storage manager 210 may consider the factors in relation to or in the context of the replication process.
- the time since last restore refers to the time since last restore for replication.
- the storage manager 210 schedules the restore every time a deduplicated copy is performed at data flow step 4.
- the replication can be close to real-time, and updates to the data in the source system 201 can be reflected in the destination system 202 relatively quickly on a continuous basis.
- the updates can be replicated to the destination system 202 at or about the same frequency as the backup operations occur at the source system 201 (e.g., every 10, 20, 30 seconds, every 1, 2, 5, or 10 minutes).
- the frequency of restore varies depending on the application 260 that generated the data to be replicated.
- the source system 201 and the destination system 202 share a common storage manager 210 , same storage policies may be applicable at the source system 201 and the destination system 202 , for example, with respect to replication. Accordingly, the source system 201 and the destination system 202 can keep copies of the same storage policy(ies) locally. Or the source system 201 and the destination system 202 may refer to the storage manager 210 for the storage policy(ies).
- Media Agent 2 270 b performs restore from deduplicated secondary copy data in Storage Device 2 280 b .
- Media Agent 2 270 b can restore data from Storage Device 2 280 b to Information Store 2 230 b .
- Media Agent 2 270 b restores each file to Information Store 2 230 b .
- Information Store 2 230 b is also deduplicated, in addition to Storage Device 2 280 b .
- Media Agent 2 270 b restores only the newly received blocks since the other blocks already exist Information Store 2 230 b .
- the data agent 240 b can process the commands on the restored data in Information Store 2 230 b .
- the sequence of the commands can be preserved (e.g., via timestamps sent in association with the command stream 292 , and the data agent 240 b can play back the commands during the restore according to the sequence in order to maintain consistency between the source system 201 and the destination system 202 .
- one type of command may be a file rename operation.
- the data agent 240 b processes the command to rename the corresponding file on Information Store 2 230 b at the destination system 202 .
- the system 200 can use the same job number for replication using deduplicated secondary copy data.
- the system 200 keeps track of the replication process between the source system 201 and the destination system 202 as one job.
- One job ID is used for multiple backups performed at the source system 201 in association with the replication process, and appropriate information and/or statistics is updated each time a backup is performed.
- the job information can be stored in association with the storage manager 210 .
- the job information may include: job ID, number of files, size of backup, indexing, etc. in the backup.
- the source system 201 updates the number of files, the size of backup, indexing, etc.
- the same job ID that is used for backup at the source system 201 is used as the job ID for the restore at the destination system 202 .
- One job ID can be used for multiple restores performed at the destination system 202 .
- the system 200 may leverage deduplicated data in secondary storage as the source to replicate production data from one client to another client, while reducing the burden on the production machines.
- packaging the deduplicated data in a particular format that facilitates replication e.g., packaging the hashes and the data together
- the source media agent 270 a or the replication agent 250 can read the hashes directly from the deduplicated secondary copy 285 , instead of obtaining the hashes from another location or device.
- the source media agent 270 a may read multiple hashes at one time and send them to the destination media agent 270 b in a group. Accordingly, the amount of time and/or resource used for replication can be reduced.
- FIG. 3A is a logical diagram illustrative of a deduplicated file used to implement replication using deduplicated secondary copy data, according to certain embodiments.
- the deduplicated file in FIG. 3A is explained in connection with an information management system 300 as described in FIG. 3B .
- the system 300 and corresponding components of FIG. 3B may be similar to or the same as the system 100 , 200 and similarly named (but not necessarily numbered) components of FIGS. 1C, 1D, 1E, and 2 .
- the system 300 includes a backup storage subsystem 302 including at least one first media agent 304 and at least one secondary storage device 306 .
- the backup storage subsystem 302 can be similar to the source system 201 in FIG. 2 .
- the system 300 further includes a secondary backup storage subsystem 308 including at least one second media agent 310 and at least one secondary storage device 312 .
- the secondary backup storage subsystem 308 can be similar to the destination system 202 in FIG. 2 .
- the first media agent 304 generally conducts the data to and from the secondary storage device 306 for storage and retrieval (e.g., during backup and restore operations, respectively).
- the first media agent 304 receives a data block (or group of data blocks) from the client system for backup.
- the first media agent 304 determines whether the data block already exists at the secondary storage device 306 .
- the first media agent 304 can generate a signature (e.g., a hash value) corresponding to the data block and compare the signature to values in a signature table 314 .
- the signature table 314 generally stores signatures corresponding to one or more of the data blocks already stored in the secondary storage device 306 .
- the first media agent 304 does not generate the hash itself, but instead receives the hash from the client system. If there is no match, the media agent 304 stores the data block in the secondary storage device 306 . Otherwise, the media agent 304 may store only a reference to the data block.
- the hash table 314 may reside at the media agent 304 as shown, at the secondary storage device 306 , or at some other location. In some embodiments, no hash table 314 is maintained.
- the first media agent 304 when writing the data to the secondary storage device 306 , formats or packages the data such that performance of subsequent storage operations is enhanced.
- the data formatted or packaged in such manner can be referred to as a dash copy.
- Certain details relating to dash copies are described further in U.S. application Ser. No. 12/982,100, filed Dec. 30, 2010, issued as U.S. Pat. No. 8,578,109, entitled “SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR RETAINING AND USING DATA BLOCK SIGNATURES IN DATA PROTECTION OPERATIONS” (Attorney Docket: COMMV.082A), which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
- FIG. 3A shows a detailed view of the example packaged data file 316 stored on the secondary storage device 306 .
- the file 316 includes a file header 316 a , one or more block headers 316 b , and one or more data blocks 316 c .
- the data packaging operations described herein such as the data packaging operations described with respect to any of FIGS. 2-5 may be performed by a data packaging module or manager executing on one or more of the components in the system.
- a data packaging module or manager may be implemented on the storage manager, media agents (e.g., one or more of the media agents 304 , 310 shown in FIG. 3B ), or a combination thereof.
- the file header 316 a generally includes information related to the file such as a file name or identifier, information related to the application that created the file, user access information, or other metadata related to the file.
- the block headers 316 b can each include a block reference 316 d (e.g., a pointer or link) and substantially unique signature 316 e (e.g., a hash) corresponding to an associated data block. While not shown to scale, the signatures 316 e and/or block references 316 b according to certain embodiments are significantly smaller than the corresponding data blocks. For example, in one embodiment, the data blocks are 512 kB, and the signatures are 64 bytes, although other values can be used, such as 128, 256 or 512 bytes, or lesser or greater values. In other embodiments, the files 316 can include data blocks and/or signatures having variable lengths.
- the ratio between the size of the data blocks and the size of the signature value is selected to calibrate system performance in certain embodiments. For example, in the above-described embodiment where the data blocks are 512 kB and the signature values are 64 bytes, the ratio is configured to be 8192. In another embodiment, the size of the data blocks is variable (e.g., selectable by a user) and ranges from between 32 kB and 512 kB, while the signature values are 64 bytes. In such an embodiment, the ratio is at least about 512.
- the ratio can be configured to be at least about 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048, 4096, 8192, 16,384, 32,768, 65,536, at least about some other lesser or greater power of two, or at least about some other value.
- the associated block reference 316 d can point to the corresponding data block 316 c itself in the file 316 .
- the data blocks 316 c 1 and 316 c 2 have not been deduplicated.
- the block reference 316 d 1 points to the data block 316 c 1 stored in the file 316
- the block reference 316 d 4 points to the data block 316 c 2 in the file 316 .
- the block reference 316 b points to a previously existing copy of the data block, and the data block itself may not be stored in the file 316 .
- the block reference 316 d 2 points to a previously existing data block at some other location in the secondary storage device 306 , such as a data block in another file.
- a block reference 316 d can point to a previously existing copy of the data block within that same file.
- the block reference 316 d 3 points to the data block 316 c 1 in the file 316 .
- the media agent 304 can package the data such that the signatures 316 e are embedded in the file 316 and associated with the corresponding block references 316 d and/or data blocks 316 c .
- the signatures 316 e in one embodiment are stored in generally logically or physically contiguous memory space with the corresponding block reference 316 d and/or data block 316 c , or are otherwise logically associated.
- the groupings defined by the media agent 304 and including the respective signature values 316 e , data block references 316 d and/or data blocks 316 c are referred to herein as signature/data words.
- link information can be added that includes information regarding the physical location of the actual data block.
- the link information can include identifiers indicating the machine and/or path at which the data block is stored, an offset associated with the block, such as an offset indicating a position of the data block in the relevant file, and the like.
- link information is added for each signature 316 e .
- the link information can be included in the block reference 316 d in some embodiments, or in some other data structure.
- Embedding the signature values in the signature/data words along with the data and/or data block references 316 d is generally in contrast to where the signatures 316 e are stored in a separate hash table, such as the hash table 314 .
- the hash table 314 may be used by the media agent 304 during backup for deduplication purposes, to determine whether incoming blocks are redundant.
- the signatures 316 e embedded in the file 316 may be used for other specialized purposes, such as during copy or other operations, to quickly access the signature values as the operation is performed.
- the media agent 304 may maintain multiple instances of at least some signature values.
- the signatures 316 e are stored in a separate hash table rather than being embedded along with the data blocks 316 c and/or block references 316 b .
- the separate hash table may be in addition to the hash table 314 , and the backup subsystem may therefore include at least first and second hash tables.
- FIG. 3B is a block diagram illustrative of performing a deduplication copy, according to certain embodiments.
- the system 300 performs a deduplicated copy of data from the secondary storage device 306 to the secondary storage device 312 .
- the system 300 can utilize certain advantageous aspects described herein to reduce the overhead and time associated with executing the deduplicated copy, improving system performance.
- the data transfer operations described herein such as the deduplicated copy operations described with respect to any of FIGS. 2-5 may be performed by a replication agent executing on one or more of the components in the system.
- a replication agent may be implemented on the storage manager, media agents (e.g., one or more of the media agents 304 , 310 shown in FIG. 3B ), or a combination thereof.
- the media agents 304 , 310 may respectively be the media agents 270 a , 270 b of the source and destination systems 201 , 202 of FIG. 2
- the secondary storage devices 306 , 312 may respectively be the secondary storage devices 280 a , 280 b of the source and destination systems 201 , 202 .
- the first media agent 304 receives instructions to perform a deduplicated copy.
- the deduplicated copy may be scheduled relatively frequently in order to support replication to the destination system 202 (e.g., every 10, 20, 30 seconds, every 1, 2, 5, or 10 minutes, etc.), and may be initiated by a storage manager (not shown), such as the storage manager 210 of FIG. 2 .
- the media agent 304 may initiate the deduplicated copy itself.
- the first media agent 304 begins the copy operation.
- the first media agent 304 sends signatures of corresponding data blocks to be copied to the second media agent 310 before sending the data blocks themselves.
- the second media agent 310 can check to see if the received signatures match the signatures of data blocks already existing at the secondary storage device 312 . For example, the second media agent 310 compares the received signatures to entries in a signature table 318 (e.g., a hash table). If a data block already exists at the secondary storage device 312 , the second media agent 310 stores a reference to the existing copy of the data block in the secondary storage device 312 , and the first media agent 304 does not need to send the actual data block. If a data block does not exist at the secondary storage device 312 , the second media agent 310 informs the first media agent 304 , and the first media agent 304 will send the actual data block.
- a signature table 318 e.g., a hash table
- the first media agent 304 writes the signature values 316 e along with the data during the initial backup storage operation.
- the signature values 316 e are embedded with the data in the signature/data words.
- the signature values 316 e are advantageously readily accessible by the first media agent 304 without having to read the data or generate the signature value at that point.
- the first media agent 304 can efficiently retrieve the signature values 316 e and send them to the second media agent 310 .
- a lookup may be performed on the second media agent 310 to see if the hash already exists. If the hash already exists, the data block is not read or sent to the second media agent 310 as discussed in further detail herein.
- reading the signature values from the secondary storage device 306 can consume less resources and/or take less time than reading the data blocks themselves to generate the signature values.
- the signature values are embedded in the file 316 and associated with the corresponding block references 316 b and/or data blocks 316 c 1 , the signature values are readily accessible during the deduplicated copy operation.
- the media agent 304 can generally traverse the signature/data words in the file 316 and extract the signature values 316 e.
- system parameters can be tuned to achieve an appropriate balance between additional storage overhead and improved performance.
- Such parameters can include the size of the signatures 316 e , the size of the data blocks 316 c , the ratio between the signature size and block size, and the like.
- the system 300 can allow manually tuning of these parameters by system operators and/or perform automatic tuning. For example, the system 300 in one embodiment performs parameter tuning based on the amount of available storage, the processing or memory capacity of the media agent 304 , or the like. In other embodiments, the system 300 allows for manually or automatically disabling the storage of the signature values 316 e along with the block references 316 b and/or data blocks 316 c.
- FIG. 4 is a block diagram illustrative of a data structure used to implement replication using deduplicated secondary copy data, according to certain embodiments. Certain details relating to FIG. 4 are further explained with respect to FIGS. 2, 3A, and 3B .
- the stream 490 can include a data stream 491 and a command stream 492 .
- the data stream 491 and the command stream 492 may be the same as or similar to the data stream 291 and the command stream 292 in FIG. 2 , respectively.
- the command stream 492 can include messages that contain commands. Messages containing commands may be referred to as command messages.
- the data stream 491 can include messages that contain hashes or data. Messages containing hashes or data may be referred to as data messages.
- FIG. 4 illustrates the command stream 492 and the data stream 491 as parallel streams, but as explained above, a single stream 490 may include both types of messages.
- command messages are embedded throughout data messages.
- the commands can include without limitation, file rename commands, file delete commands, file exists commands, size commands, copy commands, and the like.
- FIG. 5 is a flow diagram of illustrative of one embodiment of a routine 500 for replication using deduplicated secondary copy data.
- the routine 500 is described with respect to the system 200 of FIG. 2 .
- one or more of the steps of routine 500 may be implemented by other information management systems, such as those described in greater detail above with reference to FIGS. 1C, 1D, and 1E .
- the routine 500 can be implemented by any one, or a combination of, a client, a storage manager, a data agent, a media agent, and the like.
- further details regarding certain aspects of at least some of steps of the routine 500 are described in greater detail above with reference to FIG. 2 .
- the process of FIG. 5 can be compatible with other types of storage operations, such as, for example, archiving, migration, snapshots, replication operations, and the like.
- the source media agent 270 a creates or updates a deduplicated secondary copy 285 of a file on the source storage device(s) 280 a .
- Media Agent 1 270 a may receive instructions from the client 220 a to copy data from the source information store(s) 230 a to the source storage device(s) 280 a , for example, in a backup.
- the deduplicated secondary copy 285 can include multiple blocks and corresponding signature values of the blocks.
- the deduplicated secondary copy 285 may reflect a change to at least one changed portion of the primary data residing on the source primary storage device(s) 280 a as compared to a previous deduplicated secondary copy of the primary data.
- the deduplicated secondary copy 285 is one of a plurality of deduplicated secondary copies that the source system 201 is configured to perform as part of a continuous replication process, and the plurality of deduplicated secondary copies are performed according to a predetermined schedule at a regular interval.
- the regular interval is less than one hour. In another embodiment, the regular interval is less than ten minutes. In yet another embodiment, the regular interval is less than five minutes.
- the source media agent 270 a sends the signature value of at least one modified block in the secondary copy 285 to the destination media agent 270 b .
- Media Agent 1 270 a sends hashes for one or more blocks to Media Agent 2 270 b .
- the at least one modified block may correspond to the at least one changed portion of the primary data.
- the source media agent 270 a receives notification that the block does not exist in the destination storage device(s) 280 b .
- Media Agent 2 270 b notifies Media Agent 1 270 a that the block does not exist in the destination system 202 (e.g., in Storage Device 2 280 b ).
- the source media agent 270 a sends the data of the block to the destination media agent 270 b .
- Media Agent 1 270 a sends the data of the block to Media Agent 2 270 b.
- the destination media agent 270 b copies the data of the block to the destination storage device(s) 280 b .
- Media Agent 2 270 b stores the data of the block to Storage Device 2 280 b.
- the destination media agent 270 b restores the data of the block to the destination information store 230 b .
- Media Agent 2 270 b restores the data of the block to Information Store 2 230 b .
- the restore performed by the destination system 202 is one of a plurality of restore operations, wherein each of the plurality of restore operations corresponds to one of the plurality of deduplicated secondary copies performed by the source system 201 .
- the plurality of restore operations are performed at the regular interval such that changes to the primary data on the source system 201 are replicated to the destination system 202 in a period of time not significantly greater than the regular interval.
- the plurality of restore operations are performed at the regular interval at which the plurality of deduplicated secondary copies are performed.
- the primary data includes one or more files
- the source media agent 270 a sends a command stream 292 including one or more commands associated with the one or more files to the destination system 202 .
- the destination system 202 e.g., the destination media agent 270 b ) executes the one or more commands.
- the routine 500 can include fewer, more, or different blocks than those illustrated in FIG. 5 without departing from the spirit and scope of the description. Moreover, it will be appreciated by those skilled in the art and others that some or all of the functions described in this disclosure may be embodied in software executed by one or more processors of the disclosed components and mobile communication devices. The software may be persistently stored in any type of non-volatile and/or non-transitory storage.
- FIG. 6 is a flow diagram illustrative of one embodiment of a routine 600 for scheduling backup operations in replication using deduplicated secondary copy data.
- the routine 600 is described with respect to the system 200 of FIG. 2 .
- one or more of the steps of routine 600 may be implemented by other information management systems, such as those described in greater detail above with reference to FIGS. 1C, 1D, and 1E .
- the routine 600 can be implemented by any one, or a combination of, a client, a storage manager, a data agent, a media agent, and the like.
- further details regarding certain aspects of at least some of steps of the routine 600 are described in greater detail above with reference to FIG. 2 .
- the process of FIG. 6 can be compatible with other types of storage operations, such as, for example, archiving, migration, snapshots, replication operations, and the like.
- the system 200 detects a write to one or more files. For instance, the system 200 detects a write to one or more files on the primary storage device 230 a associated with the client 1 220 a.
- the system 200 determines based on various factors whether to schedule or initiate a backup. As explained above, factors may include: number of writes, time of last write, time since last write, CPU availability, etc. If the system 200 determines that it is appropriate to schedule or initiate a backup operation (or other secondary copy operation), at block 603 the system 200 schedules or initiates the backup operation.
- the routine 600 can include fewer, more, or different blocks than those illustrated in FIG. 6 without departing from the spirit and scope of the description. Moreover, it will be appreciated by those skilled in the art and others that some or all of the functions described in this disclosure may be embodied in software executed by one or more processors of the disclosed components and mobile communication devices. The software may be persistently stored in any type of non-volatile and/or non-transitory storage.
- FIG. 7 is a flow diagram illustrative of one embodiment of a routine 700 for reducing metadata associated with a replication process using deduplicated secondary copy data.
- the routine 700 is described with respect to the system 200 of FIG. 2 .
- one or more of the steps of routine 700 may be implemented by other information management systems, such as those described in greater detail above with reference to FIGS. 1C, 1D, and 1E .
- the routine 700 can be implemented by any one, or a combination of, a client, a storage manager, a data agent, a media agent, and the like.
- further details regarding certain aspects of at least some of steps of the routine 700 are described in greater detail above with reference to FIG. 2 .
- the process of FIG. 7 can be compatible with other types of storage operations, such as, for example, archiving, migration, snapshots, replication operations, and the like.
- the system 200 initiates a replication process in which a plurality of deduplicated backup copies 285 are used to replicate data from the source system 201 to the destination system 202 .
- a replication policy is stored in a storage manager database and dictates that the storage manager 210 should initiate deduplicated backups at the source system 201 every five minutes.
- the storage policy further specifies that the media agent 270 a should communicate changed data from the source system 201 to the destination system 202 every time a deduplicated backup operation completes.
- the system 200 performs a backup operation associated with the replication process. For instance, in the example case, after the five minutes specified by the storage policy expires, the storage manager 210 instructs the data agent(s) 240 a and the media agent(s) 270 a to back up data generated by the application 260 a to the secondary storage device(s) 280 a , thereby generating the first backup copy 285 for use in the replication operation.
- the system 200 determines whether to create a new metadata container file including metadata associated with a backup used in the replication process.
- the metadata container file may be referred to as persistent because it is reused for multiple backup operations, and in some cases is reused for backup operations spanning an entire replication process, as is described further herein. For instance, the system 200 may create a new metadata container file if no metadata container file associated with the replication process currently exists.
- the system 200 may create a new metadata container file based on a predetermined policy, such when an existing metadata container file includes metadata associated with a predetermined number of backup operations (e.g., 100, 1000, or 10,000), when an existing metadata container file has been in use for a certain predetermined period of time (e.g., 1, 5, or 10 hours), etc.
- a predetermined number of backup operations e.g. 100, 1000, or 10,000
- a certain predetermined period of time e.g. 1, 5, or 10 hours
- multiple metadata container files exist for the same job ID, for example, if the job was suspended and resumed multiple times.
- the metadata included in the container file can provide information about the files included in the backup copies, information relating to the backup operation corresponding to the backup copies, etc.
- the metadata may include information such as the time, size, amount of data transferred, etc.; these types of information can be listed once per container file.
- FIG. 7A described further below shows one embodiment of a container file. While the metadata is described with respect to FIG. 7 as being stored in a container file separate from the backup copies, in other embodiments, the metadata can be stored in one or more of the backup copies. In either case, the existing metadata can reside on the secondary storage device(s) 280 a.
- the storage manager 210 at block 703 determines that there is no existing metadata container file residing on the secondary storage device(s) 280 a associated with one or more backup operations. For instance, the storage manager 210 may assume that no metadata container file exists because the storage manager 210 controls the replication process, and therefore is aware that the metadata container file has not been created yet. In some other embodiments, the media agent 270 a may read the secondary storage device(s) 280 a to determine that no metadata container file exists and inform the storage manager 210 of the same. In any case, the system 200 creates a metadata container file at block 704 . For instance, the media agent 270 a or can collect metadata during the initial backup operation and writes the metadata to the storage device(s) 280 a .
- the media agent 270 a in the exemplary scenario creates a new metadata container file on the secondary storage device(s) 280 a and writes the collected metadata into the container file.
- the media agent 270 a writes the metadata to the backup file 285 itself.
- the system 200 determines whether to continue the replication operation at block 706 .
- the system 200 returns to block 702 and performs the second deduplicated backup operation in the replication process.
- the system 200 returns to block 703 and determines that the metadata container file already exists and does not need to be created.
- the storage manager 210 may recognize that an initial metadata container file already exists because it was created in association with the first backup operation. Thus, the storage manager 210 does not create a new metadata container file, but instead opens the existing metadata container file and updates the existing container file at block 705 to include metadata associated with the current backup operation.
- FIG. 7A shows an example partial metadata container file 790 .
- the metadata container file may also be referred to as a replication metadata container.
- the replication metadata container 790 can include information such as job ID, data size, file names, etc.
- FIG. 7A illustrates the replication metadata container 790 at two different times: time t0 following an initial backup and time t1 following a second backup.
- the replication metadata container 790 has the job ID 123, the data size is 2 GB, and the file names include “A,” “B,” and “C.”
- Backup data at t0 includes Backup File 1, which is 2 GB in size.
- the source system 201 backs up Backup File 2, which is 100 MB in size.
- Backup File 2 includes a new file, File D.
- the source system 201 updates the replication metadata container 790 to reflect the information related to the second backup.
- the replication metadata container 790 has the job ID 123, the data size is 2.1 GB, and the file names include “A,” “B,” “C,” and “D.”
- the data size is updated from 2 GB to 2.1 GB in view of Backup File 2, and the file names field is updated to include “D.”
- the source system 201 uses the same job ID for a replication process, and therefore, the job ID remains 123.
- the routine 700 can include fewer, more, or different blocks than those illustrated in FIG. 7 without departing from the spirit and scope of the description. Moreover, it will be appreciated by those skilled in the art and others that some or all of the functions described in this disclosure may be embodied in software executed by one or more processors of the disclosed components and mobile communication devices. The software may be persistently stored in any type of non-volatile and/or non-transitory storage.
- FIG. 8 is a flow diagram of illustrative of one embodiment of a routine 800 for processing an embedded command stream in replication using deduplicated secondary copy data.
- the routine 800 is described with respect to the system 200 of FIG. 2 .
- one or more of the steps of routine 800 may be implemented by other information management systems, such as those described in greater detail above with reference to FIGS. 1C, 1D, and 1E .
- the routine 800 can be implemented by any one, or a combination of, a client, a storage manager, a data agent, a media agent, and the like.
- further details regarding certain aspects of at least some of steps of the routine 800 are described in greater detail above with reference to FIG. 2 .
- the process of FIG. 8 can be compatible with other types of storage operations, such as, for example, archiving, migration, snapshots, replication operations, and the like.
- the system 200 receives a stream including commands, hashes, and block data.
- commands can be embedded within a stream along with data.
- the header for each message in the stream can indicate whether the message contains a command, a hash, or block data. In certain embodiments, the header does not distinguish between a message containing a hash and a message containing block data, and simply indicates that a message contains data.
- the storage manager 210 handles the coding of the commands into the stream. For example, the source system 201 logs the commands at the client 220 a , and the commands are processed with data during a backup.
- the system 200 checks the header of a message in the stream.
- Media Agent 2 270 b receives the stream and checks the header of each message to determine whether the message contains a command, a hash, or block data.
- the header only distinguishes between a message containing a command and a message containing data (e.g., hash or block data).
- the system 200 processes a command message. For example, when the header of a message indicates that it is a command message, Media Agent 2 270 b logs the command in the payload of the message and forwards the command to the data agent 240 b . Media Agent 2 270 b may collect a number of commands before sending them to the data agent 240 b or send each command as Media Agent 2 270 b processes the command.
- the system 200 performs the command.
- the data agent 240 b can receive the command from Media Agent 2 270 b and execute the command on the restored data in Information Store 2 230 b.
- the storage manager 210 is conducting a replication operation in which a plurality of deduplicationed backup copy files 285 including data associated with the client 220 a have been written to the secondary storage device 280 a by the media agent 270 a .
- a replication policy specifies that backup copies occur every one minute, and that data changes are communicated from the source system 201 to the destination system 202 after completion of every backup operation.
- a user deletes a first file, File B. Then, following the deletion, a user renames a second file, File A, as File B.
- the system 200 performs backup copy n+1.
- the storage manager 210 instructs the media agent 1 270 a of the source system 201 to communicate the backup copy n+1 to the media agent 270 b of the destination system 202 .
- the media agent 1 270 a sends over the data stream including a header and payload data including data blocks, data block signatures (e.g., hashes), and an embedded command stream.
- the command stream includes a first entry including information sufficient for the media agent 2 270 b to determine that the first file, original File B, was deleted, and that the second file, File A, was renamed as File B.
- the command stream further includes sequence information sufficient for the media agent 2 270 b to determine that the delete operation occurred prior to the rename operation.
- the media agent 2 270 b at the destination system 202 receives the data stream from the media agent 1 270 a of the source system 201 at block 801 of the routine 800 .
- the data stream can include a header and payload data including data blocks, data block signatures (e.g., hashes), and an embedded command stream.
- the data stream may be in the format shown in FIG. 4 .
- the media agent 2 270 b reviews the header to determine that the command stream includes one or more commands.
- the media agent 2 270 b processes the messages in the command stream.
- the media agent 2 270 b reviews the messages and then instructs the data agent 240 b to play back the commands.
- the data agent 240 b first deletes File B on the primary storage device(s) 230 b and then renames File A on primary storage device(s) 230 b as File B.
- the commands in one embodiment are played back after backup copy n+1 is restored to the primary storage device 230 b .
- the commands are played back in the same order as they were performed in the source system 201 such that the data at the destination system 202 matches the data at the source system 201 .
- the routine 800 can include fewer, more, or different blocks than those illustrated in FIG. 8 without departing from the spirit and scope of the description. Moreover, it will be appreciated by those skilled in the art and others that some or all of the functions described in this disclosure may be embodied in software executed by one or more processors of the disclosed components and mobile communication devices. The software may be persistently stored in any type of non-volatile and/or non-transitory storage.
- Conditional language such as, among others, “can,” “could,” “might,” or “may,” unless specifically stated otherwise, or otherwise understood within the context as used, is generally intended to convey that certain embodiments include, while other embodiments do not include, certain features, elements and/or steps. Thus, such conditional language is not generally intended to imply that features, elements and/or steps are in any way required for one or more embodiments or that one or more embodiments necessarily include logic for deciding, with or without user input or prompting, whether these features, elements and/or steps are included or are to be performed in any particular embodiment.
- the words “comprise,” “comprising,” and the like are to be construed in an inclusive sense, as opposed to an exclusive or exhaustive sense; that is to say, in the sense of “including, but not limited to.”
- the terms “connected,” “coupled,” or any variant thereof means any connection or coupling, either direct or indirect, between two or more elements; the coupling or connection between the elements can be physical, logical, or a combination thereof.
- the words “herein,” “above,” “below,” and words of similar import when used in this application, refer to this application as a whole and not to any particular portions of this application.
- words in the above Detailed Description using the singular or plural number may also include the plural or singular number respectively.
- the word “or” in reference to a list of two or more items covers all of the following interpretations of the word: any one of the items in the list, all of the items in the list, and any combination of the items in the list.
- the term “and/or” in reference to a list of two or more items covers all of the following interpretations of the word: any one of the items in the list, all of the items in the list, and any combination of the items in the list.
- operations, acts, events, or functions of any of the algorithms described herein can be performed in a different sequence, can be added, merged, or left out altogether (e.g., not all are necessary for the practice of the algorithms).
- operations, acts, functions, or events can be performed concurrently, e.g., through multi-threaded processing, interrupt processing, or multiple processors or processor cores or on other parallel architectures, rather than sequentially.
- Systems and modules described herein may comprise software, firmware, hardware, or any combination(s) of software, firmware, or hardware suitable for the purposes described herein.
- Software and other modules may reside and execute on servers, workstations, personal computers, computerized tablets, PDAs, and other computing devices suitable for the purposes described herein.
- Software and other modules may be accessible via local memory, via a network, via a browser, or via other means suitable for the purposes described herein.
- Data structures described herein may comprise computer files, variables, programming arrays, programming structures, or any electronic information storage schemes or methods, or any combinations thereof, suitable for the purposes described herein.
- User interface elements described herein may comprise elements from graphical user interfaces, interactive voice response, command line interfaces, and other suitable interfaces.
- processing of the various components of the illustrated systems can be distributed across multiple machines, networks, and other computing resources.
- two or more components of a system can be combined into fewer components.
- Various components of the illustrated systems can be implemented in one or more virtual machines, rather than in dedicated computer hardware systems and/or computing devices.
- the data repositories shown can represent physical and/or logical data storage, including, for example, storage area networks or other distributed storage systems.
- the connections between the components shown represent possible paths of data flow, rather than actual connections between hardware. While some examples of possible connections are shown, any of the subset of the components shown can communicate with any other subset of components in various implementations.
- Embodiments are also described above with reference to flow chart illustrations and/or block diagrams of methods, apparatus (systems) and computer program products.
- Each block of the flow chart illustrations and/or block diagrams, and combinations of blocks in the flow chart illustrations and/or block diagrams may be implemented by computer program instructions.
- Such instructions may be provided to a processor of a general purpose computer, special purpose computer, specially-equipped computer (e.g., comprising a high-performance database server, a graphics subsystem, etc.) or other programmable data processing apparatus to produce a machine, such that the instructions, which execute via the processor(s) of the computer or other programmable data processing apparatus, create means for implementing the acts specified in the flow chart and/or block diagram block or blocks.
- These computer program instructions may also be stored in a non-transitory computer-readable memory that can direct a computer or other programmable data processing apparatus to operate in a particular manner, such that the instructions stored in the computer-readable memory produce an article of manufacture including instruction means which implement the acts specified in the flow chart and/or block diagram block or blocks.
- the computer program instructions may also be loaded onto a computing device or other programmable data processing apparatus to cause a series of operations to be performed on the computing device or other programmable apparatus to produce a computer implemented process such that the instructions which execute on the computer or other programmable apparatus provide steps for implementing the acts specified in the flow chart and/or block diagram block or blocks.
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Quality & Reliability (AREA)
- Human Computer Interaction (AREA)
- Databases & Information Systems (AREA)
- Data Mining & Analysis (AREA)
- Computer Security & Cryptography (AREA)
- Computing Systems (AREA)
- Information Retrieval, Db Structures And Fs Structures Therefor (AREA)
Abstract
Description
- Any and all applications for which a foreign or domestic priority claim is identified in the Application Data Sheet of the present application are hereby incorporated by reference under 37 CFR 1.57.
- Businesses worldwide recognize the commercial value of their data and seek reliable, cost-effective ways to protect the information stored on their computer networks while minimizing impact on productivity. Protecting information is often part of a routine process that is performed within an organization. A company might back up critical computing systems such as databases, file servers, web servers, and so on as part of a daily, weekly, or monthly maintenance schedule. The company may similarly protect computing systems used by each of its employees, such as those used by an accounting department, marketing department, engineering department, and so forth.
- Given the rapidly expanding volume of data under management, companies also continue to seek innovative techniques for managing data growth, in addition to protecting data. For instance, companies often implement migration techniques for moving data to lower cost storage over time and data reduction techniques for reducing redundant data, pruning lower priority data, etc. Enterprises also increasingly view their stored data as a valuable asset. Along these lines, customers are looking for solutions that not only protect and manage, but also leverage their data. For instance, solutions providing data analysis capabilities, information management, improved data presentation and access features, and the like, are in increasing demand.
- In some cases, an organization may want to replicate production data generated by one or more source client to one or more destination clients. In particular, it can be desirable to maintain the same data at two different locations. Replication may be performed using production machines, but this can be resource intensive, reducing availability of the production machines for production activities. In order to address these and other challenges, an information management system according to certain aspects may use backup copies or other secondary copies of production data for the purposes of replicating production data to another client. The secondary copies can be deduplicated copies, for instance. By utilizing available secondary copies of the data for replication, the system can reduce the impact on the production machines associated with replication. Utilizing deduplicated copies not only reduces the amount of stored data, but reduce the amount of data that is communicated between the source and the destination, increasing the speed of the replication process. According to some aspects, the system achieves the replication by performing a deduplicated copy from a source to a destination, then performing a restore from the deduplicated secondary copies at the destination. The deduplicated secondary copies can be packaged in a particular format that facilitates replication. For example, the system packages the hashes and data together. In this way, the system can access the hashes directly from the deduplicated secondary copies.
- In this manner, the system can leverage deduplicated data in secondary storage as the source to replicate production data from one client to another client, while reducing the burden on the production machines. Moreover, packaging the deduplicated data in the format explained above, the system may streamline accessing of the hashes.
- While traditional backup copies may be taken relatively infrequently (e.g., every several hours, every day, every week, etc.), some of the systems described herein create backups or other secondary copies on a more frequent basis (e.g., every 10 seconds, 30 seconds, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 10 minutes) in order to support the replication process, and more quickly replicate changes from the source to the destination. This can result in a large number of backup operations. In order to reduce the amount of metadata generated in association with these operations, some embodiments described herein perform metadata reduction techniques. For instance, the system may create a single container file that includes metadata and/or data associated with a multiple backup operations, rather than creating a new file for each operation. The system can modify (e.g., increment a data size parameter) existing parameters within the container file to reflect the iterative backup operations instead of generating new parameters for individual backup files.
- In addition to the actual data, there may be other changes to the data in the source, such as renaming of a file, deletion of a file, etc. Such changes to the data may be referred to as commands. Generally, commands are not captured in traditional backups because a backup is a point-in-time copy of the data and/or because the backup copies are stored in a backup format rather than a file system format. In replication using deduplicated secondary copy, the data in the source is continuously sent to the destination, and the commands may also be sent to the destination, for example, in a command stream in order to reflect the changes to the data at the source. For example, the source may send the hashes and/or the data blocks in a data stream, and can send a command stream along with a data stream. The destination receives and executes the commands. The order of the commands may be preserved, for example, based on time information, such that the commands can be executed in order at the destination.
- For purposes of summarizing the disclosure, certain aspects, advantages and novel features of the inventions have been described herein. It is to be understood that not necessarily all such advantages may be achieved in accordance with any particular embodiment of the invention. Thus, the invention may be embodied or carried out in a manner that achieves or optimizes one advantage or group of advantages as taught herein without necessarily achieving other advantages as may be taught or suggested herein.
- According to certain aspects of the disclosure, a system is described for replicating data in secondary storage using secondary copy data. The system can include a source system having a source client computing device comprising hardware. The source primary storage devices are associated with the source client computing device. The source system can further include one or more source secondary storage controller computers comprising hardware and one or more source secondary storage devices. The source secondary storage controller computers according to certain embodiments are configured to create a first copy of primary data residing in the one or more source primary storage devices on the one or more source secondary storage devices. The first copy can be a deduplicated secondary copy including a plurality of data blocks and corresponding signature values and reflects a change to at least one changed portion of the primary data as compared to a previous deduplicated secondary copy of the primary data. The source secondary storage controller computers can additionally be configured to send the signature value corresponding to at least a first data block of the plurality of data blocks in the first copy to the one or more destination secondary storage controller computers, the first data block corresponding to the at least one changed portion of the primary data. In response to notification from the one or more destination secondary storage controller computers that the first data block does not exist in the one or more destination secondary storage devices, the source secondary storage controller computers can be further configured to send the first data block to the one or more destination secondary storage controller computers. The system can further include a destination system comprising a destination client computing device comprising hardware. The destination system can additionally include one or more destination primary storage devices associated with the destination client computing device. The destination system can further include one or more destination secondary storage controller computers comprising hardware, and one or more destination secondary storage devices. The destination system can be configured to copy the first data block to the one or more destination secondary storage devices. The destination system can additionally be configured to restore a deduplicated secondary copy of the primary data stored on the one or more destination secondary storage devices to the one or more destination primary storage devices such that the change to the primary data is propagated to a replicated version of the primary data residing on the destination primary storage devices.
- In some implementations, the first copy is one of a plurality of deduplicated secondary copies that the source system is configured to perform as part of a continuous replication process. The plurality of deduplicated secondary copies can be performed according to a predetermined schedule at a regular interval. Depending on the implementation, the regular interval can be less than one hour, less than ten minutes, or less than five minutes.
- The restore performed by the destination system can be one of a plurality of restore operations. Each of the plurality of restore operations can correspond to one of the plurality of deduplicated secondary copies performed by the source system. The plurality of restore operations are performed at the regular interval according to certain configurations such that changes to the primary data on the source system are replicated to the destination system in a period of time not significantly greater than the regular interval.
- In some embodiments, the primary data includes one or more files, and the one or more secondary storage controller computers are further configured to send a command stream including one or more commands associated with the one or more files. The destination system can be configured to execute the one or more commands.
- According to yet further aspects of the present disclosure, a method of replicating data from a source system to a destination system using secondary copy data is provided. The method can include, using the source system, creating a first copy of primary data, the primary data residing in one or more source primary storage devices of the source system. The first copy can be created on one or more source secondary storage devices of the source system. The first copy can be a deduplicated secondary copy including a plurality of data blocks and corresponding signature values, and can reflect a change to at least one changed portion of the primary data as compared to a previous deduplicated secondary copy of the primary data. The method can further including sending the signature value corresponding to at least a first data block of the plurality of data blocks in the first copy to one or more destination secondary storage controller computers in the destination system, the first data block corresponding to the at least one changed portion of the primary data. In response to notification from the one or more destination secondary storage controller computers that the first data block does not exist in one or more destination secondary storage devices of the destination system, the method can further include sending the first data block to the one or more destination secondary storage controller computers. The method can further include, using the destination system, copying the first data block to the one or more destination secondary storage devices of the destination system. The method can additionally include restoring a deduplicated secondary copy of the primary data stored on the one or more destination secondary storage devices to one or more destination primary storage devices of the destination system such that the change to the primary data is propagated to a replicated version of the primary data residing on the destination primary storage devices.
- The first copy according to certain implementations is one of a plurality of deduplicated secondary copies that the source system is configured to perform as part of a continuous replication process. The plurality of deduplicated secondary copies are performed according to a pre-determined schedule at a regular interval. The regular interval is less than one hour, less than ten minutes, or less than five minutes.
- In some embodiments, the restore performed by the destination system is one of a plurality of restore operations, wherein each of the plurality of restore operations corresponds to one of the plurality of deduplicated secondary copies performed by the source system. The plurality of restore operations can be performed at the regular interval such that changes to the primary data on the source system are replicated to the destination system in a period of time not significantly greater than the regular interval. The primary data can include one or more files, where the method further includes, using the one or more secondary storage controller computers, sending a command stream including one or more commands associated with the one or more files; and using the destination system, executing the one or more commands.
-
FIG. 1A is a block diagram illustrating an exemplary information management system. -
FIG. 1B is a detailed view of a primary storage device, a secondary storage device, and some examples of primary data and secondary copy data. -
FIG. 1C is a block diagram of an exemplary information management system including a storage manager, one or more data agents, and one or more media agents. -
FIG. 1D is a block diagram illustrating a scalable information management system. -
FIG. 1E illustrates certain secondary copy operations according to an exemplary storage policy. -
FIGS. 1F-1H are block diagrams illustrating suitable data structures that may be employed by the information management system. -
FIG. 2 is a data flow diagram illustrative of the interaction between the various components of an exemplary information management system configured to implement replication using deduplicated secondary copy data, according to certain embodiments. -
FIG. 3A is a logical diagram illustrative of a deduplicated file used to implement replication using deduplicated secondary copy data, according to certain embodiments. -
FIG. 3B is a block diagram illustrative of performing a deduplication copy, according to certain embodiments. -
FIG. 4 is a block diagram illustrative of a data structure used to implement replication using deduplicated secondary copy data, according to certain embodiments. -
FIG. 5 is a flow diagram of illustrative of one embodiment of a routine for replication using deduplicated secondary copy data. -
FIG. 6 is a flow diagram illustrative of one embodiment of a routine for scheduling backup operations in replication using deduplicated secondary copy data. -
FIG. 7 is a flow diagram illustrative of one embodiment of a routine for reducing metadata in replication using deduplicated secondary copy data. -
FIG. 7A is a block diagram illustrative of an exemplary partial metadata container file. -
FIG. 8 is a flow diagram of illustrative of one embodiment of a routine for processing an embedded command stream in replication using deduplicated secondary copy data. - Systems and methods are disclosed for implementing replication using deduplicated secondary copy data. Examples of such systems and methods are described in further detail herein, in reference to
FIGS. 2-8 . Components and functionality for replication using deduplicated secondary copy data may be configured and/or incorporated into information management systems such as those described herein inFIGS. 1A-1H . - With the increasing importance of protecting and leveraging data, organizations simply cannot afford to take the risk of losing critical data. Moreover, runaway data growth and other modern realities make protecting and managing data an increasingly difficult task. There is therefore a need for efficient, powerful, and user-friendly solutions for protecting and managing data.
- Depending on the size of the organization, there are typically many data production sources which are under the purview of tens, hundreds, or even thousands of employees or other individuals. In the past, individual employees were sometimes responsible for managing and protecting their data. A patchwork of hardware and software point solutions has been applied in other cases. These solutions were often provided by different vendors and had limited or no interoperability.
- Certain embodiments described herein provide systems and methods capable of addressing these and other shortcomings of prior approaches by implementing unified, organization-wide information management.
FIG. 1A shows one suchinformation management system 100, which generally includes combinations of hardware and software configured to protect and manage data and metadata, which is generated and used by the various computing devices ininformation management system 100. The organization that employs theinformation management system 100 may be a corporation or other business entity, non-profit organization, educational institution, household, governmental agency, or the like. - Generally, the systems and associated components described herein may be compatible with and/or provide some or all of the functionality of the systems and corresponding components described in one or more of the following U.S. patents and patent application publications assigned to CommVault Systems, Inc., each of which is hereby incorporated in its entirety by reference herein:
-
- U.S. Pat. No. 7,035,880, entitled “Modular Backup and Retrieval System Used in Conjunction With a Storage Area Network”;
- U.S. Pat. No. 7,107,298, entitled “System And Method For Archiving Objects In An Information Store”;
- U.S. Pat. No. 7,246,207, entitled “System and Method for Dynamically Performing Storage Operations in a Computer Network”;
- U.S. Pat. No. 7,315,923, entitled “System And Method For Combining Data Streams In Pipelined Storage Operations In A Storage Network”;
- U.S. Pat. No. 7,343,453, entitled “Hierarchical Systems and Methods for Providing a Unified View of Storage Information”;
- U.S. Pat. No. 7,395,282, entitled “Hierarchical Backup and Retrieval System”;
- U.S. Pat. No. 7,529,782, entitled “System and Methods for Performing a Snapshot and for Restoring Data”;
- U.S. Pat. No. 7,617,262, entitled “System and Methods for Monitoring Application Data in a Data Replication System”;
- U.S. Pat. No. 7,747,579, entitled “Metabase for Facilitating Data Classification”;
- U.S. Pat. No. 8,156,086, entitled “Systems And Methods For Stored Data Verification”;
- U.S. Pat. No. 8,170,995, entitled “Method and System for Offline Indexing of Content and Classifying Stored Data”;
- U.S. Pat. No. 8,229,954, entitled “Managing Copies Of Data”;
- U.S. Pat. No. 8,230,195, entitled “System And Method For Performing Auxiliary Storage Operations”;
- U.S. Pat. No. 8,285,681, entitled “Data Object Store and Server for a Cloud Storage Environment, Including Data Deduplication and Data Management Across Multiple Cloud Storage Sites”;
- U.S. Pat. No. 8,307,177, entitled “Systems And Methods For Management Of Virtualization Data”;
- U.S. Pat. No. 8,364,652, entitled “Content-Aligned, Block-Based Deduplication”;
- U.S. Pat. No. 8,578,120, entitled “Block-Level Single Instancing”;
- U.S. Pat. Pub. No. 2006/0224846, entitled “System and Method to Support Single Instance Storage Operations”;
- U.S. Pat. Pub. No. 2009/0319534, entitled “Application-Aware and Remote Single Instance Data Management”;
- U.S. Pat. Pub. No. 2012/0150818, entitled “Client-Side Repository in a Networked Deduplicated Storage System”; and
- U.S. Pat. Pub. No. 2012/0150826, entitled “Distributed Deduplicated Storage System”.
- The
information management system 100 can include a variety of different computing devices. For instance, as will be described in greater detail herein, theinformation management system 100 can include one or moreclient computing devices 102 and secondarystorage computing devices 106. - Computing devices can include, without limitation, one or more: workstations, personal computers, desktop computers, or other types of generally fixed computing systems such as mainframe computers and minicomputers. Other computing devices can include mobile or portable computing devices, such as one or more laptops, tablet computers, personal data assistants, mobile phones (such as smartphones), and other mobile or portable computing devices such as embedded computers, set top boxes, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable computers, etc. Computing devices can include servers, such as mail servers, file servers, database servers, and web servers.
- In some cases, a computing device includes virtualized and/or cloud computing resources. For instance, one or more virtual machines may be provided to the organization by a third-party cloud service vendor. Or, in some embodiments, computing devices can include one or more virtual machine(s) running on a physical host computing device (or “host machine”) operated by the organization. As one example, the organization may use one virtual machine as a database server and another virtual machine as a mail server, both virtual machines operating on the same host machine.
- A virtual machine includes an operating system and associated virtual resources, and is hosted simultaneously with another operating system on a physical host computer (or host machine). A hypervisor (typically software, and also known in the art as a virtual machine monitor or a virtual machine manager or “VMM”) sits between the virtual machine and the hardware of the physical host machine. One example of hypervisor as virtualization software is ESX Server, by VMware, Inc. of Palo Alto, Calif.; other examples include Microsoft Virtual Server and Microsoft Windows Server Hyper-V, both by Microsoft Corporation of Redmond, Wash., and Sun xVM by Oracle America Inc. of Santa Clara, Calif. In some embodiments, the hypervisor may be firmware or hardware or a combination of software and/or firmware and/or hardware.
- The hypervisor provides to each virtual operating system virtual resources, such as a virtual processor, virtual memory, a virtual network device, and a virtual disk. Each virtual machine has one or more virtual disks. The hypervisor typically stores the data of virtual disks in files on the file system of the physical host machine, called virtual machine disk files (in the case of VMware virtual servers) or virtual hard disk image files (in the case of Microsoft virtual servers). For example, VMware's ESX Server provides the Virtual Machine File System (VMFS) for the storage of virtual machine disk files. A virtual machine reads data from and writes data to its virtual disk much the same way that an actual physical machine reads data from and writes data to an actual disk.
- Examples of techniques for implementing information management techniques in a cloud computing environment are described in U.S. Pat. No. 8,285,681, which is incorporated by reference herein. Examples of techniques for implementing information management techniques in a virtualized computing environment are described in U.S. Pat. No. 8,307,177, also incorporated by reference herein.
- The
information management system 100 can also include a variety of storage devices, includingprimary storage devices 104 andsecondary storage devices 108, for example. Storage devices can generally be of any suitable type including, without limitation, disk drives, hard-disk arrays, semiconductor memory (e.g., solid state storage devices), network attached storage (NAS) devices, tape libraries or other magnetic, non-tape storage devices, optical media storage devices, DNA/RNA-based memory technology, combinations of the same, and the like. In some embodiments, storage devices can form part of a distributed file system. In some cases, storage devices are provided in a cloud (e.g., a private cloud or one operated by a third-party vendor). A storage device in some cases comprises a disk array or portion thereof. - The illustrated
information management system 100 includes one or moreclient computing device 102 having at least oneapplication 110 executing thereon, and one or moreprimary storage devices 104 storingprimary data 112. The client computing device(s) 102 and theprimary storage devices 104 may generally be referred to in some cases as aprimary storage subsystem 117. A computing device in aninformation management system 100 that has adata agent 142 installed and operating on it is generally referred to as a client computing device 102 (or, in the context of a component of theinformation management system 100 simply as a “client”). - Depending on the context, the term “information management system” can refer to generally all of the illustrated hardware and software components. Or, in other instances, the term may refer to only a subset of the illustrated components.
- For instance, in some cases, the
information management system 100 generally refers to a combination of specialized components used to protect, move, manage, manipulate, analyze, and/or process data and metadata generated by theclient computing devices 102. However, theinformation management system 100 in some cases does not include the underlying components that generate and/or store theprimary data 112, such as theclient computing devices 102 themselves, theapplications 110 and operating system operating on theclient computing devices 102, and theprimary storage devices 104. As an example, “information management system” may sometimes refer to one or more of the following components and corresponding data structures: storage managers, data agents, and media agents. These components will be described in further detail below. - There are typically a variety of sources in an organization that produce data to be protected and managed. As just one illustrative example, in a corporate environment such data sources can be employee workstations and company servers such as a mail server, a web server, a database server, a transaction server, or the like. In the
information management system 100, the data generation sources include the one or moreclient computing devices 102. - The
client computing devices 102 may include any of the types of computing devices described above, without limitation, and in some cases theclient computing devices 102 are associated with one or more users and/or corresponding user accounts, of employees or other individuals. - The
information management system 100 generally addresses and handles the data management and protection needs for the data generated by theclient computing devices 102. However, the use of this term does not imply that theclient computing devices 102 cannot be “servers” in other respects. For instance, a particularclient computing device 102 may act as a server with respect to other devices, such as otherclient computing devices 102. As just a few examples, theclient computing devices 102 can include mail servers, file servers, database servers, and web servers. - Each
client computing device 102 may have one or more applications 110 (e.g., software applications) executing thereon which generate and manipulate the data that is to be protected from loss and managed. Theapplications 110 generally facilitate the operations of an organization (or multiple affiliated organizations), and can include, without limitation, mail server applications (e.g., Microsoft Exchange Server), file server applications, mail client applications (e.g., Microsoft Exchange Client), database applications (e.g., SQL, Oracle, SAP, Lotus Notes Database), word processing applications (e.g., Microsoft Word), spreadsheet applications, financial applications, presentation applications, graphics and/or video applications, browser applications, mobile applications, entertainment applications, and so on. - The
client computing devices 102 can have at least one operating system (e.g., Microsoft Windows, Mac OS X, iOS, IBM z/OS, Linux, other Unix-based operating systems, etc.) installed thereon, which may support or host one or more file systems andother applications 110. - The
client computing devices 102 and other components ininformation management system 100 can be connected to one another via one ormore communication pathways 114. For example, afirst communication pathway 114 may connect (or communicatively couple)client computing device 102 and secondarystorage computing device 106; asecond communication pathway 114 may connectstorage manager 140 andclient computing device 102; and athird communication pathway 114 may connectstorage manager 140 and secondarystorage computing device 106, etc. (see, e.g.,FIG. 1A andFIG. 1C ). Thecommunication pathways 114 can include one or more networks or other connection types including one or more of the following, without limitation: the Internet, a wide area network (WAN), a local area network (LAN), a Storage Area Network (SAN), a Fibre Channel connection, a Small Computer System Interface (SCSI) connection, a virtual private network (VPN), a token ring or TCP/IP based network, an intranet network, a point-to-point link, a cellular network, a wireless data transmission system, a two-way cable system, an interactive kiosk network, a satellite network, a broadband network, a baseband network, a neural network, a mesh network, an ad hoc network, other appropriate wired, wireless, or partially wired/wireless computer or telecommunications networks, combinations of the same or the like. Thecommunication pathways 114 in some cases may also include application programming interfaces (APIs) including, e.g., cloud service provider APIs, virtual machine management APIs, and hosted service provider APIs. The underlying infrastructure ofcommunication paths 114 may be wired and/or wireless, analog and/or digital, or any combination thereof; and the facilities used may be private, public, third-party provided, or any combination thereof, without limitation. -
Primary data 112 according to some embodiments is production data or other “live” data generated by the operating system and/orapplications 110 operating on aclient computing device 102. Theprimary data 112 is generally stored on the primary storage device(s) 104 and is organized via a file system supported by theclient computing device 102. For instance, the client computing device(s) 102 andcorresponding applications 110 may create, access, modify, write, delete, and otherwise useprimary data 112. In some cases, some or all of theprimary data 112 can be stored in cloud storage resources (e.g.,primary storage device 104 may be a cloud-based resource). -
Primary data 112 is generally in the native format of thesource application 110. According to certain aspects,primary data 112 is an initial or first (e.g., created before any other copies or before at least one other copy) stored copy of data generated by thesource application 110.Primary data 112 in some cases is created substantially directly from data generated by thecorresponding source applications 110. - The
primary storage devices 104 storing theprimary data 112 may be relatively fast and/or expensive technology (e.g., a disk drive, a hard-disk array, solid state memory, etc.). In addition,primary data 112 may be highly changeable and/or may be intended for relatively short term retention (e.g., hours, days, or weeks). - According to some embodiments, the
client computing device 102 can accessprimary data 112 from theprimary storage device 104 by making conventional file system calls via the operating system.Primary data 112 may include structured data (e.g., database files), unstructured data (e.g., documents), and/or semi-structured data. Some specific examples are described below with respect toFIG. 1B . - It can be useful in performing certain tasks to organize the
primary data 112 into units of different granularities. In general,primary data 112 can include files, directories, file system volumes, data blocks, extents, or any other hierarchies or organizations of data objects. As used herein, a “data object” can refer to both (1) any file that is currently addressable by a file system or that was previously addressable by the file system (e.g., an archive file) and (2) a subset of such a file (e.g., a data block). - As will be described in further detail, it can also be useful in performing certain functions of the
information management system 100 to access and modify metadata within theprimary data 112. Metadata generally includes information about data objects or characteristics associated with the data objects. For simplicity herein, it is to be understood that, unless expressly stated otherwise, any reference toprimary data 112 generally also includes its associated metadata, but references to the metadata do not include the primary data. - Metadata can include, without limitation, one or more of the following: the data owner (e.g., the client or user that generates the data), the last modified time (e.g., the time of the most recent modification of the data object), a data object name (e.g., a file name), a data object size (e.g., a number of bytes of data), information about the content (e.g., an indication as to the existence of a particular search term), user-supplied tags, to/from information for email (e.g., an email sender, recipient, etc.), creation date, file type (e.g., format or application type), last accessed time, application type (e.g., type of application that generated the data object), location/network (e.g., a current, past or future location of the data object and network pathways to/from the data object), geographic location (e.g., GPS coordinates), frequency of change (e.g., a period in which the data object is modified), business unit (e.g., a group or department that generates, manages or is otherwise associated with the data object), aging information (e.g., a schedule, such as a time period, in which the data object is migrated to secondary or long term storage), boot sectors, partition layouts, file location within a file folder directory structure, user permissions, owners, groups, access control lists [ACLs]), system metadata (e.g., registry information), combinations of the same or other similar information related to the data object.
- In addition to metadata generated by or related to file systems and operating systems, some of the
applications 110 and/or other components of theinformation management system 100 maintain indices of metadata for data objects, e.g., metadata associated with individual email messages. Thus, each data object may be associated with corresponding metadata. The use of metadata to perform classification and other functions is described in greater detail below. - Each of the
client computing devices 102 are generally associated with and/or in communication with one or more of theprimary storage devices 104 storing correspondingprimary data 112. Aclient computing device 102 may be considered to be “associated with” or “in communication with” aprimary storage device 104 if it is capable of one or more of: routing and/or storing data (e.g., primary data 112) to the particularprimary storage device 104, coordinating the routing and/or storing of data to the particularprimary storage device 104, retrieving data from the particularprimary storage device 104, coordinating the retrieval of data from the particularprimary storage device 104, and modifying and/or deleting data retrieved from the particularprimary storage device 104. - The
primary storage devices 104 can include any of the different types of storage devices described above, or some other kind of suitable storage device. Theprimary storage devices 104 may have relatively fast I/O times and/or are relatively expensive in comparison to thesecondary storage devices 108. For example, theinformation management system 100 may generally regularly access data and metadata stored onprimary storage devices 104, whereas data and metadata stored on thesecondary storage devices 108 is accessed relatively less frequently. -
Primary storage device 104 may be dedicated or shared. In some cases, eachprimary storage device 104 is dedicated to an associatedclient computing device 102. For instance, aprimary storage device 104 in one embodiment is a local disk drive of a correspondingclient computing device 102. In other cases, one or moreprimary storage devices 104 can be shared by multipleclient computing devices 102, e.g., via a network such as in a cloud storage implementation. As one example, aprimary storage device 104 can be a disk array shared by a group ofclient computing devices 102, such as one of the following types of disk arrays: EMC Clariion, EMC Symmetrix, EMC Celerra, Dell EqualLogic, IBM XIV, NetApp FAS, HP EVA, and HP 3PAR. - The
information management system 100 may also include hosted services (not shown), which may be hosted in some cases by an entity other than the organization that employs the other components of theinformation management system 100. For instance, the hosted services may be provided by various online service providers to the organization. Such service providers can provide services including social networking services, hosted email services, or hosted productivity applications or other hosted applications). Hosted services may include software-as-a-service (SaaS), platform-as-a-service (PaaS), application service providers (ASPs), cloud services, or other mechanisms for delivering functionality via a network. As it provides services to users, each hosted service may generate additional data and metadata under management of theinformation management system 100, e.g., asprimary data 112. In some cases, the hosted services may be accessed using one of theapplications 110. As an example, a hosted mail service may be accessed via browser running on aclient computing device 102. The hosted services may be implemented in a variety of computing environments. In some cases, they are implemented in an environment having a similar arrangement to theinformation management system 100, where various physical and logical components are distributed over a network. - The
primary data 112 stored on theprimary storage devices 104 may be compromised in some cases, such as when an employee deliberately or accidentally deletes or overwritesprimary data 112 during their normal course of work. Or theprimary storage devices 104 can be damaged, lost, or otherwise corrupted. For recovery and/or regulatory compliance purposes, it is therefore useful to generate copies of theprimary data 112. Accordingly, theinformation management system 100 includes one or more secondarystorage computing devices 106 and one or moresecondary storage devices 108 configured to create and store one or moresecondary copies 116 of theprimary data 112 and associated metadata. The secondarystorage computing devices 106 and thesecondary storage devices 108 may sometimes be referred to as asecondary storage subsystem 118. - Creation of
secondary copies 116 can help in search and analysis efforts and meet other information management goals, such as: restoring data and/or metadata if an original version (e.g., of primary data 112) is lost (e.g., by deletion, corruption, or disaster); allowing point-in-time recovery; complying with regulatory data retention and electronic discovery (e-discovery) requirements; reducing utilized storage capacity; facilitating organization and search of data; improving user access to data files across multiple computing devices and/or hosted services; and implementing data retention policies. - The
client computing devices 102 access or receiveprimary data 112 and communicate the data, e.g., over one ormore communication pathways 114, for storage in the secondary storage device(s) 108. - A
secondary copy 116 can comprise a separate stored copy of application data that is derived from one or more earlier-created, stored copies (e.g., derived fromprimary data 112 or another secondary copy 116).Secondary copies 116 can include point-in-time data, and may be intended for relatively long-term retention (e.g., weeks, months or years), before some or all of the data is moved to other storage or is discarded. - In some cases, a
secondary copy 116 is a copy of application data created and stored subsequent to at least one other stored instance (e.g., subsequent to correspondingprimary data 112 or to another secondary copy 116), in a different storage device than at least one previous stored copy, and/or remotely from at least one previous stored copy. In some other cases, secondary copies can be stored in the same storage device asprimary data 112 and/or other previously stored copies. For example, in one embodiment a disk array capable of performing hardware snapshots storesprimary data 112 and creates and stores hardware snapshots of theprimary data 112 assecondary copies 116.Secondary copies 116 may be stored in relatively slow and/or low cost storage (e.g., magnetic tape). Asecondary copy 116 may be stored in a backup or archive format, or in some other format different than the native source application format or other primary data format. - In some cases,
secondary copies 116 are indexed so users can browse and restore at another point in time. After creation of asecondary copy 116 representative of certainprimary data 112, a pointer or other location indicia (e.g., a stub) may be placed inprimary data 112, or be otherwise associated withprimary data 112 to indicate the current location on the secondary storage device(s) 108 ofsecondary copy 116. - Since an instance of a data object or metadata in
primary data 112 may change over time as it is modified by an application 110 (or hosted service or the operating system), theinformation management system 100 may create and manage multiplesecondary copies 116 of a particular data object or metadata, each representing the state of the data object inprimary data 112 at a particular point in time. Moreover, since an instance of a data object inprimary data 112 may eventually be deleted from theprimary storage device 104 and the file system, theinformation management system 100 may continue to manage point-in-time representations of that data object, even though the instance inprimary data 112 no longer exists. - For virtualized computing devices the operating system and
other applications 110 of the client computing device(s) 102 may execute within or under the management of virtualization software (e.g., a VMM), and the primary storage device(s) 104 may comprise a virtual disk created on a physical storage device. Theinformation management system 100 may createsecondary copies 116 of the files or other data objects in a virtual disk file and/orsecondary copies 116 of the entire virtual disk file itself (e.g., of an entire .vmdk file). -
Secondary copies 116 may be distinguished from correspondingprimary data 112 in a variety of ways, some of which will now be described. First, as discussed,secondary copies 116 can be stored in a different format (e.g., backup, archive, or other non-native format) thanprimary data 112. For this or other reasons,secondary copies 116 may not be directly useable by theapplications 110 of theclient computing device 102, e.g., via standard system calls or otherwise without modification, processing, or other intervention by theinformation management system 100. -
Secondary copies 116 are also in some embodiments stored on asecondary storage device 108 that is inaccessible to theapplications 110 running on the client computing devices 102 (and/or hosted services). Somesecondary copies 116 may be “offline copies,” in that they are not readily available (e.g., not mounted to tape or disk). Offline copies can include copies of data that theinformation management system 100 can access without human intervention (e.g., tapes within an automated tape library, but not yet mounted in a drive), and copies that theinformation management system 100 can access only with at least some human intervention (e.g., tapes located at an offsite storage site). - Creating secondary copies can be a challenging task. For instance, there can be hundreds or thousands of
client computing devices 102 continually generating large volumes ofprimary data 112 to be protected. Also, there can be significant overhead involved in the creation ofsecondary copies 116. Moreover,secondary storage devices 108 may be special purpose components, and interacting with them can require specialized intelligence. - In some cases, the
client computing devices 102 interact directly with thesecondary storage device 108 to create thesecondary copies 116. However, in view of the factors described above, this approach can negatively impact the ability of theclient computing devices 102 to serve theapplications 110 and produceprimary data 112. Further, theclient computing devices 102 may not be optimized for interaction with thesecondary storage devices 108. - Thus, in some embodiments, the
information management system 100 includes one or more software and/or hardware components which generally act as intermediaries between theclient computing devices 102 and thesecondary storage devices 108. In addition to off-loading certain responsibilities from theclient computing devices 102, these intermediate components can provide other benefits. For instance, as discussed further below with respect toFIG. 1D , distributing some of the work involved in creatingsecondary copies 116 can enhance scalability. - The intermediate components can include one or more secondary
storage computing devices 106 as shown inFIG. 1A and/or one or more media agents, which can be software modules operating on corresponding secondary storage computing devices 106 (or other appropriate computing devices). Media agents are discussed below (e.g., with respect toFIGS. 1C-1E ). - The secondary storage computing device(s) 106 can comprise any of the computing devices described above, without limitation. In some cases, the secondary storage computing device(s) 106 include specialized hardware and/or software componentry for interacting with the
secondary storage devices 108. - To create a
secondary copy 116 involving the copying of data from theprimary storage subsystem 117 to thesecondary storage subsystem 118, theclient computing device 102 in some embodiments communicates theprimary data 112 to be copied (or a processed version thereof) to the designated secondarystorage computing device 106, via thecommunication pathway 114. The secondarystorage computing device 106 in turn conveys the received data (or a processed version thereof) to thesecondary storage device 108. In some such configurations, thecommunication pathway 114 between theclient computing device 102 and the secondarystorage computing device 106 comprises a portion of a LAN, WAN or SAN. In other cases, at least someclient computing devices 102 communicate directly with the secondary storage devices 108 (e.g., via Fibre Channel or SCSI connections). In some other cases, one or moresecondary copies 116 are created from existing secondary copies, such as in the case of an auxiliary copy operation, described in greater detail below. -
FIG. 1B is a detailed view showing some specific examples of primary data stored on the primary storage device(s) 104 and secondary copy data stored on the secondary storage device(s) 108, with other components in the system removed for the purposes of illustration. Stored on the primary storage device(s) 104 are primary data objects includingword processing documents 119A-B,spreadsheets 120,presentation documents 122, video files 124, image files 126, email mailboxes 128 (andcorresponding email messages 129A-C), html/xml or other types of markup language files 130,databases 132 and corresponding tables orother data structures 133A-133C). - Some or all primary data objects are associated with corresponding metadata (e.g., “Meta1-11”), which may include file system metadata and/or application specific metadata. Stored on the secondary storage device(s) 108 are secondary copy data objects 134A-C which may include copies of or otherwise represent corresponding primary data objects and metadata.
- As shown, the secondary copy data objects 134A-C can individually represent more than one primary data object. For example, secondary copy data object 134A represents three separate primary data objects 133C, 122, and 129C (represented as 133C′, 122′, and 129C′, respectively, and accompanied by the corresponding metadata Meta11, Meta3, and Meta8, respectively). Moreover, as indicated by the prime mark (′), a secondary copy object may store a representation of a primary data object and/or metadata differently than the original format, e.g., in a compressed, encrypted, deduplicated, or other modified format. Likewise, secondary data object 1346 represents primary data objects 120, 1336, and 119A as 120′, 1336′, and 119A′, respectively and accompanied by corresponding metadata Meta2, Meta10, and Meta1, respectively. Also, secondary data object 134C represents primary data objects 133A, 1196, and 129A as 133A′, 1196′, and 129A′, respectively, accompanied by corresponding metadata Meta9, Meta5, and Meta6, respectively.
- The
information management system 100 can incorporate a variety of different hardware and software components, which can in turn be organized with respect to one another in many different configurations, depending on the embodiment. There are critical design choices involved in specifying the functional responsibilities of the components and the role of each component in theinformation management system 100. For instance, as will be discussed, such design choices can impact performance as well as the adaptability of theinformation management system 100 to data growth or other changing circumstances. -
FIG. 1C shows aninformation management system 100 designed according to these considerations and which includes:storage manager 140, a centralized storage and/or information manager that is configured to perform certain control functions, one ormore data agents 142 executing on the client computing device(s) 102 configured to processprimary data 112, and one ormore media agents 144 executing on the one or more secondarystorage computing devices 106 for performing tasks involving thesecondary storage devices 108. While distributing functionality amongst multiple computing devices can have certain advantages, in other contexts it can be beneficial to consolidate functionality on the same computing device. As such, in various other embodiments, one or more of the components shown inFIG. 1C as being implemented on separate computing devices are implemented on the same computing device. In one configuration, astorage manager 140, one ormore data agents 142, and one ormore media agents 144 are all implemented on the same computing device. In another embodiment, one ormore data agents 142 and one ormore media agents 144 are implemented on the same computing device, while thestorage manager 140 is implemented on a separate computing device, etc. without limitation. - As noted, the number of components in the
information management system 100 and the amount of data under management can be quite large. Managing the components and data is therefore a significant task, and a task that can grow in an often unpredictable fashion as the quantity of components and data scale to meet the needs of the organization. For these and other reasons, according to certain embodiments, responsibility for controlling theinformation management system 100, or at least a significant portion of that responsibility, is allocated to thestorage manager 140. By distributing control functionality in this manner, thestorage manager 140 can be adapted independently according to changing circumstances. Moreover, a computing device for hosting thestorage manager 140 can be selected to best suit the functions of thestorage manager 140. These and other advantages are described in further detail below with respect toFIG. 1D . - The
storage manager 140 may be a software module or other application, which, in some embodiments operates in conjunction with one or more associated data structures, e.g., a dedicated database (e.g., management database 146). In some embodiments,storage manager 140 is a computing device comprising circuitry for executing computer instructions and performs the functions described herein. The storage manager generally initiates, performs, coordinates and/or controls storage and other information management operations performed by theinformation management system 100, e.g., to protect and control theprimary data 112 andsecondary copies 116 of data and metadata. In general,storage manager 100 may be said to manageinformation management system 100, which includes managing the constituent components, e.g., data agents and media agents, etc. - As shown by the dashed arrowed
lines 114 inFIG. 1C , thestorage manager 140 may communicate with and/or control some or all elements of theinformation management system 100, such as thedata agents 142 andmedia agents 144. Thus, in certain embodiments, control information originates from thestorage manager 140 and status reporting is transmitted tostorage manager 140 by the various managed components, whereas payload data and payload metadata is generally communicated between thedata agents 142 and the media agents 144 (or otherwise between the client computing device(s) 102 and the secondary storage computing device(s) 106), e.g., at the direction of and under the management of thestorage manager 140. Control information can generally include parameters and instructions for carrying out information management operations, such as, without limitation, instructions to perform a task associated with an operation, timing information specifying when to initiate a task associated with an operation, data path information specifying what components to communicate with or access in carrying out an operation, and the like. Payload data, on the other hand, can include the actual data involved in the storage operation, such as content data written to asecondary storage device 108 in a secondary copy operation. Payload metadata can include any of the types of metadata described herein, and may be written to a storage device along with the payload content data (e.g., in the form of a header). - In other embodiments, some information management operations are controlled by other components in the information management system 100 (e.g., the media agent(s) 144 or data agent(s) 142), instead of or in combination with the
storage manager 140. - According to certain embodiments, the
storage manager 140 provides one or more of the following functions: -
- initiating execution of secondary copy operations;
- managing
secondary storage devices 108 and inventory/capacity of the same; - reporting, searching, and/or classification of data in the
information management system 100; - allocating
secondary storage devices 108 for secondary storage operations; - monitoring completion of and providing status reporting related to secondary storage operations;
- tracking age information relating to
secondary copies 116,secondary storage devices 108, and comparing the age information against retention guidelines; - tracking movement of data within the
information management system 100; - tracking logical associations between components in the
information management system 100; - protecting metadata associated with the
information management system 100; and - implementing operations management functionality.
- The
storage manager 140 may maintain a database 146 (or “storage manager database 146” or “management database 146”) of management-related data andinformation management policies 148. Thedatabase 146 may include a management index 150 (or “index 150”) or other data structure that stores logical associations between components of the system, user preferences and/or profiles (e.g., preferences regarding encryption, compression, or deduplication of primary or secondary copy data, preferences regarding the scheduling, type, or other aspects of primary or secondary copy or other operations, mappings of particular information management users or user accounts to certain computing devices or other components, etc.), management tasks, media containerization, or other useful data. For example, thestorage manager 140 may use theindex 150 to track logical associations betweenmedia agents 144 andsecondary storage devices 108 and/or movement of data fromprimary storage devices 104 tosecondary storage devices 108. For instance, theindex 150 may store data associating aclient computing device 102 with aparticular media agent 144 and/orsecondary storage device 108, as specified in an information management policy 148 (e.g., a storage policy, which is defined in more detail below). - Administrators and other people may be able to configure and initiate certain information management operations on an individual basis. But while this may be acceptable for some recovery operations or other relatively less frequent tasks, it is often not workable for implementing on-going organization-wide data protection and management. Thus, the
information management system 100 may utilizeinformation management policies 148 for specifying and executing information management operations (e.g., on an automated basis). Generally, aninformation management policy 148 can include a data structure or other information source that specifies a set of parameters (e.g., criteria and rules) associated with storage or other information management operations. - The
storage manager database 146 may maintain theinformation management policies 148 and associated data, although theinformation management policies 148 can be stored in any appropriate location. For instance, aninformation management policy 148 such as a storage policy may be stored as metadata in amedia agent database 152 or in a secondary storage device 108 (e.g., as an archive copy) for use in restore operations or other information management operations, depending on the embodiment.Information management policies 148 are described further below. - According to certain embodiments, the
storage manager database 146 comprises a relational database (e.g., an SQL database) for tracking metadata, such as metadata associated with secondary copy operations (e.g., whatclient computing devices 102 and corresponding data were protected). This and other metadata may additionally be stored in other locations, such as at the secondarystorage computing devices 106 or on thesecondary storage devices 108, allowing data recovery without the use of thestorage manager 140 in some cases. - As shown, the
storage manager 140 may include ajobs agent 156, auser interface 158, and amanagement agent 154, all of which may be implemented as interconnected software modules or application programs. - The
jobs agent 156 in some embodiments initiates, controls, and/or monitors the status of some or all storage or other information management operations previously performed, currently being performed, or scheduled to be performed by theinformation management system 100. For instance, thejobs agent 156 may accessinformation management policies 148 to determine when and how to initiate and control secondary copy and other information management operations, as will be discussed further. - The
user interface 158 may include information processing and display software, such as a graphical user interface (“GUI”), an application program interface (“API”), or other interactive interface(s) through which users and system processes can retrieve information about the status of information management operations (e.g., storage operations) or issue instructions to theinformation management system 100 and its constituent components. Via theuser interface 158, users may optionally issue instructions to the components in theinformation management system 100 regarding performance of storage and recovery operations. For example, a user may modify a schedule concerning the number of pending secondary copy operations. As another example, a user may employ the GUI to view the status of pending storage operations or to monitor the status of certain components in the information management system 100 (e.g., the amount of capacity left in a storage device). - An “information management cell” (or “storage operation cell” or “cell”) may generally include a logical and/or physical grouping of a combination of hardware and software components associated with performing information management operations on electronic data, typically one
storage manager 140 and at least one client computing device 102 (comprising data agent(s) 142) and at least onemedia agent 144. For instance, the components shown inFIG. 1C may together form an information management cell. Multiple cells may be organized hierarchically. With this configuration, cells may inherit properties from hierarchically superior cells or be controlled by other cells in the hierarchy (automatically or otherwise). Alternatively, in some embodiments, cells may inherit or otherwise be associated with information management policies, preferences, information management metrics, or other properties or characteristics according to their relative position in a hierarchy of cells. Cells may also be delineated and/or organized hierarchically according to function, geography, architectural considerations, or other factors useful or desirable in performing information management operations. A first cell may represent a geographic segment of an enterprise, such as a Chicago office, and a second cell may represent a different geographic segment, such as a New York office. Other cells may represent departments within a particular office. Where delineated by function, a first cell may perform one or more first types of information management operations (e.g., one or more first types of secondary or other copies), and a second cell may perform one or more second types of information management operations (e.g., one or more second types of secondary or other copies). - The
storage manager 140 may also track information that permits it to select, designate, or otherwise identify content indices, deduplication databases, or similar databases or resources or data sets within its information management cell (or another cell) to be searched in response to certain queries. Such queries may be entered by the user via interaction with theuser interface 158. In general, themanagement agent 154 allows multiple information management cells to communicate with one another. For example, theinformation management system 100 in some cases may be one information management cell of a network of multiple cells adjacent to one another or otherwise logically related in a WAN or LAN. With this arrangement, the cells may be connected to one another throughrespective management agents 154. - For instance, the
management agent 154 can provide thestorage manager 140 with the ability to communicate with other components within the information management system 100 (and/or other cells within a larger information management system) via network protocols and application programming interfaces (“APIs”) including, e.g., HTTP, HTTPS, FTP, REST, virtualization software APIs, cloud service provider APIs, and hosted service provider APIs. Inter-cell communication and hierarchy is described in greater detail in e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 7,747,579 and 7,343,453, which are incorporated by reference herein. - As discussed, a variety of different types of
applications 110 can operate on a givenclient computing device 102, including operating systems, database applications, e-mail applications, and virtual machines, just to name a few. And, as part of the process of creating and restoringsecondary copies 116, theclient computing devices 102 may be tasked with processing and preparing theprimary data 112 from these variousdifferent applications 110. Moreover, the nature of the processing/preparation can differ across clients and application types, e.g., due to inherent structural and formatting differences amongapplications 110. - The one or more data agent(s) 142 are therefore advantageously configured in some embodiments to assist in the performance of information management operations based on the type of data that is being protected, at a client-specific and/or application-specific level.
- The
data agent 142 may be a software module or component that is generally responsible for managing, initiating, or otherwise assisting in the performance of information management operations ininformation management system 100, generally as directed bystorage manager 140. For instance, thedata agent 142 may take part in performing data storage operations such as the copying, archiving, migrating, and/or replicating ofprimary data 112 stored in the primary storage device(s) 104. Thedata agent 142 may receive control information from thestorage manager 140, such as commands to transfer copies of data objects, metadata, and other payload data to themedia agents 144. - In some embodiments, a
data agent 142 may be distributed between theclient computing device 102 and storage manager 140 (and any other intermediate components) or may be deployed from a remote location or its functions approximated by a remote process that performs some or all of the functions ofdata agent 142. In addition, adata agent 142 may perform some functions provided by amedia agent 144, or may perform other functions such as encryption and deduplication. - As indicated, each
data agent 142 may be specialized for aparticular application 110, and the system can employ multiple application-specific data agents 142, each of which may perform information management operations (e.g., perform backup, migration, and data recovery) associated with adifferent application 110. For instance, differentindividual data agents 142 may be designed to handle Microsoft Exchange data, Lotus Notes data, Microsoft Windows file system data, Microsoft Active Directory Objects data, SQL Server data, SharePoint data, Oracle database data, SAP database data, virtual machines and/or associated data, and other types of data. - A file system data agent, for example, may handle data files and/or other file system information. If a
client computing device 102 has two or more types of data, aspecialized data agent 142 may be used for each data type to copy, archive, migrate, and restore theclient computing device 102 data. For example, to backup, migrate, and/or restore all of the data on a Microsoft Exchange server, theclient computing device 102 may use a Microsoft ExchangeMailbox data agent 142 to back up the Exchange mailboxes, a Microsoft ExchangeDatabase data agent 142 to back up the Exchange databases, a Microsoft Exchange PublicFolder data agent 142 to back up the Exchange Public Folders, and a Microsoft Windows FileSystem data agent 142 to back up the file system of theclient computing device 102. In such embodiments, thesespecialized data agents 142 may be treated as fourseparate data agents 142 even though they operate on the sameclient computing device 102. - Other embodiments may employ one or more
generic data agents 142 that can handle and process data from two or moredifferent applications 110, or that can handle and process multiple data types, instead of or in addition to usingspecialized data agents 142. For example, onegeneric data agent 142 may be used to back up, migrate and restore Microsoft Exchange Mailbox data and Microsoft Exchange Database data while another generic data agent may handle Microsoft Exchange Public Folder data and Microsoft Windows File System data. - Each
data agent 142 may be configured to access data and/or metadata stored in the primary storage device(s) 104 associated with thedata agent 142 and process the data as appropriate. For example, during a secondary copy operation, thedata agent 142 may arrange or assemble the data and metadata into one or more files having a certain format (e.g., a particular backup or archive format) before transferring the file(s) to amedia agent 144 or other component. The file(s) may include a list of files or other metadata. Eachdata agent 142 can also assist in restoring data or metadata toprimary storage devices 104 from asecondary copy 116. For instance, thedata agent 142 may operate in conjunction with thestorage manager 140 and one or more of themedia agents 144 to restore data from secondary storage device(s) 108. - As indicated above with respect to
FIG. 1A , off-loading certain responsibilities from theclient computing devices 102 to intermediate components such as the media agent(s) 144 can provide a number of benefits including improvedclient computing device 102 operation, faster secondary copy operation performance, and enhanced scalability. In one specific example which will be discussed below in further detail, themedia agent 144 can act as a local cache of copied data and/or metadata that it has stored to the secondary storage device(s) 108, providing improved restore capabilities. - Generally speaking, a
media agent 144 may be implemented as a software module that manages, coordinates, and facilitates the transmission of data, as directed by thestorage manager 140, between aclient computing device 102 and one or moresecondary storage devices 108. Whereas thestorage manager 140 controls the operation of theinformation management system 100, themedia agent 144 generally provides a portal tosecondary storage devices 108. For instance, other components in the system interact with themedia agents 144 to gain access to data stored on thesecondary storage devices 108, whether it be for the purposes of reading, writing, modifying, or deleting data. Moreover, as will be described further,media agents 144 can generate and store information relating to characteristics of the stored data and/or metadata, or can generate and store other types of information that generally provides insight into the contents of thesecondary storage devices 108. -
Media agents 144 can comprise separate nodes in the information management system 100 (e.g., nodes that are separate from theclient computing devices 102,storage manager 140, and/or secondary storage devices 108). In general, a node within theinformation management system 100 can be a logically and/or physically separate component, and in some cases is a component that is individually addressable or otherwise identifiable. In addition, eachmedia agent 144 may operate on a dedicated secondarystorage computing device 106 in some cases, while in other embodiments a plurality ofmedia agents 144 operate on the same secondarystorage computing device 106. - A media agent 144 (and corresponding media agent database 152) may be considered to be “associated with” a particular
secondary storage device 108 if thatmedia agent 144 is capable of one or more of: routing and/or storing data to the particularsecondary storage device 108, coordinating the routing and/or storing of data to the particularsecondary storage device 108, retrieving data from the particularsecondary storage device 108, coordinating the retrieval of data from a particularsecondary storage device 108, and modifying and/or deleting data retrieved from the particularsecondary storage device 108. - While media agent(s) 144 are generally associated with one or more
secondary storage devices 108, one ormore media agents 144 in certain embodiments are physically separate from thesecondary storage devices 108. For instance, themedia agents 144 may operate on secondarystorage computing devices 106 having different housings or packages than thesecondary storage devices 108. In one example, amedia agent 144 operates on a first server computer and is in communication with a secondary storage device(s) 108 operating in a separate, rack-mounted RAID-based system. - Where the
information management system 100 includes multiple media agents 144 (see, e.g.,FIG. 1D ), afirst media agent 144 may provide failover functionality for a second, failedmedia agent 144. In addition,media agents 144 can be dynamically selected for storage operations to provide load balancing. Failover and load balancing are described in greater detail below. - In operation, a
media agent 144 associated with a particularsecondary storage device 108 may instruct thesecondary storage device 108 to perform an information management operation. For instance, amedia agent 144 may instruct a tape library to use a robotic arm or other retrieval means to load or eject a certain storage media, and to subsequently archive, migrate, or retrieve data to or from that media, e.g., for the purpose of restoring the data to aclient computing device 102. As another example, asecondary storage device 108 may include an array of hard disk drives or solid state drives organized in a RAID configuration, and themedia agent 144 may forward a logical unit number (LUN) and other appropriate information to the array, which uses the received information to execute the desired storage operation. Themedia agent 144 may communicate with asecondary storage device 108 via a suitable communications link, such as a SCSI or Fiber Channel link. - As shown, each
media agent 144 may maintain an associatedmedia agent database 152. Themedia agent database 152 may be stored in a disk or other storage device (not shown) that is local to the secondarystorage computing device 106 on which themedia agent 144 operates. In other cases, themedia agent database 152 is stored remotely from the secondarystorage computing device 106. - The
media agent database 152 can include, among other things, an index 153 (see, e.g.,FIG. 1C ), which comprises information generated during secondary copy operations and other storage or information management operations. Theindex 153 provides amedia agent 144 or other component with a fast and efficient mechanism for locatingsecondary copies 116 or other data stored in thesecondary storage devices 108. In some cases, theindex 153 does not form a part of and is instead separate from themedia agent database 152. - A
media agent index 153 or other data structure associated with theparticular media agent 144 may include information about the stored data. For instance, for eachsecondary copy 116, theindex 153 may include metadata such as a list of the data objects (e.g., files/subdirectories, database objects, mailbox objects, etc.), a path to thesecondary copy 116 on the correspondingsecondary storage device 108, location information indicating where the data objects are stored in thesecondary storage device 108, when the data objects were created or modified, etc. Thus, theindex 153 includes metadata associated with thesecondary copies 116 that is readily available for use without having to be first retrieved from thesecondary storage device 108. In yet further embodiments, some or all of the information inindex 153 may instead or additionally be stored along with the secondary copies of data in asecondary storage device 108. In some embodiments, thesecondary storage devices 108 can include sufficient information to perform a “bare metal restore”, where the operating system of a failedclient computing device 102 or other restore target is automatically rebuilt as part of a restore operation. - Because the
index 153 maintained in themedia agent database 152 may operate as a cache, it can also be referred to as “an index cache.” In such cases, information stored in theindex cache 153 typically comprises data that reflects certain particulars about storage operations that have occurred relatively recently. After some triggering event, such as after a certain period of time elapses, or theindex cache 153 reaches a particular size, theindex cache 153 may be copied or migrated to a secondary storage device(s) 108. This information may need to be retrieved and uploaded back into theindex cache 153 or otherwise restored to amedia agent 144 to facilitate retrieval of data from the secondary storage device(s) 108. In some embodiments, the cached information may include format or containerization information related to archives or other files stored on the storage device(s) 108. In this manner, theindex cache 153 allows for accelerated restores. - In some alternative embodiments the
media agent 144 generally acts as a coordinator or facilitator of storage operations betweenclient computing devices 102 and correspondingsecondary storage devices 108, but does not actually write the data to thesecondary storage device 108. For instance, the storage manager 140 (or the media agent 144) may instruct aclient computing device 102 andsecondary storage device 108 to communicate with one another directly. In such a case theclient computing device 102 transmits the data directly or via one or more intermediary components to thesecondary storage device 108 according to the received instructions, and vice versa. In some such cases, themedia agent 144 may still receive, process, and/or maintain metadata related to the storage operations. Moreover, in these embodiments, the payload data can flow through themedia agent 144 for the purposes of populating theindex cache 153 maintained in themedia agent database 152, but not for writing to thesecondary storage device 108. - The
media agent 144 and/or other components such as thestorage manager 140 may in some cases incorporate additional functionality, such as data classification, content indexing, deduplication, encryption, compression, and the like. Further details regarding these and other functions are described below. - As described, certain functions of the
information management system 100 can be distributed amongst various physical and/or logical components in the system. For instance, one or more of thestorage manager 140,data agents 142, andmedia agents 144 may operate on computing devices that are physically separate from one another. This architecture can provide a number of benefits. - For instance, hardware and software design choices for each distributed component can be targeted to suit its particular function. The
secondary computing devices 106 on which themedia agents 144 operate can be tailored for interaction with associatedsecondary storage devices 108 and provide fast index cache operation, among other specific tasks. Similarly, the client computing device(s) 102 can be selected to effectively service theapplications 110 thereon, in order to efficiently produce and storeprimary data 112. - Moreover, in some cases, one or more of the individual components in the
information management system 100 can be distributed to multiple, separate computing devices. As one example, for large file systems where the amount of data stored in themanagement database 146 is relatively large, thedatabase 146 may be migrated to or otherwise reside on a specialized database server (e.g., an SQL server) separate from a server that implements the other functions of thestorage manager 140. This distributed configuration can provide added protection because thedatabase 146 can be protected with standard database utilities (e.g., SQL log shipping or database replication) independent from other functions of thestorage manager 140. Thedatabase 146 can be efficiently replicated to a remote site for use in the event of a disaster or other data loss at the primary site. Or thedatabase 146 can be replicated to another computing device within the same site, such as to a higher performance machine in the event that a storage manager host device can no longer service the needs of a growinginformation management system 100. - The distributed architecture also provides both scalability and efficient component utilization.
FIG. 1D shows an embodiment of theinformation management system 100 including a plurality ofclient computing devices 102 and associateddata agents 142 as well as a plurality of secondarystorage computing devices 106 and associatedmedia agents 144. - Additional components can be added or subtracted based on the evolving needs of the
information management system 100. For instance, depending on where bottlenecks are identified, administrators can add additionalclient computing devices 102, secondary storage computing devices 106 (and corresponding media agents 144), and/orsecondary storage devices 108. Moreover, where multiple fungible components are available, load balancing can be implemented to dynamically address identified bottlenecks. As an example, thestorage manager 140 may dynamically select whichmedia agents 144 and/orsecondary storage devices 108 to use for storage operations based on a processing load analysis of themedia agents 144 and/orsecondary storage devices 108, respectively. - Moreover, each
client computing device 102 in some embodiments can communicate with, among other components, any of themedia agents 144, e.g., as directed by thestorage manager 140. And eachmedia agent 144 may be able to communicate with, among other components, any of thesecondary storage devices 108, e.g., as directed by thestorage manager 140. Thus, operations can be routed to thesecondary storage devices 108 in a dynamic and highly flexible manner, to provide load balancing, failover, and the like. Further examples of scalable systems capable of dynamic storage operations, and of systems capable of performing load balancing and fail over are provided in U.S. Pat. No. 7,246,207, which is incorporated by reference herein. - In alternative configurations, certain components are not distributed and may instead reside and execute on the same computing device. For example, in some embodiments, one or
more data agents 142 and thestorage manager 140 operate on the sameclient computing device 102. In another embodiment, one ormore data agents 142 and one ormore media agents 144 operate on a single computing device. - In order to protect and leverage stored data, the
information management system 100 can be configured to perform a variety of information management operations. As will be described, these operations can generally include secondary copy and other data movement operations, processing and data manipulation operations, analysis, reporting, and management operations. The operations described herein may be performed on any type of computing device, e.g., between two computers connected via a LAN, to a mobile client telecommunications device connected to a server via a WLAN, to any manner of client computing device coupled to a cloud storage target, etc., without limitation. - Data movement operations according to certain embodiments are generally operations that involve the copying or migration of data (e.g., payload data) between different locations in the
information management system 100 in an original/native and/or one or more different formats. For example, data movement operations can include operations in which stored data is copied, migrated, or otherwise transferred from one or more first storage devices to one or more second storage devices, such as from primary storage device(s) 104 to secondary storage device(s) 108, from secondary storage device(s) 108 to different secondary storage device(s) 108, fromsecondary storage devices 108 toprimary storage devices 104, or from primary storage device(s) 104 to different primary storage device(s) 104. - Data movement operations can include by way of example, backup operations, archive operations, information lifecycle management operations such as hierarchical storage management operations, replication operations (e.g., continuous data replication operations), snapshot operations, deduplication or single-instancing operations, auxiliary copy operations, and the like. As will be discussed, some of these operations involve the copying, migration or other movement of data, without actually creating multiple, distinct copies. Nonetheless, some or all of these operations are referred to as “copy” operations for simplicity.
- Backup Operations
- A backup operation creates a copy of a version of data (e.g., one or more files or other data units) in
primary data 112 at a particular point in time. Each subsequent backup copy may be maintained independently of the first. Further, a backup copy in some embodiments is generally stored in a form that is different than the native format, e.g., a backup format. This can be in contrast to the version inprimary data 112 from which the backup copy is derived, and which may instead be stored in a native format of the source application(s) 110. In various cases, backup copies can be stored in a format in which the data is compressed, encrypted, deduplicated, and/or otherwise modified from the original application format. For example, a backup copy may be stored in a backup format that facilitates compression and/or efficient long-term storage. - Backup copies can have relatively long retention periods as compared to
primary data 112, and may be stored on media with slower retrieval times thanprimary data 112 and certain other types ofsecondary copies 116. On the other hand, backups may have relatively shorter retention periods than some other types ofsecondary copies 116, such as archive copies (described below). Backups may sometimes be stored at an offsite location. - Backup operations can include full backups, differential backups, incremental backups, “synthetic full” backups, and/or creating a “reference copy.” A full backup (or “standard full backup”) in some embodiments is generally a complete image of the data to be protected. However, because full backup copies can consume a relatively large amount of storage, it can be useful to use a full backup copy as a baseline and only store changes relative to the full backup copy for subsequent backup copies.
- For instance, a differential backup operation (or cumulative incremental backup operation) tracks and stores changes that have occurred since the last full backup. Differential backups can grow quickly in size, but can provide relatively efficient restore times because a restore can be completed in some cases using only the full backup copy and the latest differential copy.
- An incremental backup operation generally tracks and stores changes since the most recent backup copy of any type, which can greatly reduce storage utilization. In some cases, however, restore times can be relatively long in comparison to full or differential backups because completing a restore operation may involve accessing a full backup in addition to multiple incremental backups.
- Synthetic full backups generally consolidate data without directly backing up data from the client computing device. A synthetic full backup is created from the most recent full backup (i.e., standard or synthetic) and subsequent incremental and/or differential backups. The resulting synthetic full backup is identical to what would have been created had the last backup for the subclient been a standard full backup. Unlike standard full, incremental, and differential backups, a synthetic full backup does not actually transfer data from a client computer to the backup media, because it operates as a backup consolidator. A synthetic full backup extracts the index data of each participating subclient. Using this index data and the previously backed up user data images, it builds new full backup images, one for each subclient. The new backup images consolidate the index and user data stored in the related incremental, differential, and previous full backups, in some embodiments creating an archive file at the subclient level.
- Any of the above types of backup operations can be at the volume-level, file-level, or block-level. Volume level backup operations generally involve the copying of a data volume (e.g., a logical disk or partition) as a whole. In a file-level backup, the
information management system 100 may generally track changes to individual files, and includes copies of files in the backup copy. In the case of a block-level backup, files are broken into constituent blocks, and changes are tracked at the block-level. Upon restore, theinformation management system 100 reassembles the blocks into files in a transparent fashion. - Far less data may actually be transferred and copied to the
secondary storage devices 108 during a file-level copy than a volume-level copy. Likewise, a block-level copy may involve the transfer of less data than a file-level copy, resulting in faster execution times. However, restoring a relatively higher-granularity copy can result in longer restore times. For instance, when restoring a block-level copy, the process of locating constituent blocks can sometimes result in longer restore times as compared to file-level backups. Similar to backup operations, the other types of secondary copy operations described herein can also be implemented at either the volume-level, file-level, or block-level. - For example, in some embodiments, a reference copy may comprise copy(ies) of selected objects from backed up data, typically to help organize data by keeping contextual information from multiple sources together, and/or help retain specific data for a longer period of time, such as for legal hold needs. A reference copy generally maintains data integrity, and when the data is restored, it may be viewed in the same format as the source data. In some embodiments, a reference copy is based on a specialized client, individual subclient and associated information management policies (e.g., storage policy, retention policy, etc.) that are administered within
information management system 100. - Archive Operations
- Because backup operations generally involve maintaining a version of the copied data in
primary data 112 and also maintaining backup copies in secondary storage device(s) 108, they can consume significant storage capacity. To help reduce storage consumption, an archive operation according to certain embodiments creates asecondary copy 116 by both copying and removing source data. Or, seen another way, archive operations can involve moving some or all of the source data to the archive destination. Thus, data satisfying criteria for removal (e.g., data of a threshold age or size) may be removed from source storage. The source data may beprimary data 112 or asecondary copy 116, depending on the situation. As with backup copies, archive copies can be stored in a format in which the data is compressed, encrypted, deduplicated, and/or otherwise modified from the format of the original application or source copy. In addition, archive copies may be retained for relatively long periods of time (e.g., years) and, in some cases, are never deleted. Archive copies are generally retained for longer periods of time than backup copies, for example. In certain embodiments, archive copies may be made and kept for extended periods in order to meet compliance regulations. - Moreover, when
primary data 112 is archived, in some cases the correspondingprimary data 112 or a portion thereof is deleted when creating the archive copy. Thus, archiving can serve the purpose of freeing up space in the primary storage device(s) 104 and easing the demand on computational resources onclient computing device 102. Similarly, when asecondary copy 116 is archived, thesecondary copy 116 may be deleted, and an archive copy can therefore serve the purpose of freeing up space in secondary storage device(s) 108. In contrast, source copies often remain intact when creating backup copies. Examples of compatible data archiving operations are provided in U.S. Pat. No. 7,107,298, which is incorporated by reference herein. - Snapshot Operations
- Snapshot operations can provide a relatively lightweight, efficient mechanism for protecting data. From an end-user viewpoint, a snapshot may be thought of as an “instant” image of the
primary data 112 at a given point in time, and may include state and/or status information relative to an application that creates/manages theprimary data 112. In one embodiment, a snapshot may generally capture the directory structure of an object inprimary data 112 such as a file or volume or other data set at a particular moment in time and may also preserve file attributes and contents. A snapshot in some cases is created relatively quickly, e.g., substantially instantly, using a minimum amount of file space, but may still function as a conventional file system backup. - A “hardware snapshot” (or “hardware-based snapshot”) operation can be a snapshot operation where a target storage device (e.g., a
primary storage device 104 or a secondary storage device 108) performs the snapshot operation in a self-contained fashion, substantially independently, using hardware, firmware and/or software operating on the storage device itself. For instance, the storage device may be capable of performing snapshot operations upon request, generally without intervention or oversight from any of the other components in theinformation management system 100. In this manner, hardware snapshots can off-load other components ofinformation management system 100 from processing involved in snapshot creation and management. - A “software snapshot” (or “software-based snapshot”) operation, on the other hand, can be a snapshot operation in which one or more other components in information management system 100 (e.g.,
client computing devices 102,data agents 142, etc.) implement a software layer that manages the snapshot operation via interaction with the target storage device. For instance, the component executing the snapshot management software layer may derive a set of pointers and/or data that represents the snapshot. The snapshot management software layer may then transmit the same to the target storage device, along with appropriate instructions for writing the snapshot. - Some types of snapshots do not actually create another physical copy of all the data as it existed at the particular point in time, but may simply create pointers that are able to map files and directories to specific memory locations (e.g., to specific disk blocks) where the data resides, as it existed at the particular point in time. For example, a snapshot copy may include a set of pointers derived from the file system or from an application. In some other cases, the snapshot may be created at the block-level, such that creation of the snapshot occurs without awareness of the file system. Each pointer points to a respective stored data block, so that collectively, the set of pointers reflect the storage location and state of the data object (e.g., file(s) or volume(s) or data set(s)) at a particular point in time when the snapshot copy was created.
- An initial snapshot may use only a small amount of disk space needed to record a mapping or other data structure representing or otherwise tracking the blocks that correspond to the current state of the file system. Additional disk space is usually required only when files and directories are modified later on. Furthermore, when files are modified, typically only the pointers which map to blocks are copied, not the blocks themselves. In some embodiments, for example in the case of “copy-on-write” snapshots, when a block changes in primary storage, the block is copied to secondary storage or cached in primary storage before the block is overwritten in primary storage, and the pointer to that block is changed to reflect the new location of that block. The snapshot mapping of file system data may also be updated to reflect the changed block(s) at that particular point in time. In some other cases, a snapshot includes a full physical copy of all or substantially all of the data represented by the snapshot. Further examples of snapshot operations are provided in U.S. Pat. No. 7,529,782, which is incorporated by reference herein.
- A snapshot copy in many cases can be made quickly and without significantly impacting primary computing resources because large amounts of data need not be copied or moved. In some embodiments, a snapshot may exist as a virtual file system, parallel to the actual file system. Users in some cases gain read-only access to the record of files and directories of the snapshot. By electing to restore
primary data 112 from a snapshot taken at a given point in time, users may also return the current file system to the state of the file system that existed when the snapshot was taken. - Replication Operations
- Another type of secondary copy operation is a replication operation. Some types of
secondary copies 116 are used to periodically capture images ofprimary data 112 at particular points in time (e.g., backups, archives, and snapshots). However, it can also be useful for recovery purposes to protectprimary data 112 in a more continuous fashion, by replicating theprimary data 112 substantially as changes occur. In some cases a replication copy can be a mirror copy, for instance, where changes made toprimary data 112 are mirrored or substantially immediately copied to another location (e.g., to secondary storage device(s) 108). By copying each write operation to the replication copy, two storage systems are kept synchronized or substantially synchronized so that they are virtually identical at approximately the same time. Where entire disk volumes are mirrored, however, mirroring can require significant amount of storage space and utilizes a large amount of processing resources. - According to some embodiments storage operations are performed on replicated data that represents a recoverable state, or “known good state” of a particular application running on the source system. For instance, in certain embodiments, known good replication copies may be viewed as copies of
primary data 112. This feature allows the system to directly access, copy, restore, backup or otherwise manipulate the replication copies as if the data were the “live”primary data 112. This can reduce access time, storage utilization, and impact onsource applications 110, among other benefits. Based on known good state information, theinformation management system 100 can replicate sections of application data that represent a recoverable state rather than rote copying of blocks of data. Examples of compatible replication operations (e.g., continuous data replication) are provided in U.S. Pat. No. 7,617,262, which is incorporated by reference herein. - Deduplication/Single-Instancing Operations
- Another type of data movement operation is deduplication or single-instance storage, which is useful to reduce the amount of non-primary data. For instance, some or all of the above-described secondary storage operations can involve deduplication in some fashion. New data is read, broken down into portions (e.g., sub-file level blocks, files, etc.) of a selected granularity, compared with blocks that are already in secondary storage, and only the new blocks are stored. Blocks that already exist are represented as pointers to the already stored data.
- In order to streamline the comparison process, the
information management system 100 may calculate and/or store signatures (e.g., hashes or cryptographically unique IDs) corresponding to the individual data blocks in a database and compare the signatures instead of comparing entire data blocks. In some cases, only a single instance of each element is stored, and deduplication operations may therefore be referred to interchangeably as “single-instancing” operations. Depending on the implementation, however, deduplication or single-instancing operations can store more than one instance of certain data blocks, but nonetheless significantly reduce data redundancy. Depending on the embodiment, deduplication blocks can be of fixed or variable length. Using variable length blocks can provide enhanced deduplication by responding to changes in the data stream, but can involve complex processing. In some cases, theinformation management system 100 utilizes a technique for dynamically aligning deduplication blocks (e.g., fixed-length blocks) based on changing content in the data stream, as described in U.S. Pat. No. 8,364,652, which is incorporated by reference herein. - The
information management system 100 can perform deduplication in a variety of manners at a variety of locations in theinformation management system 100. For instance, in some embodiments, theinformation management system 100 implements “target-side” deduplication by deduplicating data (e.g., secondary copies 116) stored in thesecondary storage devices 108. In some such cases, themedia agents 144 are generally configured to manage the deduplication process. For instance, one or more of themedia agents 144 maintain a corresponding deduplication database that stores deduplication information (e.g., datablock signatures). Examples of such a configuration are provided in U.S. Pat. Pub. No. 2012/0150826, which is incorporated by reference herein. Instead of or in combination with “target-side” deduplication, deduplication can also be performed on the “source-side” (or “client-side”), e.g., to reduce the amount of traffic between themedia agents 144 and the client computing device(s) 102 and/or reduce redundant data stored in theprimary storage devices 104. According to various implementations, one or more of the storage devices of the target-side and/or source-side of an operation can be cloud-based storage devices. Thus, the target-side and/or source-side deduplication can be cloud-based deduplication. In particular, as discussed previously, thestorage manager 140 may communicate with other components within theinformation management system 100 via network protocols and cloud service provider APIs to facilitate cloud-based deduplication/single instancing. Examples of such deduplication techniques are provided in U.S. Pat. Pub. No. 2012/0150818, which is incorporated by reference herein. Some other compatible deduplication/single instancing techniques are described in U.S. Pat. Pub. Nos. 2006/0224846 and 2009/0319534, which are incorporated by reference herein. - Information Lifecycle Management and Hierarchical Storage Management Operations
- In some embodiments, files and other data over their lifetime move from more expensive, quick access storage to less expensive, slower access storage. Operations associated with moving data through various tiers of storage are sometimes referred to as information lifecycle management (ILM) operations.
- One type of ILM operation is a hierarchical storage management (HSM) operation. A HSM operation is generally an operation for automatically moving data between classes of storage devices, such as between high-cost and low-cost storage devices. For instance, an HSM operation may involve movement of data from
primary storage devices 104 tosecondary storage devices 108, or between tiers ofsecondary storage devices 108. With each tier, the storage devices may be progressively relatively cheaper, have relatively slower access/restore times, etc. For example, movement of data between tiers may occur as data becomes less important over time. - In some embodiments, an HSM operation is similar to an archive operation in that creating an HSM copy may (though not always) involve deleting some of the source data, e.g., according to one or more criteria related to the source data. For example, an HSM copy may include data from
primary data 112 or asecondary copy 116 that is larger than a given size threshold or older than a given age threshold and that is stored in a backup format. - Often, and unlike some types of archive copies, HSM data that is removed or aged from the source is replaced by a logical reference pointer or stub. The reference pointer or stub can be stored in the primary storage device 104 (or other source storage device, such as a secondary storage device 108) to replace the deleted source data and to point to or otherwise indicate the new location in a
secondary storage device 108. - According to one example, files are generally moved between higher and lower cost storage depending on how often the files are accessed. When a user requests access to the HSM data that has been removed or migrated, the
information management system 100 uses the stub to locate the data and may make recovery of the data appear transparent, even though the HSM data may be stored at a location different from other source data. In this manner, the data appears to the user (e.g., in file system browsing windows and the like) as if it still resides in the source location (e.g., in a primary storage device 104). The stub may also include some metadata associated with the corresponding data, so that a file system and/or application can provide some information about the data object and/or a limited-functionality version (e.g., a preview) of the data object. - An HSM copy may be stored in a format other than the native application format (e.g., where the data is compressed, encrypted, deduplicated, and/or otherwise modified from the original native application format). In some cases, copies which involve the removal of data from source storage and the maintenance of stub or other logical reference information on source storage may be referred to generally as “on-line archive copies”. On the other hand, copies which involve the removal of data from source storage without the maintenance of stub or other logical reference information on source storage may be referred to as “off-line archive copies”. Examples of HSM and ILM techniques are provided in U.S. Pat. No. 7,343,453, which is incorporated by reference herein.
- Auxiliary Copy and Disaster Recovery Operations
- An auxiliary copy is generally a copy operation in which a copy is created of an existing
secondary copy 116. For instance, an initialsecondary copy 116 may be generated using or otherwise be derived from primary data 112 (or other data residing in the secondary storage subsystem 118), whereas an auxiliary copy is generated from the initialsecondary copy 116. Auxiliary copies can be used to create additional standby copies of data and may reside on differentsecondary storage devices 108 than the initialsecondary copies 116. Thus, auxiliary copies can be used for recovery purposes if initialsecondary copies 116 become unavailable. Exemplary compatible auxiliary copy techniques are described in further detail in U.S. Pat. No. 8,230,195, which is incorporated by reference herein. - The
information management system 100 may also perform disaster recovery operations that make or retain disaster recovery copies, often as secondary, high-availability disk copies. Theinformation management system 100 may create secondary disk copies and store the copies at disaster recovery locations using auxiliary copy or replication operations, such as continuous data replication technologies. Depending on the particular data protection goals, disaster recovery locations can be remote from theclient computing devices 102 andprimary storage devices 104, remote from some or all of thesecondary storage devices 108, or both. - Data Analysis, Reporting, and Management Operations
- Data analysis, reporting, and management operations can be different than data movement operations in that they do not necessarily involve the copying, migration or other transfer of data (e.g.,
primary data 112 or secondary copies 116) between different locations in the system. For instance, data analysis operations may involve processing (e.g., offline processing) or modification of already storedprimary data 112 and/orsecondary copies 116. However, in some embodiments data analysis operations are performed in conjunction with data movement operations. Some data analysis operations include content indexing operations and classification operations which can be useful in leveraging the data under management to provide enhanced search and other features. Other data analysis operations such as compression and encryption can provide data reduction and security benefits, respectively. - Classification Operations/Content Indexing
- In some embodiments, the
information management system 100 analyzes and indexes characteristics, content, and metadata associated with theprimary data 112 and/orsecondary copies 116. The content indexing can be used to identify files or other data objects having pre-defined content (e.g., user-defined keywords or phrases, other keywords/phrases that are not defined by a user, etc.), and/or metadata (e.g., email metadata such as “to”, “from”, “cc”, “bcc”, attachment name, received time, etc.). - The
information management system 100 generally organizes and catalogues the results in a content index, which may be stored within themedia agent database 152, for example. The content index can also include the storage locations of (or pointer references to) the indexed data in theprimary data 112 orsecondary copies 116, as appropriate. The results may also be stored, in the form of a content index database or otherwise, elsewhere in the information management system 100 (e.g., in theprimary storage devices 104, or in the secondary storage device 108). Such index data provides thestorage manager 140 or another component with an efficient mechanism for locatingprimary data 112 and/orsecondary copies 116 of data objects that match particular criteria. - For instance, search criteria can be specified by a user through
user interface 158 of thestorage manager 140. In some cases, theinformation management system 100 analyzes data and/or metadata insecondary copies 116 to create an “off-line” content index, without significantly impacting the performance of theclient computing devices 102. Depending on the embodiment, the system can also implement “on-line” content indexing, e.g., ofprimary data 112. Examples of compatible content indexing techniques are provided in U.S. Pat. No. 8,170,995, which is incorporated by reference herein. - One or more components can be configured to scan data and/or associated metadata for classification purposes to populate a database (or other data structure) of information, which can be referred to as a “data classification database” or a “metabase”. Depending on the embodiment, the data classification database(s) can be organized in a variety of different ways, including centralization, logical sub-divisions, and/or physical sub-divisions. For instance, one or more centralized data classification databases may be associated with different subsystems or tiers within the
information management system 100. As an example, there may be a first centralized metabase associated with theprimary storage subsystem 117 and a second centralized metabase associated with thesecondary storage subsystem 118. In other cases, there may be one or more metabases associated with individual components, e.g.,client computing devices 102 and/ormedia agents 144. In some embodiments, a data classification database (metabase) may reside as one or more data structures withinmanagement database 146, or may be otherwise associated withstorage manager 140. - In some cases, the metabase(s) may be included in separate database(s) and/or on separate storage device(s) from
primary data 112 and/orsecondary copies 116, such that operations related to the metabase do not significantly impact performance on other components in theinformation management system 100. In other cases, the metabase(s) may be stored along withprimary data 112 and/orsecondary copies 116. Files or other data objects can be associated with identifiers (e.g., tag entries, etc.) in the media agent 144 (or other indices) to facilitate searches of stored data objects. Among a number of other benefits, the metabase can also allow efficient, automatic identification of files or other data objects to associate with secondary copy or other information management operations (e.g., in lieu of scanning an entire file system). Examples of compatible metabases and data classification operations are provided in U.S. Pat. Nos. 8,229,954 and 7,747,579, which are incorporated by reference herein. - Encryption Operations
- The
information management system 100 in some cases is configured to process data (e.g., files or other data objects,secondary copies 116, etc.), according to an appropriate encryption algorithm (e.g., Blowfish, Advanced Encryption Standard [AES], Triple Data Encryption Standard [3-DES], etc.) to limit access and provide data security in theinformation management system 100. Theinformation management system 100 in some cases encrypts the data at the client level, such that the client computing devices 102 (e.g., the data agents 142) encrypt the data prior to forwarding the data to other components, e.g., before sending the data tomedia agents 144 during a secondary copy operation. In such cases, theclient computing device 102 may maintain or have access to an encryption key or passphrase for decrypting the data upon restore. Encryption can also occur when creating copies of secondary copies, e.g., when creating auxiliary copies or archive copies. In yet further embodiments, thesecondary storage devices 108 can implement built-in, high performance hardware encryption. - Management and Reporting Operations
- Certain embodiments leverage the integrated, ubiquitous nature of the
information management system 100 to provide useful system-wide management and reporting functions. Examples of some compatible management and reporting techniques are provided in U.S. Pat. No. 7,343,453, which is incorporated by reference herein. - Operations management can generally include monitoring and managing the health and performance of
information management system 100 by, without limitation, performing error tracking, generating granular storage/performance metrics (e.g., job success/failure information, deduplication efficiency, etc.), generating storage modeling and costing information, and the like. As an example, astorage manager 140 or other component in theinformation management system 100 may analyze traffic patterns and suggest and/or automatically route data via a particular route to minimize congestion. In some embodiments, the system can generate predictions relating to storage operations or storage operation information. Such predictions, which may be based on a trending analysis, may predict various network operations or resource usage, such as network traffic levels, storage media use, use of bandwidth of communication links, use of media agent components, etc. Further examples of traffic analysis, trend analysis, prediction generation, and the like are described in U.S. Pat. No. 7,343,453, which is incorporated by reference herein. - In some configurations, a
master storage manager 140 may track the status of storage operation cells in a hierarchy, such as the status of jobs, system components, system resources, and other items, by communicating with storage managers 140 (or other components) in the respective storage operation cells. Moreover, themaster storage manager 140 may track the status of its associated storage operation cells and information management operations by receiving periodic status updates from the storage managers 140 (or other components) in the respective cells regarding jobs, system components, system resources, and other items. In some embodiments, amaster storage manager 140 may store status information and other information regarding its associated storage operation cells and other system information in its index 150 (or other location). - The
master storage manager 140 or other component may also determine whether certain storage-related criteria or other criteria are satisfied, and perform an action or trigger event (e.g., data migration) in response to the criteria being satisfied, such as where a storage threshold is met for a particular volume, or where inadequate protection exists for certain data. For instance, in some embodiments, data from one or more storage operation cells is used to dynamically and automatically mitigate recognized risks, and/or to advise users of risks or suggest actions to mitigate these risks. For example, an information management policy may specify certain requirements (e.g., that a storage device should maintain a certain amount of free space, that secondary copies should occur at a particular interval, that data should be aged and migrated to other storage after a particular period, that data on a secondary volume should always have a certain level of availability and be restorable within a given time period, that data on a secondary volume may be mirrored or otherwise migrated to a specified number of other volumes, etc.). If a risk condition or other criterion is triggered, the system may notify the user of these conditions and may suggest (or automatically implement) an action to mitigate or otherwise address the risk. For example, the system may indicate that data from aprimary copy 112 should be migrated to asecondary storage device 108 to free space on theprimary storage device 104. Examples of the use of risk factors and other triggering criteria are described in U.S. Pat. No. 7,343,453, which is incorporated by reference herein. - In some embodiments, the
system 100 may also determine whether a metric or other indication satisfies particular storage criteria and, if so, perform an action. For example, as previously described, a storage policy or other definition might indicate that astorage manager 140 should initiate a particular action if a storage metric or other indication drops below or otherwise fails to satisfy specified criteria such as a threshold of data protection. Examples of such metrics are described in U.S. Pat. No. 7,343,453, which is incorporated by reference herein. - In some embodiments, risk factors may be quantified into certain measurable service or risk levels for ease of comprehension. For example, certain applications and associated data may be considered to be more important by an enterprise than other data and services. Financial compliance data, for example, may be of greater importance than marketing materials, etc. Network administrators may assign priority values or “weights” to certain data and/or applications, corresponding to the relative importance. The level of compliance of storage operations specified for these applications may also be assigned a certain value. Thus, the health, impact, and overall importance of a service may be determined, such as by measuring the compliance value and calculating the product of the priority value and the compliance value to determine the “service level” and comparing it to certain operational thresholds to determine whether it is acceptable. Further examples of the service level determination are provided in U.S. Pat. No. 7,343,453, which is incorporated by reference herein.
- The
system 100 may additionally calculate data costing and data availability associated with information management operation cells according to an embodiment of the invention. For instance, data received from the cell may be used in conjunction with hardware-related information and other information about system elements to determine the cost of storage and/or the availability of particular data in the system. Exemplary information generated could include how fast a particular department is using up available storage space, how long data would take to recover over a particular system pathway from a particular secondary storage device, costs over time, etc. Moreover, in some embodiments, such information may be used to determine or predict the overall cost associated with the storage of certain information. The cost associated with hosting a certain application may be based, at least in part, on the type of media on which the data resides, for example. Storage devices may be assigned to a particular cost categories, for example. Further examples of costing techniques are described in U.S. Pat. No. 7,343,453, which is incorporated by reference herein. - Any of the above types of information (e.g., information related to trending, predictions, job, cell or component status, risk, service level, costing, etc.) can generally be provided to users via the
user interface 158 in a single, integrated view or console (not shown). The console may support a reporting capability that allows for the generation of a variety of reports, which may be tailored to a particular aspect of information management. Report types may include: scheduling, event management, media management and data aging. Available reports may also include backup history, data aging history, auxiliary copy history, job history, library and drive, media in library, restore history, and storage policy, etc., without limitation. Such reports may be specified and created at a certain point in time as a system analysis, forecasting, or provisioning tool. Integrated reports may also be generated that illustrate storage and performance metrics, risks and storage costing information. Moreover, users may create their own reports based on specific needs. - The integrated
user interface 158 can include an option to show a “virtual view” of the system that graphically depicts the various components in the system using appropriate icons. As one example, theuser interface 158 may provide a graphical depiction of one or moreprimary storage devices 104, thesecondary storage devices 108,data agents 142 and/ormedia agents 144, and their relationship to one another in theinformation management system 100. The operations management functionality can facilitate planning and decision-making. For example, in some embodiments, a user may view the status of some or all jobs as well as the status of each component of theinformation management system 100. Users may then plan and make decisions based on this data. For instance, a user may view high-level information regarding storage operations for theinformation management system 100, such as job status, component status, resource status (e.g., communication pathways, etc.), and other information. The user may also drill down or use other means to obtain more detailed information regarding a particular component, job, or the like. Further examples of some reporting techniques and associated interfaces providing an integrated view of an information management system are provided in U.S. Pat. No. 7,343,453, which is incorporated by reference herein. - The
information management system 100 can also be configured to perform system-wide e-discovery operations in some embodiments. In general, e-discovery operations provide a unified collection and search capability for data in the system, such as data stored in the secondary storage devices 108 (e.g., backups, archives, or other secondary copies 116). For example, theinformation management system 100 may construct and maintain a virtual repository for data stored in theinformation management system 100 that is integrated acrosssource applications 110, different storage device types, etc. According to some embodiments, e-discovery utilizes other techniques described herein, such as data classification and/or content indexing. - As indicated previously, an
information management policy 148 can include a data structure or other information source that specifies a set of parameters (e.g., criteria and rules) associated with secondary copy and/or other information management operations. - One type of
information management policy 148 is a storage policy. According to certain embodiments, a storage policy generally comprises a data structure or other information source that defines (or includes information sufficient to determine) a set of preferences or other criteria for performing information management operations. Storage policies can include one or more of the following items: (1) what data will be associated with the storage policy; (2) a destination to which the data will be stored; (3) datapath information specifying how the data will be communicated to the destination; (4) the type of storage operation to be performed; and (5) retention information specifying how long the data will be retained at the destination (see, e.g.,FIG. 1E ). - As an illustrative example, data associated with a storage policy can be logically organized into groups. In some cases, these logical groupings can be referred to as “sub-clients”. A sub-client may represent static or dynamic associations of portions of a data volume. Sub-clients may represent mutually exclusive portions. Thus, in certain embodiments, a portion of data may be given a label and the association is stored as a static entity in an index, database or other storage location. Sub-clients may also be used as an effective administrative scheme of organizing data according to data type, department within the enterprise, storage preferences, or the like. Depending on the configuration, sub-clients can correspond to files, folders, virtual machines, databases, etc. In one exemplary scenario, an administrator may find it preferable to separate e-mail data from financial data using two different sub-clients.
- A storage policy can define where data is stored by specifying a target or destination storage device (or group of storage devices). For instance, where the
secondary storage device 108 includes a group of disk libraries, the storage policy may specify a particular disk library for storing the sub-clients associated with the policy. As another example, where thesecondary storage devices 108 include one or more tape libraries, the storage policy may specify a particular tape library for storing the sub-clients associated with the storage policy, and may also specify a drive pool and a tape pool defining a group of tape drives and a group of tapes, respectively, for use in storing the sub-client data. While information in the storage policy can be statically assigned in some cases, some or all of the information in the storage policy can also be dynamically determined based on criteria, which can be set forth in the storage policy. For instance, based on such criteria, a particular destination storage device(s) (or other parameter of the storage policy) may be determined based on characteristics associated with the data involved in a particular storage operation, device availability (e.g., availability of asecondary storage device 108 or a media agent 144), network status and conditions (e.g., identified bottlenecks), user credentials, and the like). - Datapath information can also be included in the storage policy. For instance, the storage policy may specify network pathways and components to utilize when moving the data to the destination storage device(s). In some embodiments, the storage policy specifies one or
more media agents 144 for conveying data associated with the storage policy between the source (e.g., one or more host client computing devices 102) and destination (e.g., a particular target secondary storage device 108). - A storage policy can also specify the type(s) of operations associated with the storage policy, such as a backup, archive, snapshot, auxiliary copy, or the like. Retention information can specify how long the data will be kept, depending on organizational needs (e.g., a number of days, months, years, etc.)
- Another type of
information management policy 148 is a scheduling policy, which specifies when and how often to perform operations. Scheduling parameters may specify with what frequency (e.g., hourly, weekly, daily, event-based, etc.) or under what triggering conditions secondary copy or other information management operations will take place. Scheduling policies in some cases are associated with particular components, such as particular logical groupings of data associated with a storage policy (e.g., a sub-client),client computing device 102, and the like. In one configuration, a separate scheduling policy is maintained for particular logical groupings of data on aclient computing device 102. The scheduling policy specifies that those logical groupings are to be moved tosecondary storage devices 108 every hour according to storage policies associated with the respective sub-clients. - When adding a new
client computing device 102, administrators can manually configureinformation management policies 148 and/or other settings, e.g., via theuser interface 158. However, this can be an involved process resulting in delays, and it may be desirable to begin data protection operations quickly, without awaiting human intervention. Thus, in some embodiments, theinformation management system 100 automatically applies a default configuration toclient computing device 102. As one example, when one or more data agent(s) 142 are installed on one or moreclient computing devices 102, the installation script may register theclient computing device 102 with thestorage manager 140, which in turn applies the default configuration to the newclient computing device 102. In this manner, data protection operations can begin substantially immediately. The default configuration can include a default storage policy, for example, and can specify any appropriate information sufficient to begin data protection operations. This can include a type of data protection operation, scheduling information, a targetsecondary storage device 108, data path information (e.g., a particular media agent 144), and the like. - Other types of
information management policies 148 are possible, including one or more audit (or security) policies. An audit policy is a set of preferences, rules and/or criteria that protect sensitive data in theinformation management system 100. For example, an audit policy may define “sensitive objects” as files or objects that contain particular keywords (e.g., “confidential,” or “privileged”) and/or are associated with particular keywords (e.g., in metadata) or particular flags (e.g., in metadata identifying a document or email as personal, confidential, etc.). An audit policy may further specify rules for handling sensitive objects. As an example, an audit policy may require that a reviewer approve the transfer of any sensitive objects to a cloud storage site, and that if approval is denied for a particular sensitive object, the sensitive object should be transferred to a localprimary storage device 104 instead. To facilitate this approval, the audit policy may further specify how a secondarystorage computing device 106 or other system component should notify a reviewer that a sensitive object is slated for transfer. - Another type of
information management policy 148 is a provisioning policy. A provisioning policy can include a set of preferences, priorities, rules, and/or criteria that specify how client computing devices 102 (or groups thereof) may utilize system resources, such as available storage on cloud storage and/or network bandwidth. A provisioning policy specifies, for example, data quotas for particular client computing devices 102 (e.g., a number of gigabytes that can be stored monthly, quarterly or annually). Thestorage manager 140 or other components may enforce the provisioning policy. For instance, themedia agents 144 may enforce the policy when transferring data tosecondary storage devices 108. If aclient computing device 102 exceeds a quota, a budget for the client computing device 102 (or associated department) is adjusted accordingly or an alert may trigger. - While the above types of
information management policies 148 have been described as separate policies, one or more of these can be generally combined into a singleinformation management policy 148. For instance, a storage policy may also include or otherwise be associated with one or more scheduling, audit, or provisioning policies or operational parameters thereof. Moreover, while storage policies are typically associated with moving and storing data, other policies may be associated with other types of information management operations. The following is a non-exhaustive list of items theinformation management policies 148 may specify: -
- schedules or other timing information, e.g., specifying when and/or how often to perform information management operations;
- the type of copy 116 (e.g., type of secondary copy) and/or copy format (e.g., snapshot, backup, archive, HSM, etc.);
- a location or a class or quality of storage for storing secondary copies 116 (e.g., one or more particular secondary storage devices 108);
- preferences regarding whether and how to encrypt, compress, deduplicate, or otherwise modify or transform
secondary copies 116; - which system components and/or network pathways (e.g., preferred media agents 144) should be used to perform secondary storage operations;
- resource allocation among different computing devices or other system components used in performing information management operations (e.g., bandwidth allocation, available storage capacity, etc.);
- whether and how to synchronize or otherwise distribute files or other data objects across multiple computing devices or hosted services; and
- retention information specifying the length of time
primary data 112 and/orsecondary copies 116 should be retained, e.g., in a particular class or tier of storage devices, or within theinformation management system 100.
- Policies can additionally specify or depend on a variety of historical or current criteria that may be used to determine which rules to apply to a particular data object, system component, or information management operation, such as:
-
- frequency with which
primary data 112 or asecondary copy 116 of a data object or metadata has been or is predicted to be used, accessed, or modified; - time-related factors (e.g., aging information such as time since the creation or modification of a data object);
- deduplication information (e.g., hashes, data blocks, deduplication block size, deduplication efficiency or other metrics);
- an estimated or historic usage or cost associated with different components (e.g., with secondary storage devices 108);
- the identity of users,
applications 110,client computing devices 102 and/or other computing devices that created, accessed, modified, or otherwise utilizedprimary data 112 orsecondary copies 116; - a relative sensitivity (e.g., confidentiality, importance) of a data object, e.g., as determined by its content and/or metadata;
- the current or historical storage capacity of various storage devices;
- the current or historical network capacity of network pathways connecting various components within the storage operation cell;
- access control lists or other security information; and
- the content of a particular data object (e.g., its textual content) or of metadata associated with the data object.
- frequency with which
-
FIG. 1E includes a data flow diagram depicting performance of storage operations by an embodiment of aninformation management system 100, according to anexemplary storage policy 148A. Theinformation management system 100 includes astorage manger 140, aclient computing device 102 having a filesystem data agent 142A and an email data agent 142B operating thereon, aprimary storage device 104, twomedia agents secondary storage devices disk library 108A and atape library 108B. As shown, theprimary storage device 104 includesprimary data 112A, which is associated with a logical grouping of data associated with a file system, andprimary data 1128, which is associated with a logical grouping of data associated with email. Although for simplicity the logical grouping of data associated with the file system is referred to as a file system sub-client, and the logical grouping of data associated with the email is referred to as an email sub-client, the techniques described with respect toFIG. 1E can be utilized in conjunction with data that is organized in a variety of other manners. - As indicated by the dashed box, the
second media agent 144B and the tape library 1088 are “off-site”, and may therefore be remotely located from the other components in the information management system 100 (e.g., in a different city, office building, etc.). Indeed, “off-site” may refer to a magnetic tape located in storage, which must be manually retrieved and loaded into a tape drive to be read. In this manner, information stored on the tape library 1088 may provide protection in the event of a disaster or other failure. - The file system sub-client and its associated
primary data 112A in certain embodiments generally comprise information generated by the file system and/or operating system of theclient computing device 102, and can include, for example, file system data (e.g., regular files, file tables, mount points, etc.), operating system data (e.g., registries, event logs, etc.), and the like. The e-mail sub-client, on the other hand, and its associatedprimary data 1128, include data generated by an e-mail application operating on theclient computing device 102, and can include mailbox information, folder information, emails, attachments, associated database information, and the like. As described above, the sub-clients can be logical containers, and the data included in the correspondingprimary data - The
exemplary storage policy 148A includes backup copy preferences (or rule set) 160, disaster recovery copy preferences rule set 162, and compliance copy preferences orrule set 164. The backup copy rule set 160 specifies that it is associated with afile system sub-client 166 and anemail sub-client 168. Each of thesesub-clients client computing device 102. The backup copy rule set 160 further specifies that the backup operation will be written to thedisk library 108A, and designates aparticular media agent 144A to convey the data to thedisk library 108A. Finally, the backup copy rule set 160 specifies that backup copies created according to the rule set 160 are scheduled to be generated on an hourly basis and to be retained for 30 days. In some other embodiments, scheduling information is not included in thestorage policy 148A, and is instead specified by a separate scheduling policy. - The disaster recovery copy rule set 162 is associated with the same two
sub-clients tape library 108B, unlike the backup copy rule set 160. Moreover, the disaster recovery copy rule set 162 specifies that a different media agent, namely 144B, will be used to convey the data to thetape library 108B. As indicated, disaster recovery copies created according to the rule set 162 will be retained for 60 days, and will be generated on a daily basis. Disaster recovery copies generated according to the disaster recovery copy rule set 162 can provide protection in the event of a disaster or other catastrophic data loss that would affect thebackup copy 116A maintained on thedisk library 108A. - The compliance copy rule set 164 is only associated with the
email sub-client 168, and not thefile system sub-client 166. Compliance copies generated according to the compliance copy rule set 164 will therefore not includeprimary data 112A from thefile system sub-client 166. For instance, the organization may be under an obligation to store and maintain copies of email data for a particular period of time (e.g., 10 years) to comply with state or federal regulations, while similar regulations do not apply to the file system data. The compliance copy rule set 164 is associated with thesame tape library 108B andmedia agent 144B as the disaster recovery copy rule set 162, although a different storage device or media agent could be used in other embodiments. Finally, the compliance copy rule set 164 specifies that copies generated under the compliance copy rule set 164 will be retained for 10 years, and will be generated on a quarterly basis. - At
step 1, thestorage manager 140 initiates a backup operation according to the backup copy rule set 160. For instance, a scheduling service running on thestorage manager 140 accesses scheduling information from the backup copy rule set 160 or a separate scheduling policy associated with theclient computing device 102, and initiates a backup copy operation on an hourly basis. Thus, at the scheduled time slot thestorage manager 140 sends instructions to the client computing device 102 (i.e., to bothdata agent 142A and data agent 142B) to begin the backup operation. - At
step 2, the filesystem data agent 142A and the email data agent 142B operating on theclient computing device 102 respond to the instructions received from thestorage manager 140 by accessing and processing theprimary data 112A, 112B involved in the copy operation, which can be found inprimary storage device 104. Because the operation is a backup copy operation, the data agent(s) 142A, 142B may format the data into a backup format or otherwise process the data. - At
step 3, theclient computing device 102 communicates the retrieved, processed data to thefirst media agent 144A, as directed by thestorage manager 140, according to the backup copy rule set 160. In some other embodiments, theinformation management system 100 may implement a load-balancing, availability-based, or other appropriate algorithm to select from the available set ofmedia agents media agent 144A is selected, thestorage manager 140 may further keep a record in thestorage manager database 146 of the association between the selectedmedia agent 144A and theclient computing device 102 and/or between the selectedmedia agent 144A and thebackup copy 116A. - The
target media agent 144A receives the data from theclient computing device 102, and atstep 4 conveys the data to thedisk library 108A to create thebackup copy 116A, again at the direction of thestorage manager 140 and according to the backup copy rule set 160. Thesecondary storage device 108A can be selected in other ways. For instance, themedia agent 144A may have a dedicated association with a particular secondary storage device(s), or thestorage manager 140 ormedia agent 144A may select from a plurality of secondary storage devices, e.g., according to availability, using one of the techniques described in U.S. Pat. No. 7,246,207, which is incorporated by reference herein. - The
media agent 144A can also update itsindex 153 to include data and/or metadata related to thebackup copy 116A, such as information indicating where thebackup copy 116A resides on thedisk library 108A, data and metadata for cache retrieval, etc. Thestorage manager 140 may similarly update itsindex 150 to include information relating to the storage operation, such as information relating to the type of storage operation, a physical location associated with one or more copies created by the storage operation, the time the storage operation was performed, status information relating to the storage operation, the components involved in the storage operation, and the like. In some cases, thestorage manager 140 may update itsindex 150 to include some or all of the information stored in theindex 153 of themedia agent 144A. After the 30 day retention period expires, thestorage manager 140 instructs themedia agent 144A to delete thebackup copy 116A from thedisk library 108A.Indexes 150 and/or 153 are updated accordingly. - At
step 5, thestorage manager 140 initiates the creation of adisaster recovery copy 1168 according to the disaster recovery copy rule set 162. - At
step 6, illustratively based on the instructions received from thestorage manager 140 atstep 5, the specifiedmedia agent 144B retrieves the most recentbackup copy 116A from thedisk library 108A. - At
step 7, again at the direction of thestorage manager 140 and as specified in the disaster recovery copy rule set 162, themedia agent 144B uses the retrieved data to create adisaster recovery copy 1168 on the tape library 1088. In some cases, thedisaster recovery copy 1168 is a direct, mirror copy of thebackup copy 116A, and remains in the backup format. In other embodiments, thedisaster recovery copy 1168 may be generated in some other manner, such as by using theprimary data primary storage device 104 as source data. The disaster recovery copy operation is initiated once a day and thedisaster recovery copies 1168 are deleted after 60 days; indexes are updated accordingly when/after each information management operation is executed/completed. - At
step 8, thestorage manager 140 initiates the creation of acompliance copy 116C, according to the compliance copy rule set 164. For instance, thestorage manager 140 instructs themedia agent 144B to create thecompliance copy 116C on the tape library 1088 atstep 9, as specified in the compliance copy rule set 164. In the example, thecompliance copy 116C is generated using thedisaster recovery copy 1168. In other embodiments, thecompliance copy 116C is instead generated using either theprimary data 1128 corresponding to the email sub-client or using thebackup copy 116A from thedisk library 108A as source data. As specified, in the illustrated example,compliance copies 116C are created quarterly, and are deleted after ten years, and indexes are kept up-to-date accordingly. - While not shown in
FIG. 1E , at some later point in time, a restore operation can be initiated involving one or more of thesecondary copies backup copy 116A by interacting with theuser interface 158 of thestorage manager 140. Thestorage manager 140 then accesses data in its index 150 (and/or therespective storage policy 148A) associated with the selectedbackup copy 116A to identify theappropriate media agent 144A and/orsecondary storage device 108A. - In other cases, a media agent may be selected for use in the restore operation based on a load balancing algorithm, an availability based algorithm, or other criteria. The selected
media agent 144A retrieves the data from thedisk library 108A. For instance, themedia agent 144A may access itsindex 153 to identify a location of thebackup copy 116A on thedisk library 108A, or may access location information residing on thedisk 108A itself. - When the
backup copy 116A was recently created or accessed, themedia agent 144A accesses a cached version of thebackup copy 116A residing in theindex 153, without having to access thedisk library 108A for some or all of the data. Once it has retrieved thebackup copy 116A, themedia agent 144A communicates the data to the sourceclient computing device 102. Upon receipt, the filesystem data agent 142A and the email data agent 142B may unpackage (e.g., restore from a backup format to the native application format) the data in thebackup copy 116A and restore the unpackaged data to theprimary storage device 104. - Exemplary Applications of Storage Policies
- The
storage manager 140 may permit a user to specify aspects of thestorage policy 148A. For example, the storage policy can be modified to include information governance policies to define how data should be managed in order to comply with a certain regulation or business objective. The various policies may be stored, for example, in themanagement database 146. An information governance policy may comprise a classification policy, which is described herein. An information governance policy may align with one or more compliance tasks that are imposed by regulations or business requirements. Examples of information governance policies might include a Sarbanes-Oxley policy, a HIPAA policy, an electronic discovery (E-Discovery) policy, and so on. - Information governance policies allow administrators to obtain different perspectives on all of an organization's online and offline data, without the need for a dedicated data silo created solely for each different viewpoint. As described previously, the data storage systems herein build a centralized index that reflects the contents of a distributed data set that spans numerous clients and storage devices, including both primary and secondary copies, and online and offline copies. An organization may apply multiple information governance policies in a top-down manner over that unified data set and indexing schema in order to permit an organization to view and manipulate the single data set through different lenses, each of which is adapted to a particular compliance or business goal. Thus, for example, by applying an E-discovery policy and a Sarbanes-Oxley policy, two different groups of users in an organization can conduct two very different analyses of the same underlying physical set of data copies, which may be distributed throughout the organization and information management system.
- A classification policy defines a taxonomy of classification terms or tags relevant to a compliance task and/or business objective. A classification policy may also associate a defined tag with a classification rule. A classification rule defines a particular combination of criteria, such as users who have created, accessed or modified a document or data object; file or application types; content or metadata keywords; clients or storage locations; dates of data creation and/or access; review status or other status within a workflow (e.g., reviewed or un-reviewed); modification times or types of modifications; and/or any other data attributes in any combination, without limitation. A classification rule may also be defined using other classification tags in the taxonomy. The various criteria used to define a classification rule may be combined in any suitable fashion, for example, via Boolean operators, to define a complex classification rule. As an example, an E-discovery classification policy might define a classification tag “privileged” that is associated with documents or data objects that (1) were created or modified by legal department staff, or (2) were sent to or received from outside counsel via email, or (3) contain one of the following keywords: “privileged” or “attorney” or “counsel”, or other like terms.
- One specific type of classification tag, which may be added to an index at the time of indexing, is an entity tag. An entity tag may be, for example, any content that matches a defined data mask format. Examples of entity tags might include, e.g., social security numbers (e.g., any numerical content matching the formatting mask XXX-XX-XXXX), credit card numbers (e.g., content having a 13-16 digit string of numbers), SKU numbers, product numbers, etc.
- A user may define a classification policy by indicating criteria, parameters or descriptors of the policy via a graphical user interface, such as a form or page with fields to be filled in, pull-down menus or entries allowing one or more of several options to be selected, buttons, sliders, hypertext links or other known user interface tools for receiving user input, etc. For example, a user may define certain entity tags, such as a particular product number or project ID code that is relevant in the organization. In some implementations, the classification policy can be implemented using cloud-based techniques. For example, the storage devices may be cloud storage devices, and the
storage manager 140 may execute cloud service provider API over a network to classify data stored on cloud storage devices. - The formatting and structure of
secondary copies 116 can vary, depending on the embodiment. In some cases,secondary copies 116 are formatted as a series of logical data units or “chunks” (e.g., 512 MB, 1 GB, 2 GB, 4 GB, or 8 GB chunks). This can facilitate efficient communication and writing tosecondary storage devices 108, e.g., according to resource availability. For example, a singlesecondary copy 116 may be written on a chunk-by-chunk basis to a singlesecondary storage device 108 or across multiplesecondary storage devices 108. In some cases, users can select different chunk sizes, e.g., to improve throughput to tape storage devices. - Generally, each chunk can include a header and a payload. The payload can include files (or other data units) or subsets thereof included in the chunk, whereas the chunk header generally includes metadata relating to the chunk, some or all of which may be derived from the payload. For example, during a secondary copy operation, the
media agent 144,storage manager 140, or other component may divide the associated files into chunks and generate headers for each chunk by processing the constituent files. The headers can include a variety of information such as file identifier(s), volume(s), offset(s), or other information associated with the payload data items, a chunk sequence number, etc. Importantly, in addition to being stored with thesecondary copy 116 on thesecondary storage device 108, the chunk headers can also be stored to theindex 153 of the associated media agent(s) 144 and/or theindex 150. This is useful in some cases for providing faster processing ofsecondary copies 116 during restores or other operations. In some cases, once a chunk is successfully transferred to asecondary storage device 108, thesecondary storage device 108 returns an indication of receipt, e.g., to themedia agent 144 and/orstorage manager 140, which may update theirrespective indexes - Data can also be communicated within the
information management system 100 in data channels that connect theclient computing devices 102 to thesecondary storage devices 108. These data channels can be referred to as “data streams”, and multiple data streams can be employed to parallelize an information management operation, improving data transfer rate, among providing other advantages. Example data formatting techniques including techniques involving data streaming, chunking, and the use of other data structures in creating copies (e.g., secondary copies) are described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 7,315,923 and 8,156,086, and 8,578,120, each of which is incorporated by reference herein. -
FIGS. 1F and 1G are diagrams of example data streams 170 and 171, respectively, which may be employed for performing data storage operations. Referring toFIG. 1F , thedata agent 142 forms thedata stream 170 from the data associated with a client computing device 102 (e.g., primary data 112). Thedata stream 170 is composed of multiple pairs ofstream header 172 and stream data (or stream payload) 174. The data streams 170 and 171 shown in the illustrated example are for a single-instanced storage operation, and astream payload 174 therefore may include both single-instance (“SI”) data and/or non-SI data. Astream header 172 includes metadata about thestream payload 174. This metadata may include, for example, a length of thestream payload 174, an indication of whether thestream payload 174 is encrypted, an indication of whether thestream payload 174 is compressed, an archive file identifier (ID), an indication of whether thestream payload 174 is single instanceable, and an indication of whether thestream payload 174 is a start of a block of data. - Referring to
FIG. 1G , thedata stream 171 has thestream header 172 andstream payload 174 aligned into multiple data blocks. In this example, the data blocks are of size 64 KB. The first twostream header 172 andstream payload 174 pairs comprise a first data block of size 64 KB. Thefirst stream header 172 indicates that the length of the succeedingstream payload 174 is 63 KB and that it is the start of a data block. Thenext stream header 172 indicates that the succeedingstream payload 174 has a length of 1 KB and that it is not the start of a new data block. Immediately followingstream payload 174 is a pair comprising anidentifier header 176 andidentifier data 178. Theidentifier header 176 includes an indication that the succeedingidentifier data 178 includes the identifier for the immediately previous data block. Theidentifier data 178 includes the identifier that thedata agent 142 generated for the data block. Thedata stream 171 also includesother stream header 172 andstream payload 174 pairs, which may be for SI data and/or for non-SI data. -
FIG. 1H is a diagram illustrating thedata structures 180 that may be used to store blocks of SI data and non-SI data on the storage device (e.g., secondary storage device 108). According to certain embodiments, thedata structures 180 do not form part of a native file system of the storage device. Thedata structures 180 include one ormore volume folders 182, one ormore chunk folders 184/185 within thevolume folder 182, and multiple files within thechunk folder 184. Eachchunk folder 184/185 includes ametadata file 186/187, ametadata index file 188/189, one or more container files 190/191/193, and acontainer index file 192/194. Themetadata file 186/187 stores non-SI data blocks as well as links to SI data blocks stored in container files. Themetadata index file 188/189 stores an index to the data in themetadata file 186/187. The container files 190/191/193 store SI data blocks. Thecontainer index file 192/194 stores an index to the container files 190/191/193. Among other things, thecontainer index file 192/194 stores an indication of whether a corresponding block in acontainer file 190/191/193 is referred to by a link in ametadata file 186/187. For example, data block B2 in thecontainer file 190 is referred to by a link in themetadata file 187 in thechunk folder 185. Accordingly, the corresponding index entry in thecontainer index file 192 indicates that the data block B2 in thecontainer file 190 is referred to. As another example, data block B1 in thecontainer file 191 is referred to by a link in themetadata file 187, and so the corresponding index entry in thecontainer index file 192 indicates that this data block is referred to. - As an example, the
data structures 180 illustrated inFIG. 1H may have been created as a result of two storage operations involving twoclient computing devices 102. For example, a first storage operation on a firstclient computing device 102 could result in the creation of thefirst chunk folder 184, and a second storage operation on a secondclient computing device 102 could result in the creation of thesecond chunk folder 185. The container files 190/191 in thefirst chunk folder 184 would contain the blocks of SI data of the firstclient computing device 102. If the twoclient computing devices 102 have substantially similar data, the second storage operation on the data of the secondclient computing device 102 would result in themedia agent 144 storing primarily links to the data blocks of the firstclient computing device 102 that are already stored in the container files 190/191. Accordingly, while a first storage operation may result in storing nearly all of the data subject to the storage operation, subsequent storage operations involving similar data may result in substantial data storage space savings, because links to already stored data blocks can be stored instead of additional instances of data blocks. - If the operating system of the secondary
storage computing device 106 on which themedia agent 144 operates supports sparse files, then when themedia agent 144 creates container files 190/191/193, it can create them as sparse files. A sparse file is type of file that may include empty space (e.g., a sparse file may have real data within it, such as at the beginning of the file and/or at the end of the file, but may also have empty space in it that is not storing actual data, such as a contiguous range of bytes all having a value of zero). Having the container files 190/191/193 be sparse files allows themedia agent 144 to free up space in the container files 190/191/193 when blocks of data in the container files 190/191/193 no longer need to be stored on the storage devices. In some examples, themedia agent 144 creates anew container file 190/191/193 when acontainer file 190/191/193 either includes 100 blocks of data or when the size of thecontainer file 190 exceeds 50 MB. In other examples, themedia agent 144 creates anew container file 190/191/193 when acontainer file 190/191/193 satisfies other criteria (e.g., it contains from approximately 100 to approximately 1000 blocks or when its size exceeds approximately 50 MB to 1 GB). - In some cases, a file on which a storage operation is performed may comprise a large number of data blocks. For example, a 100 MB file may comprise 400 data blocks of size 256 KB. If such a file is to be stored, its data blocks may span more than one container file, or even more than one chunk folder. As another example, a database file of 20 GB may comprise over 40,000 data blocks of size 512 KB. If such a database file is to be stored, its data blocks will likely span multiple container files, multiple chunk folders, and potentially multiple volume folders. Restoring such files may require accessing multiple container files, chunk folders, and/or volume folders to obtain the requisite data blocks.
-
FIG. 2 is a data flow diagram illustrative of the interaction between the various components of an exemplaryinformation management system 200 configured to implement replication using deduplicated secondary copy data, according to certain embodiments. As illustrated, the exemplaryinformation management system 200 includes astorage manager 210, client computing devices or clients 220, information stores or primary storage devices 230, one or more data agents 240, one ormore replication agents 250, one or more applications 260, media agents 270, and secondary storage devices or storage devices 280. Thesystem 200 and corresponding components ofFIG. 2 may be similar to or the same as thesystem 100 and similarly named (but not necessarily numbered) components ofFIGS. 1C, 1D, and 1E . - Moreover, depending on the embodiment, the
system 200 ofFIG. 2 may additionally include any of the other components shown inFIGS. 1C, 1D, and 1E that are not specifically shown inFIG. 2 . Thesystem 200 may include one or more of each component. All components of thesystem 200 can be in direct communication with each other or communicate indirectly via the client 220, thestorage manager 210, the media agent 270, or the like. In certain embodiments, some of the components inFIG. 2 shown as separate components can reside on a single computing device, or vice versa. - In certain cases, an organization may replicate production data of a source system to a destination system. Production data may be generated by one or more applications installed on the production machines. Using the production machines for the replication can affect the availability of resources of the production machines. The organization may back up the production data to secondary storage, for example, using deduplication. The
information management system 200 can leverage deduplicated secondary copy data for replication. - In the example of
FIG. 2 , thesystem 200 includes asource system 201 and adestination system 202 in the context of replication (shown in dashed lines). Thesource system 201 and thedestination system 202 may each be a subsystem within thesystem 200. Thesource system 201 and thedestination system 202 share astorage manager 210. Thesource system 201 and thedestination system 202 each include a client 220, an information store 230, a media agent 270, and a storage device 280. A client 220 has an application 260 and a data agent 240 associated with the application 260 installed on the client 220. An instance of the application 260 installed on theclient 220 a of thesource system 201 generates the data to be replicated. To facilitate discussion, components of thesource system 201 may be referred to as source components, and components of thedestination system 202 may be referred to as destination components. - The
source client 220 a stores the generated data in thesource information store 230 a,Information Store 1. Thesystem 200 backs up the application data inInformation Store 1 230 a in order to create a secondary copy of the application data. The secondary copy data can be deduplicated, for example, to reduce the amount of storage used in thestorage devices 280 a. Thesystem 200 replicates the deduplicated secondary copy data in thesource system 201 to thedestination system 202. For example,Media Agent 1 270 a in thesource system 201 traverses the deduplicated secondary copy data inStorage Device 1 280 a and sends hash values of blocks toMedia Agent 2 270 b in thedestination system 202.Media Agent 2 270 b compares the received hash values to check whether the corresponding blocks exist inStorage Device 2 280 b. Hash values are described as an example, and any type of unique signature may be used to check whether certain blocks exist in thestorage devices 280 b. If some blocks corresponding to the received hash values do not exist,Media Agent 2 270 b requests the corresponding blocks.Media Agent 1 270 a sends the requested blocks toMedia Agent 2 270 b, andMedia Agent 2 270 b copies the received blocks toStorage Device 2 280 b. Thesource system 201 may package the deduplicated secondary copy data in a particular format that facilitates replication to thedestination system 202. AfterMedia Agent 2 270 b copies the received blocks toStorage Device 2 280 b, thesystem 200 performs a restore of the replicated secondary copy data to thedestination information store 230 b,Information Store 2, in thedestination system 202. - One or
more replication agents 250 can manage and/or perform the functions relating to replication of data. Thereplication agent 250 may reside on one or more components of thesystem 200. For example, an instance of thereplication agent 250 executes on thestorage manager 210,Media Agent 1 270 a,Media Agent 2 270 b, etc. The version of thereplication agent 250 installed on different components in thesystem 200 may be the same, similar, or different, depending on the embodiment. For instance, thereplication agent 250 installed on thestorage manager 210 is slightly different from thereplication agent 250 installed on the media agent 270. - At the start of the replication process, the
source system 201 and thedestination system 202 can have the same data, for example, by copying the data residing inInformation Store 1 230 a in thesource system 201 toInformation Store 2 230 b in thedestination system 202. Replication can occur from that point on. - At
data flow step 1, thestorage manager 210 schedules or initiates a backup operation in thesource system 201. Because secondary copy data is used to replicate from thesource system 201 to thedestination system 202 as will be described, it is desirable to perform a backup from theprimary storage subsystem 201 a to thesecondary storage subsystem 201 b at the source system 201 (e.g., from the primary storage device(s) 230 a to the secondary storage device(s) 280 a) relatively frequently in order to make the replication process more continuous and synchronous. Accordingly, thestorage manager 210 can dynamically schedule a backup, for example, based on various factors. Factors may include: number of writes to the primary storage device(s) 230 a, time of last write to the primary storage device(s) 230 a, time since last write to the primary storage device(s) 230 a, CPU availability or usage (e.g., of theclient computing device 220 a and/or the computing device hosting the media agent 270 a), network availability or usage, I/O availability or usage, time since last backup, etc. For instance, thestorage manager 210 schedules a backup for every 5 writes. In another example, thestorage manager 210 checks the time of the last write, and if a specific amount of time has passed since the time of the last write, thestorage manager 210 schedules a backup. Or thestorage manager 210 checks CPU availability and schedules a backup when the CPU usage is low. For example, the CPU usage of the application 260 may be low at a particular time. In some embodiments, thestorage manager 210 schedules a backup at a predetermined interval (e.g., every 1, 2, 5, 10, or 30 seconds, every 1, 2, 5, or 10 minutes). In certain embodiments, the frequency of backup varies depending on the application 260 that generated the data to be replicated. For instance, thesystem 200 performs a backup for one application every 5 minutes and for another application every 10 minutes. Changes to data of the first application may occur more frequently than to data of the second application, making more frequent backup desirable for the first application. - Backup may run according to any of the techniques described herein, such as according to a schedule defined by a storage policy, at user request, based on certain events, etc. In some embodiments, the
system 200 provides replication using deduplicated secondary copy data as an option during backup. For example, the system administrator may select the feature as one of the backup parameters. Thesystem 200 can then back up data in a deduplicated format and use the deduplicated secondary copies to perform replication. - At
data flow step 2,Media Agent 1 270 a performs a deduplicated backup of data residing in primary storage. In deduplicated backup, thesystem 200 can divide data to be backed up into blocks; if a block already exists in thestorage device 280 a, thesystem 200 can create a reference to the existing block, and if a block does not yet exist in thestorage device 280 a, thesystem 200 can copy the block to thestorage device 280 a.Media Agent 1 270 a can create a deduplicatedsecondary copy 285 of data inStorage Device 1 280 a. Certain details relating to deduplication are explained above, for example, in connection withFIGS. 1A-1H . -
Media Agent 1 270 a can package the data in a format that facilitates deduplicated copy. For example,Media Agent 1 270 a packages hashes of blocks with the blocks as illustrated inFIG. 3A . A block may have a block header that includes the hash for the block and a reference to the data of the block. Packaging the hashes of the blocks together with the blocks can streamline the process of reading a deduplicatedsecondary copy 285 since the hashes are directly available in-line in the deduplicatedsecondary copy 285 and do not have to be obtained from another location. Deduplicated copy can refer to copying from a deduplicatedsecondary copy 285 at a source to a deduplicated secondary copy at a destination. In some embodiments, a secondary copy of data in the format that facilitates deduplicated copy may be referred to as a dash copy. Certain details relating to the format of the deduplicated secondary copy data are explained in connection withFIGS. 3A and 3B . The hashes may also be stored onMedia Agent 1 270 a, e.g., in themedia agent index 275 a associated withMedia Agent 1 270 a. - In order to perform replication using deduplicated secondary copy data, the
system 200 performs backups more frequently and accordingly would back up associated metadata more frequently as well. However, only a small portion of the metadata may have changed since the last backup, and backing up all metadata each time a backup is performed can require large amounts storage space. Accordingly, thesystem 200 can reduce the amount of metadata that is backed up by backing up only the changed portions of the metadata. This process may be referred to as metadata reduction. - In one embodiment, the
system 200 performs metadata reduction by creating one container file including metadata and/or data for an initial backup, and updating the container file during subsequent backups, instead of creating a new container file for each backup. These container files may also be referred to as persistent archive files. For instance, at the time of backup, thesystem 200 checks whether a container file exists, and if a container file exists, thesystem 200 adds any new metadata and/or data for the current backup to the existing container file. If a container file does not exist, thesystem 200 creates a new container file. In certain embodiments, a single container file is used throughout the duration of the replication. In certain other cases, a single container file stores metadata and/or data associated with multiple backups that occur within a particular period of time (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 10 hours), and then a new container file is created for subsequent backups associated with the replication. Certain details relating to metadata reduction are explained below, for example, in connection withFIG. 7 . - At
data flow step 3,Media Agent 1 270 a traverses through the dedpulicatedsecondary copy 285. For example,Media Agent 1 270 a starts reading the deduplicatedsecondary copy 285 on a block-by-block basis. As explained above, the deduplicatedsecondary copy 285 can include the blocks along with the hashes of the blocks.Media Agent 1 270 a accesses the block header of a block, which includes the hash value of the block and sends the hash value toMedia Agent 2 270 b so thatMedia Agent 2 270 b can check whether the block corresponding to the hash value exists in thedestination system 202.Media Agent 1 270 a can read multiple block headers at a time and send the read hash values as a group toMedia Agent 2 270 b. For instance,Media Agent 1 270 a reads a block header to access the hash value, then skips over the blocks until it reads another block header to access the hash value, and so on.Media Agent 1 270 a can collect a number of hash values to send over toMedia Agent 2 270 b, e.g., in a batch. Further details relating to traversing through the deduplicated secondary copy are explained in connection withFIG. 3B . Thereplication agent 250 onMedia Agent 1 270 a can perform the functions relating to replication using deduplicated secondary copy; for instance, thereplication agent 250 traverses through the deduplicated secondary copy. - At
data flow step 4,Media Agent 1 270 a performs a deduplicated copy with an embeddedcommand stream 292.Media Agent 1 270 a sends a hash or a group of hashes toMedia Agent 2 270 b, e.g., in a transaction. For instance,Media Agent 1 270 a can send 64 hashes in a group or 1,000 hashes in a group. Each communication of a group of hashes byMedia Agent 1 270 a at thesource system 201 toMedia Agent 2 270 b at thedestination system 202 may be referred to as a transaction. Thus, a transaction may refer to delivery of a group of hashes.Media Agent 2 270 b performs a lookup of the received hash(es) to determine whether the blocks already exist in thedestination system 202. If a block corresponding to a hash already exists inStorage Device 2 280 b,Media Agent 2 270 b stores a reference to the existing block inStorage Device 2 280 b. If a block corresponding to a hash does not exist inStorage Device 2 280 b,Media Agent 2 270 brequests Media Agent 1 270 a to send the block. Similar toMedia Agent 1 270 a sending hashes as a group or transaction,Media Agent 2 270 b can request the blocks as a group or transaction. For instance,Media Agent 2 270 b can look up all the hashes received in a group fromMedia Agent 1 270 a, and send a request for any blocks in the group thatMedia Agent 2 270 b does not have. - The
system 200 may determine how many hashes to send in a group based on various factors. Examples of such factors may include bandwidth of the connection betweenMedia Agent 1 270 a andMedia Agent 2 270 b, size of a hash, size of the buffer involved in sending hashes, latency, etc. In one embodiment, thesystem 200 determines how many hashes to send by taking the product of the bandwidth and the latency of the wide area network (WAN), local area network (LAN) or other connection betweenMedia Agent 1 270 a andMedia Agent 2 270 b, which can indicate the size of the buffer. The size of the buffer is divided by the size of a hash to determine how many hashes can be sent in a group. For instance, if the bandwidth is 10 megabytes/second (MB/s) and the latency is 10 milliseconds (ms), the size of the buffer may be 100 kilobytes (kB). Where the size of the hash is 64 bytes, thesystem 200 may determine how many hashes to send per group/transaction as follows: 100 kB/64 B=1562.5 hashes per group/transaction, which thesystem 200 may round down, e.g., to 1562 in one embodiment. In some embodiments, the number of hashes is rounded up to the nearest hundred; for example, 1562.5 hashes is rounded up to 1600. - In addition to the actual data, there may be other changes to the data in the
source system 201, such as renaming of a file, deletion of a file, etc. Changes to the data other than the changes to the content of a file may be referred to as commands. Generally, commands are not captured in traditional backups because a backup is a point-in-time copy of the data and/or because the backup copies are stored in a backup format rather than a file system format. In replication using deduplicated secondary copy, the data in thesource system 201 is continuously sent to thedestination system 202, and the commands may also be sent to thedestination system 202 to reflect the changes to the data at thesource system 201. - The system 200 (e.g., the
replication agent 250 of the source system 201) can send the commands from thesource system 201 to thedestination system 202 in acommand stream 292. Thesystem 200 may send the hashes and/or the data blocks in adata stream 291, and can send acommand stream 292 along with adata stream 291.FIG. 2 illustratesseparate command stream 292 anddata stream 291 for illustrative purposes, but thecommand stream 292 and thedata stream 291 may be implemented as a single stream. For example, each message in the single stream includes a header that indicates whether a certain message is a command or a data block. Because commands should be processed in order at thedestination system 202, thesystem 200 can preserve the sequence of the commands in thecommand stream 292. In one embodiment, each command message has a timestamp associated with it, and thedestination system 202 processes the command messages based on the timestamp. In some embodiments, thestorage manager 210 manages creating the command streams 292 and coding of command messages. Certain details relating to the command stream and corresponding data structure are explained below, e.g., in connection withFIG. 4 . -
Media Agent 1 270 a may store backup-related information and/or deduplication-related information in themedia agent index 275 a. In some embodiments, the information in themedia agent index 275 a is also replicated to thedestination system 202. For example, the information is sent to and stored in themedia agent index 275 b associated withMedia Agent 2 270 b. The media agent index 275 may also be deduplicated. For instance, themedia agent index 275 a, themedia agent index 275 b, or both are deduplicated. The process for replicating deduplicatedsecondary copies 285 can be used to copy the information in the media agent index 275.Media Agent 1 270 a may send a group of hashes toMedia Agent 2 270 b, andMedia Agent 2 270 b can look up the hashes to determine whether to request blocks corresponding to the hashes. - The
source system 201 and thedestination system 202 may be connected to one another by a Local Area Network (LAN), although another network type such as a wide area network (WAN) may be used in other embodiments. The data sent between thesource system 201 and thedestination system 202 can move across the LAN. - At
data flow step 5,Media Agent 2 270 b copies blocks received in thedata stream 291 toStorage Device 2 280 b. In the example ofFIG. 2 , the deduplicatedsecondary copy 285 inStorage Device 1 280 a includes blocks B1, B2, B3, and so on.Media Agent 1 270 a sends hashes of blocks B1, B2, B3, etc. in a group. By checking the hashes of Blocks B1, B2, B3, etc. with the hashes in themedia agent index 275 b,Media Agent 2 270 b determines that thedestination system 202 does not have blocks B2 and B5.Media Agent 2 270 b requests blocks B2 and B5 fromMedia Agent 1 270 a. In turn,Media Agent 1 270 a sends blocks B2 and B5.Media Agent 2 270 b stores the blocks inStorage Device 2 280 b. Deduplicated secondary copy data inStorage Device 2 280 b can also be packaged in the format that facilitates deduplicated copy, for example, used in thesource system 201. For instance, thedestination system 202 can also serve as the source system for replication to another destination system (not shown) using deduplicated secondary copy data. - At data flow step 5a,
Media Agent 2 270 b processes commands received in thecommand stream 292. The commands may be processed in order, e.g., based on the timestamp of each command.Media Agent 2 270 b processes the received commands and forwards them to thedata agent 240 b onClient 2 for execution. Thedata agent 240 b performs the commands. Thereplication agent 250 onMedia Agent 2 270 b can perform the functions relating to replication using deduplicated secondary copy; for instance, thereplication agent 250 stores the blocks toStorage Device 2 280 b and processes the commands. - At
data flow step 6, thestorage manager 210 schedules a restore operation. A restore may be scheduled when the corresponding backup is completed. In some embodiments, the scheduling of a restore operation can be similar to the scheduling of a backup operation atdata flow step 1 and may be based on similar factors as the scheduling of a backup operation. For instance, factors may include: number of pending writes to the primary storage device(s) 230 b of the destination system 202 (e.g., with respect to replication), time of last write to the primary storage device(s) 230 b of thedestination system 202, time since last write to the primary storage device(s) 230 b of thedestination system 202, CPU availability (e.g., of theclient computing device 220 b and/or the computing device hosting the media agent 270 b), number of writes to the secondary storage device(s) 280 b since last restore, time of last write to the secondary storage device(s) 280 b since last restore, time since last restore, etc. Thestorage manager 210 may consider the factors in relation to or in the context of the replication process. For example, the time since last restore refers to the time since last restore for replication. In one embodiment, thestorage manager 210 schedules the restore every time a deduplicated copy is performed atdata flow step 4. In this way, the replication can be close to real-time, and updates to the data in thesource system 201 can be reflected in thedestination system 202 relatively quickly on a continuous basis. For instance, the updates can be replicated to thedestination system 202 at or about the same frequency as the backup operations occur at the source system 201 (e.g., every 10, 20, 30 seconds, every 1, 2, 5, or 10 minutes). In certain embodiments, the frequency of restore varies depending on the application 260 that generated the data to be replicated. - Since according to some embodiments including the illustrated embodiment the
source system 201 and thedestination system 202 share acommon storage manager 210, same storage policies may be applicable at thesource system 201 and thedestination system 202, for example, with respect to replication. Accordingly, thesource system 201 and thedestination system 202 can keep copies of the same storage policy(ies) locally. Or thesource system 201 and thedestination system 202 may refer to thestorage manager 210 for the storage policy(ies). - At
data flow step 7,Media Agent 2 270 b performs restore from deduplicated secondary copy data inStorage Device 2 280 b. In a restore,Media Agent 2 270 b can restore data fromStorage Device 2 280 b toInformation Store 2 230 b. For example,Media Agent 2 270 b restores each file toInformation Store 2 230 b. In some embodiments,Information Store 2 230 b is also deduplicated, in addition toStorage Device 2 280 b.Media Agent 2 270 b restores only the newly received blocks since the other blocks already existInformation Store 2 230 b. Thedata agent 240 b can process the commands on the restored data inInformation Store 2 230 b. The sequence of the commands can be preserved (e.g., via timestamps sent in association with thecommand stream 292, and thedata agent 240 b can play back the commands during the restore according to the sequence in order to maintain consistency between thesource system 201 and thedestination system 202. For example, one type of command may be a file rename operation. Thedata agent 240 b processes the command to rename the corresponding file onInformation Store 2 230 b at thedestination system 202. - Since backup may be performed frequently in order to make replication more continuous and synchronous, the
system 200 can use the same job number for replication using deduplicated secondary copy data. In one embodiment, thesystem 200 keeps track of the replication process between thesource system 201 and thedestination system 202 as one job. One job ID is used for multiple backups performed at thesource system 201 in association with the replication process, and appropriate information and/or statistics is updated each time a backup is performed. The job information can be stored in association with thestorage manager 210. The job information may include: job ID, number of files, size of backup, indexing, etc. in the backup. Each time a backup is performed, thesource system 201 updates the number of files, the size of backup, indexing, etc. In certain embodiments, the same job ID that is used for backup at thesource system 201 is used as the job ID for the restore at thedestination system 202. One job ID can be used for multiple restores performed at thedestination system 202. - In this manner, the
system 200 may leverage deduplicated data in secondary storage as the source to replicate production data from one client to another client, while reducing the burden on the production machines. Moreover, packaging the deduplicated data in a particular format that facilitates replication (e.g., packaging the hashes and the data together) can streamline the replication process since hashes are available in the deduplicatedsecondary copy 285 itself. The source media agent 270 a or thereplication agent 250 can read the hashes directly from the deduplicatedsecondary copy 285, instead of obtaining the hashes from another location or device. In addition, the source media agent 270 a may read multiple hashes at one time and send them to the destination media agent 270 b in a group. Accordingly, the amount of time and/or resource used for replication can be reduced. -
FIG. 3A is a logical diagram illustrative of a deduplicated file used to implement replication using deduplicated secondary copy data, according to certain embodiments. For illustrative purposes, the deduplicated file inFIG. 3A is explained in connection with aninformation management system 300 as described inFIG. 3B . Thesystem 300 and corresponding components ofFIG. 3B may be similar to or the same as thesystem FIGS. 1C, 1D, 1E, and 2 . Thesystem 300 includes abackup storage subsystem 302 including at least onefirst media agent 304 and at least onesecondary storage device 306. Thebackup storage subsystem 302 can be similar to thesource system 201 inFIG. 2 . Thesystem 300 further includes a secondarybackup storage subsystem 308 including at least onesecond media agent 310 and at least onesecondary storage device 312. The secondarybackup storage subsystem 308 can be similar to thedestination system 202 inFIG. 2 . - The
first media agent 304 generally conducts the data to and from thesecondary storage device 306 for storage and retrieval (e.g., during backup and restore operations, respectively). In one example scenario, thefirst media agent 304 receives a data block (or group of data blocks) from the client system for backup. Thefirst media agent 304 determines whether the data block already exists at thesecondary storage device 306. For example, thefirst media agent 304 can generate a signature (e.g., a hash value) corresponding to the data block and compare the signature to values in a signature table 314. The signature table 314 generally stores signatures corresponding to one or more of the data blocks already stored in thesecondary storage device 306. - In other embodiments, the
first media agent 304 does not generate the hash itself, but instead receives the hash from the client system. If there is no match, themedia agent 304 stores the data block in thesecondary storage device 306. Otherwise, themedia agent 304 may store only a reference to the data block. The hash table 314 may reside at themedia agent 304 as shown, at thesecondary storage device 306, or at some other location. In some embodiments, no hash table 314 is maintained. - Referring to
FIG. 3A , according to certain aspects, when writing the data to thesecondary storage device 306, thefirst media agent 304 formats or packages the data such that performance of subsequent storage operations is enhanced. As mentioned above, the data formatted or packaged in such manner can be referred to as a dash copy. Certain details relating to dash copies are described further in U.S. application Ser. No. 12/982,100, filed Dec. 30, 2010, issued as U.S. Pat. No. 8,578,109, entitled “SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR RETAINING AND USING DATA BLOCK SIGNATURES IN DATA PROTECTION OPERATIONS” (Attorney Docket: COMMV.082A), which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. -
FIG. 3A shows a detailed view of the example packaged data file 316 stored on thesecondary storage device 306. Thefile 316 includes a file header 316 a, one or more block headers 316 b, and one or more data blocks 316 c. Generally, the data packaging operations described herein such as the data packaging operations described with respect to any ofFIGS. 2-5 may be performed by a data packaging module or manager executing on one or more of the components in the system. For example, a data packaging module or manager may be implemented on the storage manager, media agents (e.g., one or more of themedia agents FIG. 3B ), or a combination thereof. - The file header 316 a generally includes information related to the file such as a file name or identifier, information related to the application that created the file, user access information, or other metadata related to the file.
- The block headers 316 b can each include a block reference 316 d (e.g., a pointer or link) and substantially unique signature 316 e (e.g., a hash) corresponding to an associated data block. While not shown to scale, the signatures 316 e and/or block references 316 b according to certain embodiments are significantly smaller than the corresponding data blocks. For example, in one embodiment, the data blocks are 512 kB, and the signatures are 64 bytes, although other values can be used, such as 128, 256 or 512 bytes, or lesser or greater values. In other embodiments, the
files 316 can include data blocks and/or signatures having variable lengths. - The ratio between the size of the data blocks and the size of the signature value is selected to calibrate system performance in certain embodiments. For example, in the above-described embodiment where the data blocks are 512 kB and the signature values are 64 bytes, the ratio is configured to be 8192. In another embodiment, the size of the data blocks is variable (e.g., selectable by a user) and ranges from between 32 kB and 512 kB, while the signature values are 64 bytes. In such an embodiment, the ratio is at least about 512. In various configurations, the ratio can be configured to be at least about 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048, 4096, 8192, 16,384, 32,768, 65,536, at least about some other lesser or greater power of two, or at least about some other value.
- Where a data block has not been deduplicated, the associated block reference 316 d can point to the corresponding data block 316 c itself in the
file 316. For example, in theexample file 316 the data blocks 316 c 1 and 316 c 2 have not been deduplicated. Thus, the block reference 316d 1 points to the data block 316 c 1 stored in thefile 316 and the block reference 316d 4 points to the data block 316 c 2 in thefile 316. However, where a data block in the file has been deduplicated, the block reference 316 b points to a previously existing copy of the data block, and the data block itself may not be stored in thefile 316. For example, the block reference 316d 2 points to a previously existing data block at some other location in thesecondary storage device 306, such as a data block in another file. Where redundant data blocks exist within the same file, a block reference 316 d can point to a previously existing copy of the data block within that same file. For example, the block reference 316d 3 points to the data block 316 c 1 in thefile 316. - As shown, the
media agent 304 can package the data such that the signatures 316 e are embedded in thefile 316 and associated with the corresponding block references 316 d and/or data blocks 316 c. For example, the signatures 316 e in one embodiment are stored in generally logically or physically contiguous memory space with the corresponding block reference 316 d and/or data block 316 c, or are otherwise logically associated. The groupings defined by themedia agent 304 and including the respective signature values 316 e, data block references 316 d and/or data blocks 316 c are referred to herein as signature/data words. In certain embodiments, link information can be added that includes information regarding the physical location of the actual data block. For example, the link information can include identifiers indicating the machine and/or path at which the data block is stored, an offset associated with the block, such as an offset indicating a position of the data block in the relevant file, and the like. In some embodiments, link information is added for each signature 316 e. For example, the link information can be included in the block reference 316 d in some embodiments, or in some other data structure. - Embedding the signature values in the signature/data words along with the data and/or data block references 316 d is generally in contrast to where the signatures 316 e are stored in a separate hash table, such as the hash table 314. For example, the hash table 314 may be used by the
media agent 304 during backup for deduplication purposes, to determine whether incoming blocks are redundant. On the other hand, the signatures 316 e embedded in thefile 316 may be used for other specialized purposes, such as during copy or other operations, to quickly access the signature values as the operation is performed. Thus, in at least some embodiments, such as where thesystem 300 includes both a signature table 314 and signature values 316 e embedded along with the data blocks 316 c and/or block references 316 b, themedia agent 304 may maintain multiple instances of at least some signature values. - In some other alternative embodiments, the signatures 316 e are stored in a separate hash table rather than being embedded along with the data blocks 316 c and/or block references 316 b. In such embodiments, the separate hash table may be in addition to the hash table 314, and the backup subsystem may therefore include at least first and second hash tables.
-
FIG. 3B is a block diagram illustrative of performing a deduplication copy, according to certain embodiments. Referring toFIG. 3B , in certain embodiments, thesystem 300 performs a deduplicated copy of data from thesecondary storage device 306 to thesecondary storage device 312. Moreover, thesystem 300 can utilize certain advantageous aspects described herein to reduce the overhead and time associated with executing the deduplicated copy, improving system performance. Generally, the data transfer operations described herein such as the deduplicated copy operations described with respect to any ofFIGS. 2-5 may be performed by a replication agent executing on one or more of the components in the system. For example, a replication agent may be implemented on the storage manager, media agents (e.g., one or more of themedia agents FIG. 3B ), or a combination thereof. For example, themedia agents destination systems FIG. 2 , and thesecondary storage devices secondary storage devices destination systems - In an example scenario, the
first media agent 304 receives instructions to perform a deduplicated copy. The deduplicated copy may be scheduled relatively frequently in order to support replication to the destination system 202 (e.g., every 10, 20, 30 seconds, every 1, 2, 5, or 10 minutes, etc.), and may be initiated by a storage manager (not shown), such as thestorage manager 210 ofFIG. 2 . In other embodiments, themedia agent 304 may initiate the deduplicated copy itself. Upon receiving the instructions, thefirst media agent 304 begins the copy operation. - In order to reduce the amount of data being sent to the
second media agent 310 during the copy, thefirst media agent 304 sends signatures of corresponding data blocks to be copied to thesecond media agent 310 before sending the data blocks themselves. Thesecond media agent 310 can check to see if the received signatures match the signatures of data blocks already existing at thesecondary storage device 312. For example, thesecond media agent 310 compares the received signatures to entries in a signature table 318 (e.g., a hash table). If a data block already exists at thesecondary storage device 312, thesecond media agent 310 stores a reference to the existing copy of the data block in thesecondary storage device 312, and thefirst media agent 304 does not need to send the actual data block. If a data block does not exist at thesecondary storage device 312, thesecond media agent 310 informs thefirst media agent 304, and thefirst media agent 304 will send the actual data block. - As discussed, the
first media agent 304 writes the signature values 316 e along with the data during the initial backup storage operation. For example, the signature values 316 e are embedded with the data in the signature/data words. Thus, when the deduplicated copy request occurs at a later point in time, the signature values 316 e are advantageously readily accessible by thefirst media agent 304 without having to read the data or generate the signature value at that point. As such, thefirst media agent 304 can efficiently retrieve the signature values 316 e and send them to thesecond media agent 310. To access the signature values 316 e, a lookup may be performed on thesecond media agent 310 to see if the hash already exists. If the hash already exists, the data block is not read or sent to thesecond media agent 310 as discussed in further detail herein. - For example, because the signature values 316 e are generally significantly smaller than the data (e.g., 64B versus 512 kB), reading the signature values from the
secondary storage device 306 can consume less resources and/or take less time than reading the data blocks themselves to generate the signature values. - Additionally, because the signature values are embedded in the
file 316 and associated with the corresponding block references 316 b and/or data blocks 316 c 1, the signature values are readily accessible during the deduplicated copy operation. For example, during the copy operation, themedia agent 304 can generally traverse the signature/data words in thefile 316 and extract the signature values 316 e. - It should be noted that a tradeoff exists between the improved performance achieved by techniques described herein and a corresponding reduction in storage utilization. This is because storing signature values 316 e along with the corresponding block references 316 b and/or data blocks 316 c consumes additional storage.
- Thus, depending on what resources are available, according to certain embodiments, system parameters can be tuned to achieve an appropriate balance between additional storage overhead and improved performance. Such parameters can include the size of the signatures 316 e, the size of the data blocks 316 c, the ratio between the signature size and block size, and the like. Additionally, the
system 300 can allow manually tuning of these parameters by system operators and/or perform automatic tuning. For example, thesystem 300 in one embodiment performs parameter tuning based on the amount of available storage, the processing or memory capacity of themedia agent 304, or the like. In other embodiments, thesystem 300 allows for manually or automatically disabling the storage of the signature values 316 e along with the block references 316 b and/or data blocks 316 c. -
FIG. 4 is a block diagram illustrative of a data structure used to implement replication using deduplicated secondary copy data, according to certain embodiments. Certain details relating toFIG. 4 are further explained with respect toFIGS. 2, 3A, and 3B . - The
stream 490 can include adata stream 491 and acommand stream 492. Thedata stream 491 and thecommand stream 492 may be the same as or similar to thedata stream 291 and thecommand stream 292 inFIG. 2 , respectively. Thecommand stream 492 can include messages that contain commands. Messages containing commands may be referred to as command messages. Thedata stream 491 can include messages that contain hashes or data. Messages containing hashes or data may be referred to as data messages. For illustrative purposes,FIG. 4 illustrates thecommand stream 492 and thedata stream 491 as parallel streams, but as explained above, asingle stream 490 may include both types of messages. For example, command messages are embedded throughout data messages. The commands can include without limitation, file rename commands, file delete commands, file exists commands, size commands, copy commands, and the like. -
FIG. 5 is a flow diagram of illustrative of one embodiment of a routine 500 for replication using deduplicated secondary copy data. The routine 500 is described with respect to thesystem 200 ofFIG. 2 . However, one or more of the steps of routine 500 may be implemented by other information management systems, such as those described in greater detail above with reference toFIGS. 1C, 1D, and 1E . The routine 500 can be implemented by any one, or a combination of, a client, a storage manager, a data agent, a media agent, and the like. Moreover, further details regarding certain aspects of at least some of steps of the routine 500 are described in greater detail above with reference toFIG. 2 . Although described in relation to backup operations for the purposes of illustration, the process ofFIG. 5 can be compatible with other types of storage operations, such as, for example, archiving, migration, snapshots, replication operations, and the like. - At
block 501, the source media agent 270 a creates or updates a deduplicatedsecondary copy 285 of a file on the source storage device(s) 280 a.Media Agent 1 270 a may receive instructions from theclient 220 a to copy data from the source information store(s) 230 a to the source storage device(s) 280 a, for example, in a backup. The deduplicatedsecondary copy 285 can include multiple blocks and corresponding signature values of the blocks. The deduplicatedsecondary copy 285 may reflect a change to at least one changed portion of the primary data residing on the source primary storage device(s) 280 a as compared to a previous deduplicated secondary copy of the primary data. - In some embodiments, the deduplicated
secondary copy 285 is one of a plurality of deduplicated secondary copies that thesource system 201 is configured to perform as part of a continuous replication process, and the plurality of deduplicated secondary copies are performed according to a predetermined schedule at a regular interval. In one embodiment, the regular interval is less than one hour. In another embodiment, the regular interval is less than ten minutes. In yet another embodiment, the regular interval is less than five minutes. - At
block 502, the source media agent 270 a sends the signature value of at least one modified block in thesecondary copy 285 to the destination media agent 270 b. For example,Media Agent 1 270 a sends hashes for one or more blocks toMedia Agent 2 270 b. The at least one modified block may correspond to the at least one changed portion of the primary data. - At
block 503, the source media agent 270 a receives notification that the block does not exist in the destination storage device(s) 280 b. For instance,Media Agent 2 270 b notifiesMedia Agent 1 270 a that the block does not exist in the destination system 202 (e.g., inStorage Device 2 280 b). - At
block 504, the source media agent 270 a sends the data of the block to the destination media agent 270 b. For example,Media Agent 1 270 a sends the data of the block toMedia Agent 2 270 b. - At
block 505, the destination media agent 270 b copies the data of the block to the destination storage device(s) 280 b. For instance,Media Agent 2 270 b stores the data of the block toStorage Device 2 280 b. - At
block 506, the destination media agent 270 b restores the data of the block to thedestination information store 230 b. For example,Media Agent 2 270 b restores the data of the block toInformation Store 2 230 b. In some embodiments, the restore performed by thedestination system 202 is one of a plurality of restore operations, wherein each of the plurality of restore operations corresponds to one of the plurality of deduplicated secondary copies performed by thesource system 201. In certain embodiments, the plurality of restore operations are performed at the regular interval such that changes to the primary data on thesource system 201 are replicated to thedestination system 202 in a period of time not significantly greater than the regular interval. For example, the plurality of restore operations are performed at the regular interval at which the plurality of deduplicated secondary copies are performed. - In some embodiments, the primary data includes one or more files, and the source media agent 270 a sends a
command stream 292 including one or more commands associated with the one or more files to thedestination system 202. The destination system 202 (e.g., the destination media agent 270 b) executes the one or more commands. - The routine 500 can include fewer, more, or different blocks than those illustrated in
FIG. 5 without departing from the spirit and scope of the description. Moreover, it will be appreciated by those skilled in the art and others that some or all of the functions described in this disclosure may be embodied in software executed by one or more processors of the disclosed components and mobile communication devices. The software may be persistently stored in any type of non-volatile and/or non-transitory storage. -
FIG. 6 is a flow diagram illustrative of one embodiment of a routine 600 for scheduling backup operations in replication using deduplicated secondary copy data. The routine 600 is described with respect to thesystem 200 ofFIG. 2 . However, one or more of the steps of routine 600 may be implemented by other information management systems, such as those described in greater detail above with reference toFIGS. 1C, 1D, and 1E . The routine 600 can be implemented by any one, or a combination of, a client, a storage manager, a data agent, a media agent, and the like. Moreover, further details regarding certain aspects of at least some of steps of the routine 600 are described in greater detail above with reference toFIG. 2 . Although described in relation to backup operations for the purposes of illustration, the process ofFIG. 6 can be compatible with other types of storage operations, such as, for example, archiving, migration, snapshots, replication operations, and the like. - At
block 601, thesystem 200 detects a write to one or more files. For instance, thesystem 200 detects a write to one or more files on theprimary storage device 230 a associated with theclient 1 220 a. - At
block 602, thesystem 200 determines based on various factors whether to schedule or initiate a backup. As explained above, factors may include: number of writes, time of last write, time since last write, CPU availability, etc. If thesystem 200 determines that it is appropriate to schedule or initiate a backup operation (or other secondary copy operation), atblock 603 thesystem 200 schedules or initiates the backup operation. - The routine 600 can include fewer, more, or different blocks than those illustrated in
FIG. 6 without departing from the spirit and scope of the description. Moreover, it will be appreciated by those skilled in the art and others that some or all of the functions described in this disclosure may be embodied in software executed by one or more processors of the disclosed components and mobile communication devices. The software may be persistently stored in any type of non-volatile and/or non-transitory storage. -
FIG. 7 is a flow diagram illustrative of one embodiment of a routine 700 for reducing metadata associated with a replication process using deduplicated secondary copy data. The routine 700 is described with respect to thesystem 200 ofFIG. 2 . However, one or more of the steps of routine 700 may be implemented by other information management systems, such as those described in greater detail above with reference toFIGS. 1C, 1D, and 1E . The routine 700 can be implemented by any one, or a combination of, a client, a storage manager, a data agent, a media agent, and the like. Moreover, further details regarding certain aspects of at least some of steps of the routine 700 are described in greater detail above with reference toFIG. 2 . Although described in relation to backup operations for the purposes of illustration, the process ofFIG. 7 can be compatible with other types of storage operations, such as, for example, archiving, migration, snapshots, replication operations, and the like. - At
block 701, thesystem 200 initiates a replication process in which a plurality of deduplicatedbackup copies 285 are used to replicate data from thesource system 201 to thedestination system 202. As one illustrative example, a replication policy is stored in a storage manager database and dictates that thestorage manager 210 should initiate deduplicated backups at thesource system 201 every five minutes. The storage policy further specifies that the media agent 270 a should communicate changed data from thesource system 201 to thedestination system 202 every time a deduplicated backup operation completes. - At
block 702, thesystem 200 performs a backup operation associated with the replication process. For instance, in the example case, after the five minutes specified by the storage policy expires, thestorage manager 210 instructs the data agent(s) 240 a and the media agent(s) 270 a to back up data generated by theapplication 260 a to the secondary storage device(s) 280 a, thereby generating the firstbackup copy 285 for use in the replication operation. - At
block 703, thesystem 200 determines whether to create a new metadata container file including metadata associated with a backup used in the replication process. The metadata container file may be referred to as persistent because it is reused for multiple backup operations, and in some cases is reused for backup operations spanning an entire replication process, as is described further herein. For instance, thesystem 200 may create a new metadata container file if no metadata container file associated with the replication process currently exists. Or, thesystem 200 may create a new metadata container file based on a predetermined policy, such when an existing metadata container file includes metadata associated with a predetermined number of backup operations (e.g., 100, 1000, or 10,000), when an existing metadata container file has been in use for a certain predetermined period of time (e.g., 1, 5, or 10 hours), etc. In some cases, multiple metadata container files exist for the same job ID, for example, if the job was suspended and resumed multiple times. - The metadata included in the container file can provide information about the files included in the backup copies, information relating to the backup operation corresponding to the backup copies, etc. For example, the metadata may include information such as the time, size, amount of data transferred, etc.; these types of information can be listed once per container file.
FIG. 7A described further below shows one embodiment of a container file. While the metadata is described with respect toFIG. 7 as being stored in a container file separate from the backup copies, in other embodiments, the metadata can be stored in one or more of the backup copies. In either case, the existing metadata can reside on the secondary storage device(s) 280 a. - In the example scenario, the
storage manager 210 atblock 703 determines that there is no existing metadata container file residing on the secondary storage device(s) 280 a associated with one or more backup operations. For instance, thestorage manager 210 may assume that no metadata container file exists because thestorage manager 210 controls the replication process, and therefore is aware that the metadata container file has not been created yet. In some other embodiments, the media agent 270 a may read the secondary storage device(s) 280 a to determine that no metadata container file exists and inform thestorage manager 210 of the same. In any case, thesystem 200 creates a metadata container file atblock 704. For instance, the media agent 270 a or can collect metadata during the initial backup operation and writes the metadata to the storage device(s) 280 a. The media agent 270 a in the exemplary scenario creates a new metadata container file on the secondary storage device(s) 280 a and writes the collected metadata into the container file. In another embodiment, the media agent 270 a writes the metadata to thebackup file 285 itself. - If at
block 703 thesystem 200 determines that a new metadata container file should not be created, thesystem 200 atblock 705, updates the existing metadata container file to add metadata associated with the current backup. For instance, continuing with the exemplary scenario, after creating the metadata container file atblock 704 in association with performance of the first backup operation, the storage manager determines whether to continue the replication operation atblock 706. Upon determining that the replication process should continue, thesystem 200 returns to block 702 and performs the second deduplicated backup operation in the replication process. Thesystem 200 returns to block 703 and determines that the metadata container file already exists and does not need to be created. For instance, thestorage manager 210 may recognize that an initial metadata container file already exists because it was created in association with the first backup operation. Thus, thestorage manager 210 does not create a new metadata container file, but instead opens the existing metadata container file and updates the existing container file atblock 705 to include metadata associated with the current backup operation. -
FIG. 7A shows an example partialmetadata container file 790. The metadata container file may also be referred to as a replication metadata container. Thereplication metadata container 790 can include information such as job ID, data size, file names, etc.FIG. 7A illustrates thereplication metadata container 790 at two different times: time t0 following an initial backup and time t1 following a second backup. At t0, thereplication metadata container 790 has thejob ID 123, the data size is 2 GB, and the file names include “A,” “B,” and “C.” Backup data at t0 includesBackup File 1, which is 2 GB in size. During the second backup, thesource system 201 backs upBackup File 2, which is 100 MB in size.Backup File 2 includes a new file, File D. Since thereplication metadata container 790 exists at the time of second backup, thesource system 201 updates thereplication metadata container 790 to reflect the information related to the second backup. At t1, following the second backup, thereplication metadata container 790 has thejob ID 123, the data size is 2.1 GB, and the file names include “A,” “B,” “C,” and “D.” The data size is updated from 2 GB to 2.1 GB in view ofBackup File 2, and the file names field is updated to include “D.” Thesource system 201 uses the same job ID for a replication process, and therefore, the job ID remains 123. - The routine 700 can include fewer, more, or different blocks than those illustrated in
FIG. 7 without departing from the spirit and scope of the description. Moreover, it will be appreciated by those skilled in the art and others that some or all of the functions described in this disclosure may be embodied in software executed by one or more processors of the disclosed components and mobile communication devices. The software may be persistently stored in any type of non-volatile and/or non-transitory storage. -
FIG. 8 is a flow diagram of illustrative of one embodiment of a routine 800 for processing an embedded command stream in replication using deduplicated secondary copy data. The routine 800 is described with respect to thesystem 200 ofFIG. 2 . However, one or more of the steps of routine 800 may be implemented by other information management systems, such as those described in greater detail above with reference toFIGS. 1C, 1D, and 1E . The routine 800 can be implemented by any one, or a combination of, a client, a storage manager, a data agent, a media agent, and the like. Moreover, further details regarding certain aspects of at least some of steps of the routine 800 are described in greater detail above with reference toFIG. 2 . Although described in relation to backup operations for the purposes of illustration, the process ofFIG. 8 can be compatible with other types of storage operations, such as, for example, archiving, migration, snapshots, replication operations, and the like. - At
block 801, thesystem 200 receives a stream including commands, hashes, and block data. As explained above, commands can be embedded within a stream along with data. The header for each message in the stream can indicate whether the message contains a command, a hash, or block data. In certain embodiments, the header does not distinguish between a message containing a hash and a message containing block data, and simply indicates that a message contains data. In some embodiments, thestorage manager 210 handles the coding of the commands into the stream. For example, thesource system 201 logs the commands at theclient 220 a, and the commands are processed with data during a backup. - At
block 802, thesystem 200 checks the header of a message in the stream.Media Agent 2 270 b receives the stream and checks the header of each message to determine whether the message contains a command, a hash, or block data. As explained above, in some embodiments, the header only distinguishes between a message containing a command and a message containing data (e.g., hash or block data). - At
block 803, thesystem 200 processes a command message. For example, when the header of a message indicates that it is a command message,Media Agent 2 270 b logs the command in the payload of the message and forwards the command to thedata agent 240 b.Media Agent 2 270 b may collect a number of commands before sending them to thedata agent 240 b or send each command asMedia Agent 2 270 b processes the command. - At
block 804, thesystem 200 performs the command. Thedata agent 240 b can receive the command fromMedia Agent 2 270 b and execute the command on the restored data inInformation Store 2 230 b. - A specific example will now be describe with reference to
FIGS. 2 and 8 for the purposes of illustrating the use of the command stream in the replication process. Thestorage manager 210 is conducting a replication operation in which a plurality of deduplicationed backup copy files 285 including data associated with theclient 220 a have been written to thesecondary storage device 280 a by the media agent 270 a. A replication policy specifies that backup copies occur every one minute, and that data changes are communicated from thesource system 201 to thedestination system 202 after completion of every backup operation. - Following creation of backup copy n and before creation of backup copy n+1, a user deletes a first file, File B. Then, following the deletion, a user renames a second file, File A, as File B. One minute after creation of backup copy n, the
system 200 performs backupcopy n+ 1. Following completion of backup copy n+1, thestorage manager 210 instructs themedia agent 1 270 a of thesource system 201 to communicate the backup copy n+1 to the media agent 270 b of thedestination system 202. Themedia agent 1 270 a sends over the data stream including a header and payload data including data blocks, data block signatures (e.g., hashes), and an embedded command stream. The command stream includes a first entry including information sufficient for themedia agent 2 270 b to determine that the first file, original File B, was deleted, and that the second file, File A, was renamed as File B. The command stream further includes sequence information sufficient for themedia agent 2 270 b to determine that the delete operation occurred prior to the rename operation. Themedia agent 2 270 b at thedestination system 202 receives the data stream from themedia agent 1 270 a of thesource system 201 atblock 801 of the routine 800. As mentioned above, the data stream can include a header and payload data including data blocks, data block signatures (e.g., hashes), and an embedded command stream. For instance, the data stream may be in the format shown inFIG. 4 . Atblock 802 themedia agent 2 270 b reviews the header to determine that the command stream includes one or more commands. Atblock 803 themedia agent 2 270 b processes the messages in the command stream. Themedia agent 2 270 b reviews the messages and then instructs thedata agent 240 b to play back the commands. Thedata agent 240 b first deletes File B on the primary storage device(s) 230 b and then renames File A on primary storage device(s) 230 b as File B. The commands in one embodiment are played back after backup copy n+1 is restored to theprimary storage device 230 b. For example, the commands are played back in the same order as they were performed in thesource system 201 such that the data at thedestination system 202 matches the data at thesource system 201. - The routine 800 can include fewer, more, or different blocks than those illustrated in
FIG. 8 without departing from the spirit and scope of the description. Moreover, it will be appreciated by those skilled in the art and others that some or all of the functions described in this disclosure may be embodied in software executed by one or more processors of the disclosed components and mobile communication devices. The software may be persistently stored in any type of non-volatile and/or non-transitory storage. - Conditional language, such as, among others, “can,” “could,” “might,” or “may,” unless specifically stated otherwise, or otherwise understood within the context as used, is generally intended to convey that certain embodiments include, while other embodiments do not include, certain features, elements and/or steps. Thus, such conditional language is not generally intended to imply that features, elements and/or steps are in any way required for one or more embodiments or that one or more embodiments necessarily include logic for deciding, with or without user input or prompting, whether these features, elements and/or steps are included or are to be performed in any particular embodiment.
- Unless the context clearly requires otherwise, throughout the description and the claims, the words “comprise,” “comprising,” and the like are to be construed in an inclusive sense, as opposed to an exclusive or exhaustive sense; that is to say, in the sense of “including, but not limited to.” As used herein, the terms “connected,” “coupled,” or any variant thereof means any connection or coupling, either direct or indirect, between two or more elements; the coupling or connection between the elements can be physical, logical, or a combination thereof. Additionally, the words “herein,” “above,” “below,” and words of similar import, when used in this application, refer to this application as a whole and not to any particular portions of this application. Where the context permits, words in the above Detailed Description using the singular or plural number may also include the plural or singular number respectively. The word “or” in reference to a list of two or more items, covers all of the following interpretations of the word: any one of the items in the list, all of the items in the list, and any combination of the items in the list. Likewise the term “and/or” in reference to a list of two or more items, covers all of the following interpretations of the word: any one of the items in the list, all of the items in the list, and any combination of the items in the list.
- Depending on the embodiment, certain operations, acts, events, or functions of any of the algorithms described herein can be performed in a different sequence, can be added, merged, or left out altogether (e.g., not all are necessary for the practice of the algorithms). Moreover, in certain embodiments, operations, acts, functions, or events can be performed concurrently, e.g., through multi-threaded processing, interrupt processing, or multiple processors or processor cores or on other parallel architectures, rather than sequentially.
- Systems and modules described herein may comprise software, firmware, hardware, or any combination(s) of software, firmware, or hardware suitable for the purposes described herein. Software and other modules may reside and execute on servers, workstations, personal computers, computerized tablets, PDAs, and other computing devices suitable for the purposes described herein. Software and other modules may be accessible via local memory, via a network, via a browser, or via other means suitable for the purposes described herein. Data structures described herein may comprise computer files, variables, programming arrays, programming structures, or any electronic information storage schemes or methods, or any combinations thereof, suitable for the purposes described herein. User interface elements described herein may comprise elements from graphical user interfaces, interactive voice response, command line interfaces, and other suitable interfaces.
- Further, the processing of the various components of the illustrated systems can be distributed across multiple machines, networks, and other computing resources. In addition, two or more components of a system can be combined into fewer components. Various components of the illustrated systems can be implemented in one or more virtual machines, rather than in dedicated computer hardware systems and/or computing devices. Likewise, the data repositories shown can represent physical and/or logical data storage, including, for example, storage area networks or other distributed storage systems. Moreover, in some embodiments the connections between the components shown represent possible paths of data flow, rather than actual connections between hardware. While some examples of possible connections are shown, any of the subset of the components shown can communicate with any other subset of components in various implementations.
- Embodiments are also described above with reference to flow chart illustrations and/or block diagrams of methods, apparatus (systems) and computer program products. Each block of the flow chart illustrations and/or block diagrams, and combinations of blocks in the flow chart illustrations and/or block diagrams, may be implemented by computer program instructions. Such instructions may be provided to a processor of a general purpose computer, special purpose computer, specially-equipped computer (e.g., comprising a high-performance database server, a graphics subsystem, etc.) or other programmable data processing apparatus to produce a machine, such that the instructions, which execute via the processor(s) of the computer or other programmable data processing apparatus, create means for implementing the acts specified in the flow chart and/or block diagram block or blocks.
- These computer program instructions may also be stored in a non-transitory computer-readable memory that can direct a computer or other programmable data processing apparatus to operate in a particular manner, such that the instructions stored in the computer-readable memory produce an article of manufacture including instruction means which implement the acts specified in the flow chart and/or block diagram block or blocks. The computer program instructions may also be loaded onto a computing device or other programmable data processing apparatus to cause a series of operations to be performed on the computing device or other programmable apparatus to produce a computer implemented process such that the instructions which execute on the computer or other programmable apparatus provide steps for implementing the acts specified in the flow chart and/or block diagram block or blocks.
- Any patents and applications and other references noted above, including any that may be listed in accompanying filing papers, are incorporated herein by reference. Aspects of the invention can be modified, if necessary, to employ the systems, functions, and concepts of the various references described above to provide yet further implementations of the invention.
- These and other changes can be made to the invention in light of the above Detailed Description. While the above description describes certain examples of the invention, and describes the best mode contemplated, no matter how detailed the above appears in text, the invention can be practiced in many ways. Details of the system may vary considerably in its specific implementation, while still being encompassed by the invention disclosed herein. As noted above, particular terminology used when describing certain features or aspects of the invention should not be taken to imply that the terminology is being redefined herein to be restricted to any specific characteristics, features, or aspects of the invention with which that terminology is associated. In general, the terms used in the following claims should not be construed to limit the invention to the specific examples disclosed in the specification, unless the above Detailed Description section explicitly defines such terms. Accordingly, the actual scope of the invention encompasses not only the disclosed examples, but also all equivalent ways of practicing or implementing the invention under the claims.
- To reduce the number of claims, certain aspects of the invention are presented below in certain claim forms, but the applicant contemplates the various aspects of the invention in any number of claim forms. For example, while only one aspect of the invention is recited as a means-plus-function claim under 35 U.S.C sec. 112(f) (AIA), other aspects may likewise be embodied as a means-plus-function claim, or in other forms, such as being embodied in a computer-readable medium. Any claims intended to be treated under 35 U.S.C. § 112(f) will begin with the words “means for”, but use of the term “for” in any other context is not intended to invoke treatment under 35 U.S.C. § 112(f). Accordingly, the applicant reserves the right to pursue additional claims after filing this application, in either this application or in a continuing application.
Claims (21)
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US16/596,381 US20200104052A1 (en) | 2015-05-26 | 2019-10-08 | Replication using deduplicated secondary copy data |
Applications Claiming Priority (3)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US14/721,971 US20160350391A1 (en) | 2015-05-26 | 2015-05-26 | Replication using deduplicated secondary copy data |
US15/282,668 US10481826B2 (en) | 2015-05-26 | 2016-09-30 | Replication using deduplicated secondary copy data |
US16/596,381 US20200104052A1 (en) | 2015-05-26 | 2019-10-08 | Replication using deduplicated secondary copy data |
Related Parent Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US15/282,668 Continuation US10481826B2 (en) | 2015-05-26 | 2016-09-30 | Replication using deduplicated secondary copy data |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20200104052A1 true US20200104052A1 (en) | 2020-04-02 |
Family
ID=57398741
Family Applications (5)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US14/721,971 Abandoned US20160350391A1 (en) | 2015-05-26 | 2015-05-26 | Replication using deduplicated secondary copy data |
US15/282,553 Active 2036-06-16 US10481825B2 (en) | 2015-05-26 | 2016-09-30 | Replication using deduplicated secondary copy data |
US15/282,445 Expired - Fee Related US10481824B2 (en) | 2015-05-26 | 2016-09-30 | Replication using deduplicated secondary copy data |
US15/282,668 Expired - Fee Related US10481826B2 (en) | 2015-05-26 | 2016-09-30 | Replication using deduplicated secondary copy data |
US16/596,381 Abandoned US20200104052A1 (en) | 2015-05-26 | 2019-10-08 | Replication using deduplicated secondary copy data |
Family Applications Before (4)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US14/721,971 Abandoned US20160350391A1 (en) | 2015-05-26 | 2015-05-26 | Replication using deduplicated secondary copy data |
US15/282,553 Active 2036-06-16 US10481825B2 (en) | 2015-05-26 | 2016-09-30 | Replication using deduplicated secondary copy data |
US15/282,445 Expired - Fee Related US10481824B2 (en) | 2015-05-26 | 2016-09-30 | Replication using deduplicated secondary copy data |
US15/282,668 Expired - Fee Related US10481826B2 (en) | 2015-05-26 | 2016-09-30 | Replication using deduplicated secondary copy data |
Country Status (1)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (5) | US20160350391A1 (en) |
Cited By (23)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US10877856B2 (en) | 2015-12-30 | 2020-12-29 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | System for redirecting requests after a secondary storage computing device failure |
US10903985B2 (en) | 2017-08-25 | 2021-01-26 | Keysight Technologies Singapore (Sales) Pte. Ltd. | Monitoring encrypted network traffic flows in a virtual environment using dynamic session key acquisition techniques |
US10956275B2 (en) | 2012-06-13 | 2021-03-23 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Collaborative restore in a networked storage system |
US10992652B2 (en) | 2017-08-25 | 2021-04-27 | Keysight Technologies Singapore (Sales) Pte. Ltd. | Methods, systems, and computer readable media for monitoring encrypted network traffic flows |
US11016859B2 (en) | 2008-06-24 | 2021-05-25 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | De-duplication systems and methods for application-specific data |
US11113246B2 (en) | 2014-10-29 | 2021-09-07 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Accessing a file system using tiered deduplication |
US11119984B2 (en) | 2014-03-17 | 2021-09-14 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Managing deletions from a deduplication database |
US11151284B2 (en) | 2019-01-02 | 2021-10-19 | Bank Of America Corporation | System for active and passive management of location-based copy data |
US11157450B2 (en) | 2013-01-11 | 2021-10-26 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | High availability distributed deduplicated storage system |
US11169888B2 (en) | 2010-12-14 | 2021-11-09 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Client-side repository in a networked deduplicated storage system |
US11190417B2 (en) * | 2020-02-04 | 2021-11-30 | Keysight Technologies, Inc. | Methods, systems, and computer readable media for processing network flow metadata at a network packet broker |
US11288235B2 (en) | 2009-07-08 | 2022-03-29 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Synchronized data deduplication |
US11301420B2 (en) | 2015-04-09 | 2022-04-12 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Highly reusable deduplication database after disaster recovery |
US11422976B2 (en) | 2010-12-14 | 2022-08-23 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Distributed deduplicated storage system |
US11442896B2 (en) | 2019-12-04 | 2022-09-13 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Systems and methods for optimizing restoration of deduplicated data stored in cloud-based storage resources |
US11463264B2 (en) | 2019-05-08 | 2022-10-04 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Use of data block signatures for monitoring in an information management system |
US11616834B2 (en) * | 2015-12-08 | 2023-03-28 | Pure Storage, Inc. | Efficient replication of a dataset to the cloud |
US11656955B1 (en) * | 2022-03-23 | 2023-05-23 | Bank Of America Corporation | Database table valuation |
US11687424B2 (en) | 2020-05-28 | 2023-06-27 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Automated media agent state management |
US11698727B2 (en) | 2018-12-14 | 2023-07-11 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Performing secondary copy operations based on deduplication performance |
US11716313B2 (en) | 2018-08-10 | 2023-08-01 | Keysight Technologies, Inc. | Methods, systems, and computer readable media for implementing bandwidth limitations on specific application traffic at a proxy element |
US11797393B2 (en) | 2022-03-23 | 2023-10-24 | Bank Of America Corporation | Table prioritization for data copy in a multi-environment setup |
US11829251B2 (en) | 2019-04-10 | 2023-11-28 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Restore using deduplicated secondary copy data |
Families Citing this family (221)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US7346751B2 (en) | 2004-04-30 | 2008-03-18 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Systems and methods for generating a storage-related metric |
US7657550B2 (en) | 2005-11-28 | 2010-02-02 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | User interfaces and methods for managing data in a metabase |
US20110010518A1 (en) | 2005-12-19 | 2011-01-13 | Srinivas Kavuri | Systems and Methods for Migrating Components in a Hierarchical Storage Network |
US20200257596A1 (en) | 2005-12-19 | 2020-08-13 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Systems and methods of unified reconstruction in storage systems |
US8370442B2 (en) | 2008-08-29 | 2013-02-05 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Method and system for leveraging identified changes to a mail server |
US7840537B2 (en) | 2006-12-22 | 2010-11-23 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | System and method for storing redundant information |
US8769048B2 (en) | 2008-06-18 | 2014-07-01 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Data protection scheduling, such as providing a flexible backup window in a data protection system |
US8307177B2 (en) | 2008-09-05 | 2012-11-06 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Systems and methods for management of virtualization data |
US8401996B2 (en) | 2009-03-30 | 2013-03-19 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Storing a variable number of instances of data objects |
US8578120B2 (en) | 2009-05-22 | 2013-11-05 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Block-level single instancing |
US11449394B2 (en) | 2010-06-04 | 2022-09-20 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Failover systems and methods for performing backup operations, including heterogeneous indexing and load balancing of backup and indexing resources |
WO2012045023A2 (en) | 2010-09-30 | 2012-04-05 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Archiving data objects using secondary copies |
US8364652B2 (en) | 2010-09-30 | 2013-01-29 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Content aligned block-based deduplication |
US8578109B2 (en) | 2010-09-30 | 2013-11-05 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Systems and methods for retaining and using data block signatures in data protection operations |
US20130227352A1 (en) | 2012-02-24 | 2013-08-29 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Log monitoring |
US9292815B2 (en) | 2012-03-23 | 2016-03-22 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Automation of data storage activities |
US9342537B2 (en) | 2012-04-23 | 2016-05-17 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Integrated snapshot interface for a data storage system |
US8892523B2 (en) | 2012-06-08 | 2014-11-18 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Auto summarization of content |
US20140181038A1 (en) | 2012-12-21 | 2014-06-26 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Systems and methods to categorize unprotected virtual machines |
US9223597B2 (en) | 2012-12-21 | 2015-12-29 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Archiving virtual machines in a data storage system |
US9703584B2 (en) | 2013-01-08 | 2017-07-11 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Virtual server agent load balancing |
US9720787B2 (en) | 2013-01-11 | 2017-08-01 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Table level database restore in a data storage system |
US9886346B2 (en) | 2013-01-11 | 2018-02-06 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Single snapshot for multiple agents |
US20150074536A1 (en) | 2013-09-12 | 2015-03-12 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | File manager integration with virtualization in an information management system, including user control and storage management of virtual machines |
US9639426B2 (en) | 2014-01-24 | 2017-05-02 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Single snapshot for multiple applications |
US9495251B2 (en) | 2014-01-24 | 2016-11-15 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Snapshot readiness checking and reporting |
US10169121B2 (en) | 2014-02-27 | 2019-01-01 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Work flow management for an information management system |
US9633056B2 (en) | 2014-03-17 | 2017-04-25 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Maintaining a deduplication database |
US9811427B2 (en) | 2014-04-02 | 2017-11-07 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Information management by a media agent in the absence of communications with a storage manager |
US20160019317A1 (en) | 2014-07-16 | 2016-01-21 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Volume or virtual machine level backup and generating placeholders for virtual machine files |
US9852026B2 (en) | 2014-08-06 | 2017-12-26 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Efficient application recovery in an information management system based on a pseudo-storage-device driver |
US10360110B2 (en) | 2014-08-06 | 2019-07-23 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Point-in-time backups of a production application made accessible over fibre channel and/or iSCSI as data sources to a remote application by representing the backups as pseudo-disks operating apart from the production application and its host |
US11249858B2 (en) | 2014-08-06 | 2022-02-15 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Point-in-time backups of a production application made accessible over fibre channel and/or ISCSI as data sources to a remote application by representing the backups as pseudo-disks operating apart from the production application and its host |
US9774672B2 (en) | 2014-09-03 | 2017-09-26 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Consolidated processing of storage-array commands by a snapshot-control media agent |
US10042716B2 (en) | 2014-09-03 | 2018-08-07 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Consolidated processing of storage-array commands using a forwarder media agent in conjunction with a snapshot-control media agent |
US9710465B2 (en) | 2014-09-22 | 2017-07-18 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Efficiently restoring execution of a backed up virtual machine based on coordination with virtual-machine-file-relocation operations |
US9417968B2 (en) | 2014-09-22 | 2016-08-16 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Efficiently restoring execution of a backed up virtual machine based on coordination with virtual-machine-file-relocation operations |
US9436555B2 (en) | 2014-09-22 | 2016-09-06 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Efficient live-mount of a backed up virtual machine in a storage management system |
US10776209B2 (en) | 2014-11-10 | 2020-09-15 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Cross-platform virtual machine backup and replication |
US9648105B2 (en) | 2014-11-14 | 2017-05-09 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Unified snapshot storage management, using an enhanced storage manager and enhanced media agents |
US9448731B2 (en) | 2014-11-14 | 2016-09-20 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Unified snapshot storage management |
US9983936B2 (en) | 2014-11-20 | 2018-05-29 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Virtual machine change block tracking |
US20160162364A1 (en) | 2014-12-03 | 2016-06-09 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Secondary storage pruning |
US20160210306A1 (en) | 2015-01-15 | 2016-07-21 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Managing structured data in a data storage system |
US10108687B2 (en) | 2015-01-21 | 2018-10-23 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Database protection using block-level mapping |
US9928144B2 (en) | 2015-03-30 | 2018-03-27 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Storage management of data using an open-archive architecture, including streamlined access to primary data originally stored on network-attached storage and archived to secondary storage |
US9934265B2 (en) | 2015-04-09 | 2018-04-03 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Management of log data |
US9904598B2 (en) | 2015-04-21 | 2018-02-27 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Content-independent and database management system-independent synthetic full backup of a database based on snapshot technology |
US9965369B2 (en) | 2015-04-28 | 2018-05-08 | Viasat, Inc. | Self-organized storage nodes for distributed delivery network |
US10324914B2 (en) | 2015-05-20 | 2019-06-18 | Commvalut Systems, Inc. | Handling user queries against production and archive storage systems, such as for enterprise customers having large and/or numerous files |
US20160350391A1 (en) | 2015-05-26 | 2016-12-01 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Replication using deduplicated secondary copy data |
US9923965B2 (en) * | 2015-06-05 | 2018-03-20 | International Business Machines Corporation | Storage mirroring over wide area network circuits with dynamic on-demand capacity |
US10275320B2 (en) * | 2015-06-26 | 2019-04-30 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Incrementally accumulating in-process performance data and hierarchical reporting thereof for a data stream in a secondary copy operation |
RU2634224C2 (en) * | 2015-06-30 | 2017-10-24 | Общество С Ограниченной Ответственностью "Яндекс" | System and method and persistent computer-readable medium for file replication on client device for cloud storage |
US9766825B2 (en) | 2015-07-22 | 2017-09-19 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Browse and restore for block-level backups |
US10255287B2 (en) * | 2015-07-31 | 2019-04-09 | Hiveio Inc. | Method and apparatus for on-disk deduplication metadata for a deduplication file system |
US10514986B2 (en) | 2015-09-30 | 2019-12-24 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Dynamic triggering of block-level backups based on block change thresholds and corresponding file identities in a data storage management system |
US10176036B2 (en) | 2015-10-29 | 2019-01-08 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Monitoring, diagnosing, and repairing a management database in a data storage management system |
US10102192B2 (en) | 2015-11-03 | 2018-10-16 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Summarization and processing of email on a client computing device based on content contribution to an email thread using weighting techniques |
US9755979B2 (en) | 2015-11-19 | 2017-09-05 | Viasat, Inc. | Enhancing capacity of a direct communication link |
US9923784B2 (en) | 2015-11-25 | 2018-03-20 | International Business Machines Corporation | Data transfer using flexible dynamic elastic network service provider relationships |
US10177993B2 (en) | 2015-11-25 | 2019-01-08 | International Business Machines Corporation | Event-based data transfer scheduling using elastic network optimization criteria |
US10581680B2 (en) | 2015-11-25 | 2020-03-03 | International Business Machines Corporation | Dynamic configuration of network features |
US10057327B2 (en) | 2015-11-25 | 2018-08-21 | International Business Machines Corporation | Controlled transfer of data over an elastic network |
US10216441B2 (en) | 2015-11-25 | 2019-02-26 | International Business Machines Corporation | Dynamic quality of service for storage I/O port allocation |
US9923839B2 (en) | 2015-11-25 | 2018-03-20 | International Business Machines Corporation | Configuring resources to exploit elastic network capability |
US10228962B2 (en) | 2015-12-09 | 2019-03-12 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Live synchronization and management of virtual machines across computing and virtualization platforms and using live synchronization to support disaster recovery |
US10387266B2 (en) | 2015-12-23 | 2019-08-20 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Application-level live synchronization across computing platforms including synchronizing co-resident applications to disparate standby destinations and selectively synchronizing some applications and not others |
US10152527B1 (en) | 2015-12-28 | 2018-12-11 | EMC IP Holding Company LLC | Increment resynchronization in hash-based replication |
US10684924B2 (en) | 2016-02-18 | 2020-06-16 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Data restoration operations based on network path information |
US10296368B2 (en) | 2016-03-09 | 2019-05-21 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Hypervisor-independent block-level live browse for access to backed up virtual machine (VM) data and hypervisor-free file-level recovery (block-level pseudo-mount) |
US10592350B2 (en) | 2016-03-09 | 2020-03-17 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Virtual server cloud file system for virtual machine restore to cloud operations |
US10503753B2 (en) | 2016-03-10 | 2019-12-10 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Snapshot replication operations based on incremental block change tracking |
US10310951B1 (en) | 2016-03-22 | 2019-06-04 | EMC IP Holding Company LLC | Storage system asynchronous data replication cycle trigger with empty cycle detection |
US10324635B1 (en) * | 2016-03-22 | 2019-06-18 | EMC IP Holding Company LLC | Adaptive compression for data replication in a storage system |
US9959073B1 (en) | 2016-03-30 | 2018-05-01 | EMC IP Holding Company LLC | Detection of host connectivity for data migration in a storage system |
US9959063B1 (en) | 2016-03-30 | 2018-05-01 | EMC IP Holding Company LLC | Parallel migration of multiple consistency groups in a storage system |
US10095428B1 (en) | 2016-03-30 | 2018-10-09 | EMC IP Holding Company LLC | Live migration of a tree of replicas in a storage system |
US10565058B1 (en) | 2016-03-30 | 2020-02-18 | EMC IP Holding Company LLC | Adaptive hash-based data replication in a storage system |
US10545990B2 (en) * | 2016-03-31 | 2020-01-28 | Veritas Technologies Llc | Replication between heterogeneous storage systems |
US10795577B2 (en) | 2016-05-16 | 2020-10-06 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | De-duplication of client-side data cache for virtual disks |
US10846024B2 (en) | 2016-05-16 | 2020-11-24 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Global de-duplication of virtual disks in a storage platform |
US10248174B2 (en) | 2016-05-24 | 2019-04-02 | Hedvig, Inc. | Persistent reservations for virtual disk using multiple targets |
US10013200B1 (en) | 2016-06-29 | 2018-07-03 | EMC IP Holding Company LLC | Early compression prediction in a storage system with granular block sizes |
US10083067B1 (en) | 2016-06-29 | 2018-09-25 | EMC IP Holding Company LLC | Thread management in a storage system |
US10152232B1 (en) | 2016-06-29 | 2018-12-11 | EMC IP Holding Company LLC | Low-impact application-level performance monitoring with minimal and automatically upgradable instrumentation in a storage system |
US10048874B1 (en) | 2016-06-29 | 2018-08-14 | EMC IP Holding Company LLC | Flow control with a dynamic window in a storage system with latency guarantees |
US9983937B1 (en) | 2016-06-29 | 2018-05-29 | EMC IP Holding Company LLC | Smooth restart of storage clusters in a storage system |
US10437937B2 (en) | 2016-07-12 | 2019-10-08 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Dynamic management of expandable cache storage for multiple network shares configured in a file server |
US10168942B2 (en) * | 2016-09-01 | 2019-01-01 | Vmware, Inc. | Automatically removing dependency on slow disks in a distributed storage system |
US10725965B1 (en) * | 2016-09-30 | 2020-07-28 | EMC IP Holding Company LLC | Systems and methods for managing copy creation and deletion |
US10747630B2 (en) | 2016-09-30 | 2020-08-18 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Heartbeat monitoring of virtual machines for initiating failover operations in a data storage management system, including operations by a master monitor node |
US10540516B2 (en) | 2016-10-13 | 2020-01-21 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Data protection within an unsecured storage environment |
US10162528B2 (en) | 2016-10-25 | 2018-12-25 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Targeted snapshot based on virtual machine location |
US10210048B2 (en) | 2016-10-25 | 2019-02-19 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Selective snapshot and backup copy operations for individual virtual machines in a shared storage |
US10389810B2 (en) | 2016-11-02 | 2019-08-20 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Multi-threaded scanning of distributed file systems |
US11106632B2 (en) | 2016-11-16 | 2021-08-31 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Dynamically configuring a proxy server using containerization for concurrent and/or overlapping backup, restore, and/or test operations |
US10678758B2 (en) | 2016-11-21 | 2020-06-09 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Cross-platform virtual machine data and memory backup and replication |
US10740193B2 (en) | 2017-02-27 | 2020-08-11 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Hypervisor-independent reference copies of virtual machine payload data based on block-level pseudo-mount |
US10459666B2 (en) | 2017-03-03 | 2019-10-29 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Using storage managers in respective data storage management systems for license distribution, compliance, and updates |
US10896100B2 (en) | 2017-03-24 | 2021-01-19 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Buffered virtual machine replication |
US10776329B2 (en) | 2017-03-28 | 2020-09-15 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Migration of a database management system to cloud storage |
US10613939B2 (en) | 2017-03-28 | 2020-04-07 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Backup index generation process |
US10387073B2 (en) | 2017-03-29 | 2019-08-20 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | External dynamic virtual machine synchronization |
US10599527B2 (en) | 2017-03-29 | 2020-03-24 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Information management cell health monitoring system |
US10949398B2 (en) | 2017-03-29 | 2021-03-16 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Synchronization operations for network-accessible folders |
US11221939B2 (en) | 2017-03-31 | 2022-01-11 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Managing data from internet of things devices in a vehicle |
US11294786B2 (en) | 2017-03-31 | 2022-04-05 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Management of internet of things devices |
US10552294B2 (en) | 2017-03-31 | 2020-02-04 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Management of internet of things devices |
US10567502B2 (en) * | 2017-04-06 | 2020-02-18 | Avid Technology, Inc. | Format-independent media file indexing |
US10664352B2 (en) | 2017-06-14 | 2020-05-26 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Live browsing of backed up data residing on cloned disks |
US11036592B2 (en) | 2017-09-14 | 2021-06-15 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Distributed content indexing architecture with separately stored file previews |
US11263088B2 (en) | 2017-09-14 | 2022-03-01 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Distributed architecture for tracking content indexing |
US10846266B2 (en) | 2017-09-14 | 2020-11-24 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Distributed architecture for content indexing emails |
US11086834B2 (en) | 2017-09-14 | 2021-08-10 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Distributed framework for data proximity-based task splitting in a content indexing system |
US20190108341A1 (en) | 2017-09-14 | 2019-04-11 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Ransomware detection and data pruning management |
US10846180B2 (en) | 2017-09-14 | 2020-11-24 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Distributed framework for task splitting and task assignments in a content indexing system |
US10833866B2 (en) | 2017-10-04 | 2020-11-10 | International Business Machines Corporation | Managing interval boundaries for grouped and digitally signed computer-based records |
US10592478B1 (en) * | 2017-10-23 | 2020-03-17 | EMC IP Holding Company LLC | System and method for reverse replication |
US10795777B1 (en) * | 2017-11-22 | 2020-10-06 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Continuous verified backups |
US10635546B2 (en) | 2017-12-07 | 2020-04-28 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Synthesizing a restore image from one or more secondary copies to facilitate data restore operations to a file server |
US10740300B1 (en) | 2017-12-07 | 2020-08-11 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Synchronization of metadata in a distributed storage system |
US10742735B2 (en) | 2017-12-12 | 2020-08-11 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Enhanced network attached storage (NAS) services interfacing to cloud storage |
US11657068B2 (en) * | 2017-12-15 | 2023-05-23 | International Business Machines Corporation | Efficient migration between asynchronous data replication technologies |
US10831591B2 (en) | 2018-01-11 | 2020-11-10 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Remedial action based on maintaining process awareness in data storage management |
US10740022B2 (en) | 2018-02-14 | 2020-08-11 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Block-level live browsing and private writable backup copies using an ISCSI server |
US10592145B2 (en) | 2018-02-14 | 2020-03-17 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Machine learning-based data object storage |
US10642886B2 (en) | 2018-02-14 | 2020-05-05 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Targeted search of backup data using facial recognition |
US20190251204A1 (en) | 2018-02-14 | 2019-08-15 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Targeted search of backup data using calendar event data |
US10848468B1 (en) | 2018-03-05 | 2020-11-24 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | In-flight data encryption/decryption for a distributed storage platform |
US10877928B2 (en) | 2018-03-07 | 2020-12-29 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Using utilities injected into cloud-based virtual machines for speeding up virtual machine backup operations |
US10761942B2 (en) | 2018-03-12 | 2020-09-01 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Recovery point objective (RPO) driven backup scheduling in a data storage management system using an enhanced data agent |
US11455215B2 (en) * | 2018-04-30 | 2022-09-27 | Nutanix Inc. | Context-based disaster recovery |
US10628267B2 (en) | 2018-05-02 | 2020-04-21 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Client managed data backup process within an enterprise information management system |
US10673943B2 (en) | 2018-05-02 | 2020-06-02 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Network storage backup using distributed media agents |
US11321183B2 (en) | 2018-05-02 | 2022-05-03 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Multi-tiered backup indexing |
US11249863B2 (en) | 2018-05-02 | 2022-02-15 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Backup-based media agent configuration |
US11070630B2 (en) * | 2018-05-04 | 2021-07-20 | Citrix Systems, Inc. | Computer system providing SAAS application session state migration features and related methods |
US10893103B2 (en) | 2018-07-25 | 2021-01-12 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Distributed and scalable storage management using a storage-microservices server |
US10891304B2 (en) | 2018-07-25 | 2021-01-12 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Distributed and scalable client-based storage management |
US11016696B2 (en) | 2018-09-14 | 2021-05-25 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Redundant distributed data storage system |
US10924545B2 (en) | 2018-10-10 | 2021-02-16 | Citrix Systems, Inc. | Computer system providing mirrored SAAS application sessions and related methods |
TWI684925B (en) * | 2018-10-17 | 2020-02-11 | 新漢智能系統股份有限公司 | Method of building object-recognizing model automatically |
US11010258B2 (en) | 2018-11-27 | 2021-05-18 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Generating backup copies through interoperability between components of a data storage management system and appliances for data storage and deduplication |
US11200124B2 (en) | 2018-12-06 | 2021-12-14 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Assigning backup resources based on failover of partnered data storage servers in a data storage management system |
US10860443B2 (en) | 2018-12-10 | 2020-12-08 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Evaluation and reporting of recovery readiness in a data storage management system |
US20200192572A1 (en) | 2018-12-14 | 2020-06-18 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Disk usage growth prediction system |
US11012508B2 (en) | 2018-12-14 | 2021-05-18 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Region-based distributed information management system |
US11347707B2 (en) | 2019-01-22 | 2022-05-31 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | File indexing for virtual machine backups based on using live browse features |
US10872069B2 (en) | 2019-01-22 | 2020-12-22 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | File indexing for virtual machine backups in a data storage management system |
US10996974B2 (en) | 2019-01-30 | 2021-05-04 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Cross-hypervisor live mount of backed up virtual machine data, including management of cache storage for virtual machine data |
US10768971B2 (en) | 2019-01-30 | 2020-09-08 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Cross-hypervisor live mount of backed up virtual machine data |
US11500835B2 (en) | 2019-02-01 | 2022-11-15 | International Business Machines Corporation | Cohort management for version updates in data deduplication |
US11556699B2 (en) * | 2019-02-04 | 2023-01-17 | Citrix Systems, Inc. | Data migration across SaaS applications |
US11126365B2 (en) | 2019-03-11 | 2021-09-21 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Skipping data backed up in prior backup operations |
US11269732B2 (en) | 2019-03-12 | 2022-03-08 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Managing structured data in a data storage system |
US11321184B2 (en) | 2019-03-26 | 2022-05-03 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Streamlined secondary copy operations for data stored on shared file storage |
US11061927B2 (en) * | 2019-04-03 | 2021-07-13 | Sap Se | Optimization of relocated queries in federated databases using cross database table replicas |
US11579681B2 (en) | 2019-04-08 | 2023-02-14 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Power management of components within a storage management system |
US11100064B2 (en) | 2019-04-30 | 2021-08-24 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Automated log-based remediation of an information management system |
US11494273B2 (en) | 2019-04-30 | 2022-11-08 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Holistically protecting serverless applications across one or more cloud computing environments |
US11442623B2 (en) | 2019-05-02 | 2022-09-13 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Faster browse of secondary copies of block-level data volumes |
US11461184B2 (en) | 2019-06-17 | 2022-10-04 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Data storage management system for protecting cloud-based data including on-demand protection, recovery, and migration of databases-as-a-service and/or serverless database management systems |
US20200401489A1 (en) | 2019-06-24 | 2020-12-24 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Content indexing of files in virtual disk block-level backup copies |
US11308034B2 (en) * | 2019-06-27 | 2022-04-19 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Continuously run log backup with minimal configuration and resource usage from the source machine |
US20210011816A1 (en) | 2019-07-10 | 2021-01-14 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Preparing containerized applications for backup using a backup services container in a container-orchestration pod |
US11042318B2 (en) | 2019-07-29 | 2021-06-22 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Block-level data replication |
US20210037112A1 (en) | 2019-07-29 | 2021-02-04 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Data storage system with rapid restore capability |
US11263173B2 (en) | 2019-07-30 | 2022-03-01 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Transaction log index generation in an enterprise backup system |
US11513922B2 (en) | 2019-08-14 | 2022-11-29 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Systems and methods for change block tracking for backing up changed data |
US11218450B2 (en) | 2019-09-11 | 2022-01-04 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Data protection component scaling in a cloud-based data storage system |
US11256673B2 (en) | 2019-09-11 | 2022-02-22 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Anomaly detection in deduplication pruning operations |
US11237935B2 (en) | 2019-09-11 | 2022-02-01 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Anomaly detection in data protection operations |
US20210133150A1 (en) | 2019-11-04 | 2021-05-06 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Efficient implementation of multiple deduplication databases in a heterogeneous data storage system |
US11237924B2 (en) | 2019-12-11 | 2022-02-01 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Dynamic resizing and re-distribution of destination data storage resources for bare metal restore operations in a data storage management system |
US11223535B2 (en) | 2019-12-31 | 2022-01-11 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Smart network topology systems and methods |
US20210218807A1 (en) * | 2020-01-14 | 2021-07-15 | EMC IP Holding Company LLC | Real-time replication of object storage in cloud storage |
US11467753B2 (en) | 2020-02-14 | 2022-10-11 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | On-demand restore of virtual machine data |
US12026143B2 (en) | 2020-02-27 | 2024-07-02 | Falconstor, Inc. | Virtual storage container for data storage and archiving |
US11301450B2 (en) * | 2020-02-28 | 2022-04-12 | Netapp, Inc. | Maintaining timestamp parity of objects with alternate data streams during transition phase to synchronous state |
US11321188B2 (en) | 2020-03-02 | 2022-05-03 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Platform-agnostic containerized application data protection |
US11422900B2 (en) | 2020-03-02 | 2022-08-23 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Platform-agnostic containerized application data protection |
US11005935B1 (en) | 2020-03-10 | 2021-05-11 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Using multiple streams with network data management protocol to improve performance and granularity of backup and restore operations from/to a file server |
US11334442B2 (en) | 2020-03-10 | 2022-05-17 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Management database long-term archiving to a recovery manager |
US11442768B2 (en) | 2020-03-12 | 2022-09-13 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Cross-hypervisor live recovery of virtual machines |
US11099956B1 (en) | 2020-03-26 | 2021-08-24 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Snapshot-based disaster recovery orchestration of virtual machine failover and failback operations |
US11748143B2 (en) | 2020-05-15 | 2023-09-05 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Live mount of virtual machines in a public cloud computing environment |
US11327663B2 (en) | 2020-06-09 | 2022-05-10 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Ensuring the integrity of data storage volumes used in block-level live synchronization operations in a data storage management system |
US11537959B2 (en) | 2020-06-16 | 2022-12-27 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Dynamic computing progress tracker |
US11487468B2 (en) | 2020-07-17 | 2022-11-01 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Healing failed erasure-coded write attempts in a distributed data storage system configured with fewer storage nodes than data plus parity fragments |
US11494417B2 (en) | 2020-08-07 | 2022-11-08 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Automated email classification in an information management system |
US11500566B2 (en) | 2020-08-25 | 2022-11-15 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Cloud-based distributed data storage system using block-level deduplication based on backup frequencies of incoming backup copies |
US11108861B1 (en) | 2020-08-26 | 2021-08-31 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | System for managing multiple information management cells |
US11647075B2 (en) | 2020-09-22 | 2023-05-09 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Commissioning and decommissioning metadata nodes in a running distributed data storage system |
US11789830B2 (en) | 2020-09-22 | 2023-10-17 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Anti-entropy-based metadata recovery in a strongly consistent distributed data storage system |
US11314687B2 (en) | 2020-09-24 | 2022-04-26 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Container data mover for migrating data between distributed data storage systems integrated with application orchestrators |
US11853568B2 (en) * | 2020-10-21 | 2023-12-26 | EMC IP Holding Company LLC | Front-end offload of storage system hash and compression processing |
US11656951B2 (en) | 2020-10-28 | 2023-05-23 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Data loss vulnerability detection |
US11474753B2 (en) | 2020-10-30 | 2022-10-18 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Systems and methods for backing up to a virtual tape library |
US11323513B1 (en) | 2021-01-22 | 2022-05-03 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Geo-location-based data replication |
US11604706B2 (en) | 2021-02-02 | 2023-03-14 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Back up and restore related data on different cloud storage tiers |
US11645175B2 (en) | 2021-02-12 | 2023-05-09 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Automatic failover of a storage manager |
US20220283902A1 (en) * | 2021-03-05 | 2022-09-08 | EMC IP Holding Company LLC | Writing data blocks directly to object storage |
US11693579B2 (en) | 2021-03-09 | 2023-07-04 | International Business Machines Corporation | Value-based replication of streaming data |
US11574050B2 (en) | 2021-03-12 | 2023-02-07 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Media agent hardening against ransomware attacks |
US11513915B2 (en) * | 2021-04-09 | 2022-11-29 | EMC IP Holding Company LLC | System and method for micro-backup generation |
US11620307B2 (en) * | 2021-06-07 | 2023-04-04 | Snowflake Inc. | Stage replication in a cloud data lake |
US11561978B2 (en) | 2021-06-29 | 2023-01-24 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Intelligent cache management for mounted snapshots based on a behavior model |
US11954513B2 (en) | 2021-07-29 | 2024-04-09 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Scalable recovery and/or migration to cloud- based custom-made virtual machines without using failed machines' credentials |
US12032855B2 (en) | 2021-08-06 | 2024-07-09 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Using an application orchestrator computing environment for automatically scaled deployment of data protection resources needed for data in a production cluster distinct from the application orchestrator or in another application orchestrator computing environment |
US11615147B2 (en) | 2021-08-23 | 2023-03-28 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Mobile storage manager control application for managing a storage manager of an information management system |
US11960504B2 (en) | 2021-09-02 | 2024-04-16 | Bank Of America Corporation | Data replication over low-latency network |
US11593223B1 (en) | 2021-09-02 | 2023-02-28 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Using resource pool administrative entities in a data storage management system to provide shared infrastructure to tenants |
US12033004B2 (en) | 2021-09-28 | 2024-07-09 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Dynamically provisioning computing pods in a computing resource cluster based on a resource request from a storage manager of an information management system |
US12019525B2 (en) | 2021-10-05 | 2024-06-25 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Cloud-based recovery of backed up data using auxiliary copy replication and on-demand failover resources |
US12032542B2 (en) | 2021-11-10 | 2024-07-09 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Systems and methods for optimizing storage and retention of deduplicated secondary copies at storage platforms that are write-once read-many (WORM) enabled |
US12008135B2 (en) | 2021-12-21 | 2024-06-11 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Controlling information privacy in a shared data storage management system |
US11809285B2 (en) | 2022-02-09 | 2023-11-07 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Protecting a management database of a data storage management system to meet a recovery point objective (RPO) |
US12056018B2 (en) | 2022-06-17 | 2024-08-06 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Systems and methods for enforcing a recovery point objective (RPO) for a production database without generating secondary copies of the production database |
US20240004761A1 (en) * | 2022-06-30 | 2024-01-04 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Low impact migration of large data to cloud and virtualized environments |
US11874749B1 (en) * | 2022-09-30 | 2024-01-16 | Dell Products L.P. | Streaming slices out of order for efficient backup |
Family Cites Families (470)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US4267568A (en) | 1975-12-03 | 1981-05-12 | System Development Corporation | Information storage and retrieval system |
US4084231A (en) | 1975-12-18 | 1978-04-11 | International Business Machines Corporation | System for facilitating the copying back of data in disc and tape units of a memory hierarchial system |
GB2035014B (en) | 1978-11-06 | 1982-09-29 | British Broadcasting Corp | Cyclic redundancy data check encoding method and apparatus |
US4417321A (en) | 1981-05-18 | 1983-11-22 | International Business Machines Corp. | Qualifying and sorting file record data |
US4641274A (en) | 1982-12-03 | 1987-02-03 | International Business Machines Corporation | Method for communicating changes made to text form a text processor to a remote host |
EP0128945B1 (en) | 1982-12-09 | 1991-01-30 | Sequoia Systems, Inc. | Memory backup system |
US4686620A (en) | 1984-07-26 | 1987-08-11 | American Telephone And Telegraph Company, At&T Bell Laboratories | Database backup method |
GB8622010D0 (en) | 1986-09-12 | 1986-10-22 | Hewlett Packard Ltd | File backup facility |
US5193154A (en) | 1987-07-10 | 1993-03-09 | Hitachi, Ltd. | Buffered peripheral system and method for backing up and retrieving data to and from backup memory device |
US5005122A (en) | 1987-09-08 | 1991-04-02 | Digital Equipment Corporation | Arrangement with cooperating management server node and network service node |
JPH0743676B2 (en) | 1988-03-11 | 1995-05-15 | 株式会社日立製作所 | Back-up data dump control method and device |
US4912637A (en) | 1988-04-26 | 1990-03-27 | Tandem Computers Incorporated | Version management tool |
US4995035A (en) | 1988-10-31 | 1991-02-19 | International Business Machines Corporation | Centralized management in a computer network |
US5093912A (en) | 1989-06-26 | 1992-03-03 | International Business Machines Corporation | Dynamic resource pool expansion and contraction in multiprocessing environments |
EP0405926B1 (en) | 1989-06-30 | 1996-12-04 | Digital Equipment Corporation | Method and apparatus for managing a shadow set of storage media |
US5454099A (en) | 1989-07-25 | 1995-09-26 | International Business Machines Corporation | CPU implemented method for backing up modified data sets in non-volatile store for recovery in the event of CPU failure |
US5133065A (en) | 1989-07-27 | 1992-07-21 | Personal Computer Peripherals Corporation | Backup computer program for networks |
US5321816A (en) | 1989-10-10 | 1994-06-14 | Unisys Corporation | Local-remote apparatus with specialized image storage modules |
US5504873A (en) | 1989-11-01 | 1996-04-02 | E-Systems, Inc. | Mass data storage and retrieval system |
US5276860A (en) | 1989-12-19 | 1994-01-04 | Epoch Systems, Inc. | Digital data processor with improved backup storage |
US5276867A (en) | 1989-12-19 | 1994-01-04 | Epoch Systems, Inc. | Digital data storage system with improved data migration |
JPH0410041A (en) | 1990-04-27 | 1992-01-14 | Toshiba Corp | Data saving system |
GB2246218B (en) | 1990-07-18 | 1994-02-09 | Stc Plc | Distributed data processing systems |
US5239647A (en) | 1990-09-07 | 1993-08-24 | International Business Machines Corporation | Data storage hierarchy with shared storage level |
US5544347A (en) | 1990-09-24 | 1996-08-06 | Emc Corporation | Data storage system controlled remote data mirroring with respectively maintained data indices |
US5301286A (en) | 1991-01-02 | 1994-04-05 | At&T Bell Laboratories | Memory archiving indexing arrangement |
US5212772A (en) | 1991-02-11 | 1993-05-18 | Gigatrend Incorporated | System for storing data in backup tape device |
US5625793A (en) | 1991-04-15 | 1997-04-29 | International Business Machines Corporation | Automatic cache bypass for instructions exhibiting poor cache hit ratio |
US5287500A (en) | 1991-06-03 | 1994-02-15 | Digital Equipment Corporation | System for allocating storage spaces based upon required and optional service attributes having assigned piorities |
US5333315A (en) | 1991-06-27 | 1994-07-26 | Digital Equipment Corporation | System of device independent file directories using a tag between the directories and file descriptors that migrate with the files |
US5347653A (en) | 1991-06-28 | 1994-09-13 | Digital Equipment Corporation | System for reconstructing prior versions of indexes using records indicating changes between successive versions of the indexes |
US5410700A (en) | 1991-09-04 | 1995-04-25 | International Business Machines Corporation | Computer system which supports asynchronous commitment of data |
EP0541281B1 (en) | 1991-11-04 | 1998-04-29 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Incremental-computer-file backup using signatures |
US5499367A (en) | 1991-11-15 | 1996-03-12 | Oracle Corporation | System for database integrity with multiple logs assigned to client subsets |
US5241670A (en) | 1992-04-20 | 1993-08-31 | International Business Machines Corporation | Method and system for automated backup copy ordering in a time zero backup copy session |
US5263154A (en) | 1992-04-20 | 1993-11-16 | International Business Machines Corporation | Method and system for incremental time zero backup copying of data |
US5241668A (en) | 1992-04-20 | 1993-08-31 | International Business Machines Corporation | Method and system for automated termination and resumption in a time zero backup copy process |
US5784631A (en) | 1992-06-30 | 1998-07-21 | Discovision Associates | Huffman decoder |
US5403639A (en) | 1992-09-02 | 1995-04-04 | Storage Technology Corporation | File server having snapshot application data groups |
EP0680634B1 (en) | 1993-01-21 | 1997-05-14 | Apple Computer, Inc. | Apparatus and method for backing up data from networked computer storage devices |
EP0681721B1 (en) | 1993-02-01 | 2005-03-23 | Sun Microsystems, Inc. | Archiving file system for data servers in a distributed network environment |
CA2121852A1 (en) | 1993-04-29 | 1994-10-30 | Larry T. Jost | Disk meshing and flexible storage mapping with enhanced flexible caching |
US5664106A (en) | 1993-06-04 | 1997-09-02 | Digital Equipment Corporation | Phase-space surface representation of server computer performance in a computer network |
JPH0721135A (en) | 1993-07-02 | 1995-01-24 | Fujitsu Ltd | Data processing system with duplex monitor function |
US5642496A (en) | 1993-09-23 | 1997-06-24 | Kanfi; Arnon | Method of making a backup copy of a memory over a plurality of copying sessions |
US5544345A (en) | 1993-11-08 | 1996-08-06 | International Business Machines Corporation | Coherence controls for store-multiple shared data coordinated by cache directory entries in a shared electronic storage |
EP0728333A1 (en) | 1993-11-09 | 1996-08-28 | Arcada Software | Data backup and restore system for a computer network |
US5495607A (en) | 1993-11-15 | 1996-02-27 | Conner Peripherals, Inc. | Network management system having virtual catalog overview of files distributively stored across network domain |
US5491810A (en) | 1994-03-01 | 1996-02-13 | International Business Machines Corporation | Method and system for automated data storage system space allocation utilizing prioritized data set parameters |
US5673381A (en) | 1994-05-27 | 1997-09-30 | Cheyenne Software International Sales Corp. | System and parallel streaming and data stripping to back-up a network |
US5638509A (en) | 1994-06-10 | 1997-06-10 | Exabyte Corporation | Data storage and protection system |
US5574906A (en) | 1994-10-24 | 1996-11-12 | International Business Machines Corporation | System and method for reducing storage requirement in backup subsystems utilizing segmented compression and differencing |
WO1996025801A1 (en) | 1995-02-17 | 1996-08-22 | Trustus Pty. Ltd. | Method for partitioning a block of data into subblocks and for storing and communicating such subblocks |
US5930831A (en) | 1995-02-23 | 1999-07-27 | Powerquest Corporation | Partition manipulation architecture supporting multiple file systems |
US5559957A (en) | 1995-05-31 | 1996-09-24 | Lucent Technologies Inc. | File system for a data storage device having a power fail recovery mechanism for write/replace operations |
US5699361A (en) | 1995-07-18 | 1997-12-16 | Industrial Technology Research Institute | Multimedia channel formulation mechanism |
US5813009A (en) | 1995-07-28 | 1998-09-22 | Univirtual Corp. | Computer based records management system method |
US5619644A (en) | 1995-09-18 | 1997-04-08 | International Business Machines Corporation | Software directed microcode state save for distributed storage controller |
US5907672A (en) | 1995-10-04 | 1999-05-25 | Stac, Inc. | System for backing up computer disk volumes with error remapping of flawed memory addresses |
JP3856855B2 (en) | 1995-10-06 | 2006-12-13 | 三菱電機株式会社 | Differential backup method |
US5819020A (en) | 1995-10-16 | 1998-10-06 | Network Specialists, Inc. | Real time backup system |
US5778395A (en) | 1995-10-23 | 1998-07-07 | Stac, Inc. | System for backing up files from disk volumes on multiple nodes of a computer network |
US5729743A (en) | 1995-11-17 | 1998-03-17 | Deltatech Research, Inc. | Computer apparatus and method for merging system deltas |
US5761677A (en) | 1996-01-03 | 1998-06-02 | Sun Microsystems, Inc. | Computer system method and apparatus providing for various versions of a file without requiring data copy or log operations |
US5765173A (en) | 1996-01-11 | 1998-06-09 | Connected Corporation | High performance backup via selective file saving which can perform incremental backups and exclude files and uses a changed block signature list |
KR970076238A (en) | 1996-05-23 | 1997-12-12 | 포만 제프리 엘 | Servers, methods and program products thereof for creating and managing multiple copies of client data files |
US5889935A (en) | 1996-05-28 | 1999-03-30 | Emc Corporation | Disaster control features for remote data mirroring |
US5812398A (en) | 1996-06-10 | 1998-09-22 | Sun Microsystems, Inc. | Method and system for escrowed backup of hotelled world wide web sites |
US5940833A (en) | 1996-07-12 | 1999-08-17 | Microsoft Corporation | Compressing sets of integers |
US5813008A (en) | 1996-07-12 | 1998-09-22 | Microsoft Corporation | Single instance storage of information |
US5758359A (en) | 1996-10-24 | 1998-05-26 | Digital Equipment Corporation | Method and apparatus for performing retroactive backups in a computer system |
US5875478A (en) | 1996-12-03 | 1999-02-23 | Emc Corporation | Computer backup using a file system, network, disk, tape and remote archiving repository media system |
US5878408A (en) | 1996-12-06 | 1999-03-02 | International Business Machines Corporation | Data management system and process |
US6131095A (en) | 1996-12-11 | 2000-10-10 | Hewlett-Packard Company | Method of accessing a target entity over a communications network |
AU5929398A (en) | 1997-01-23 | 1998-08-18 | Overland Data, Inc. | Virtual media library |
US5875481A (en) | 1997-01-30 | 1999-02-23 | International Business Machines Corporation | Dynamic reconfiguration of data storage devices to balance recycle throughput |
US6658526B2 (en) | 1997-03-12 | 2003-12-02 | Storage Technology Corporation | Network attached virtual data storage subsystem |
US5924102A (en) | 1997-05-07 | 1999-07-13 | International Business Machines Corporation | System and method for managing critical files |
US6094416A (en) | 1997-05-09 | 2000-07-25 | I/O Control Corporation | Multi-tier architecture for control network |
US5887134A (en) | 1997-06-30 | 1999-03-23 | Sun Microsystems | System and method for preserving message order while employing both programmed I/O and DMA operations |
US6366988B1 (en) | 1997-07-18 | 2002-04-02 | Storactive, Inc. | Systems and methods for electronic data storage management |
WO1999009480A1 (en) | 1997-07-29 | 1999-02-25 | Telebackup Systems, Inc. | Method and system for nonredundant backup of identical files stored on remote computers |
DE69802294T2 (en) | 1997-08-29 | 2002-05-16 | Hewlett-Packard Company, Palo Alto | SYSTEMS FOR DATA BACKUP AND RECOVERY |
EP0899662A1 (en) | 1997-08-29 | 1999-03-03 | Hewlett-Packard Company | Backup and restore system for a computer network |
US5950205A (en) | 1997-09-25 | 1999-09-07 | Cisco Technology, Inc. | Data transmission over the internet using a cache memory file system |
US6275953B1 (en) | 1997-09-26 | 2001-08-14 | Emc Corporation | Recovery from failure of a data processor in a network server |
US6052735A (en) | 1997-10-24 | 2000-04-18 | Microsoft Corporation | Electronic mail object synchronization between a desktop computer and mobile device |
US6021415A (en) | 1997-10-29 | 2000-02-01 | International Business Machines Corporation | Storage management system with file aggregation and space reclamation within aggregated files |
US6418478B1 (en) | 1997-10-30 | 2002-07-09 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Pipelined high speed data transfer mechanism |
US7581077B2 (en) | 1997-10-30 | 2009-08-25 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Method and system for transferring data in a storage operation |
JPH11143754A (en) | 1997-11-05 | 1999-05-28 | Hitachi Ltd | Version information and constitution information display method and device therefor, and computer readable recording medium for recording version information and constitution information display program |
US6131190A (en) | 1997-12-18 | 2000-10-10 | Sidwell; Leland P. | System for modifying JCL parameters to optimize data storage allocations |
US6374336B1 (en) | 1997-12-24 | 2002-04-16 | Avid Technology, Inc. | Computer system and process for transferring multiple high bandwidth streams of data between multiple storage units and multiple applications in a scalable and reliable manner |
US6076148A (en) | 1997-12-26 | 2000-06-13 | Emc Corporation | Mass storage subsystem and backup arrangement for digital data processing system which permits information to be backed up while host computer(s) continue(s) operating in connection with information stored on mass storage subsystem |
US6154787A (en) | 1998-01-21 | 2000-11-28 | Unisys Corporation | Grouping shared resources into one or more pools and automatically re-assigning shared resources from where they are not currently needed to where they are needed |
US6260069B1 (en) | 1998-02-10 | 2001-07-10 | International Business Machines Corporation | Direct data retrieval in a distributed computing system |
EP0945800B1 (en) | 1998-03-02 | 2003-07-16 | Hewlett-Packard Company, A Delaware Corporation | Data backup system |
US6026414A (en) | 1998-03-05 | 2000-02-15 | International Business Machines Corporation | System including a proxy client to backup files in a distributed computing environment |
US6289432B1 (en) | 1998-03-25 | 2001-09-11 | International Business Machines Corporation | Sharing segments of storage by enabling the sharing of page tables |
US6161111A (en) | 1998-03-31 | 2000-12-12 | Emc Corporation | System and method for performing file-handling operations in a digital data processing system using an operating system-independent file map |
US6167402A (en) | 1998-04-27 | 2000-12-26 | Sun Microsystems, Inc. | High performance message store |
US6163856A (en) | 1998-05-29 | 2000-12-19 | Sun Microsystems, Inc. | Method and apparatus for file system disaster recovery |
US20010052015A1 (en) | 1998-06-24 | 2001-12-13 | Chueng-Hsien Lin | Push-pull sevices for the internet |
US6421711B1 (en) | 1998-06-29 | 2002-07-16 | Emc Corporation | Virtual ports for data transferring of a data storage system |
US6366986B1 (en) | 1998-06-30 | 2002-04-02 | Emc Corporation | Method and apparatus for differential backup in a computer storage system |
US6094605A (en) | 1998-07-06 | 2000-07-25 | Storage Technology Corporation | Virtual automated cartridge system |
US6415385B1 (en) | 1998-07-29 | 2002-07-02 | Unisys Corporation | Digital signaturing method and system for packaging specialized native files for open network transport and for burning onto CD-ROM |
US6353878B1 (en) | 1998-08-13 | 2002-03-05 | Emc Corporation | Remote control of backup media in a secondary storage subsystem through access to a primary storage subsystem |
US6269431B1 (en) | 1998-08-13 | 2001-07-31 | Emc Corporation | Virtual storage and block level direct access of secondary storage for recovery of backup data |
US6757705B1 (en) | 1998-08-14 | 2004-06-29 | Microsoft Corporation | Method and system for client-side caching |
GB2341249A (en) | 1998-08-17 | 2000-03-08 | Connected Place Limited | A method of generating a difference file defining differences between an updated file and a base file |
US6425057B1 (en) | 1998-08-27 | 2002-07-23 | Hewlett-Packard Company | Caching protocol method and system based on request frequency and relative storage duration |
US6286084B1 (en) | 1998-09-16 | 2001-09-04 | Cisco Technology, Inc. | Methods and apparatus for populating a network cache |
US6487561B1 (en) | 1998-12-31 | 2002-11-26 | Emc Corporation | Apparatus and methods for copying, backing up, and restoring data using a backup segment size larger than the storage block size |
US6920537B2 (en) | 1998-12-31 | 2005-07-19 | Emc Corporation | Apparatus and methods for copying, backing up and restoring logical objects in a computer storage system by transferring blocks out of order or in parallel |
US6397308B1 (en) | 1998-12-31 | 2002-05-28 | Emc Corporation | Apparatus and method for differential backup and restoration of data in a computer storage system |
US7107395B1 (en) | 1998-12-31 | 2006-09-12 | Emc Corporation | Apparatus and methods for operating a computer storage system |
US6212512B1 (en) | 1999-01-06 | 2001-04-03 | Hewlett-Packard Company | Integration of a database into file management software for protecting, tracking and retrieving data |
US6324581B1 (en) | 1999-03-03 | 2001-11-27 | Emc Corporation | File server system using file system storage, data movers, and an exchange of meta data among data movers for file locking and direct access to shared file systems |
US6389432B1 (en) | 1999-04-05 | 2002-05-14 | Auspex Systems, Inc. | Intelligent virtual volume access |
US6519679B2 (en) | 1999-06-11 | 2003-02-11 | Dell Usa, L.P. | Policy based storage configuration |
US7035880B1 (en) | 1999-07-14 | 2006-04-25 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Modular backup and retrieval system used in conjunction with a storage area network |
US7395282B1 (en) | 1999-07-15 | 2008-07-01 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Hierarchical backup and retrieval system |
US6538669B1 (en) | 1999-07-15 | 2003-03-25 | Dell Products L.P. | Graphical user interface for configuration of a storage system |
US7389311B1 (en) | 1999-07-15 | 2008-06-17 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Modular backup and retrieval system |
US6912629B1 (en) | 1999-07-28 | 2005-06-28 | Storage Technology Corporation | System and method for restoring data from secondary volume to primary volume in a data storage system |
US6490666B1 (en) | 1999-08-20 | 2002-12-03 | Microsoft Corporation | Buffering data in a hierarchical data storage environment |
US6496850B1 (en) | 1999-08-31 | 2002-12-17 | Accenture Llp | Clean-up of orphaned server contexts |
US6343324B1 (en) | 1999-09-13 | 2002-01-29 | International Business Machines Corporation | Method and system for controlling access share storage devices in a network environment by configuring host-to-volume mapping data structures in the controller memory for granting and denying access to the devices |
US7028096B1 (en) | 1999-09-14 | 2006-04-11 | Streaming21, Inc. | Method and apparatus for caching for streaming data |
US6625623B1 (en) | 1999-12-16 | 2003-09-23 | Livevault Corporation | Systems and methods for backing up data files |
US6564228B1 (en) | 2000-01-14 | 2003-05-13 | Sun Microsystems, Inc. | Method of enabling heterogeneous platforms to utilize a universal file system in a storage area network |
US6823377B1 (en) | 2000-01-28 | 2004-11-23 | International Business Machines Corporation | Arrangements and methods for latency-sensitive hashing for collaborative web caching |
US6658436B2 (en) | 2000-01-31 | 2003-12-02 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Logical view and access to data managed by a modular data and storage management system |
US7003641B2 (en) | 2000-01-31 | 2006-02-21 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Logical view with granular access to exchange data managed by a modular data and storage management system |
US6542972B2 (en) | 2000-01-31 | 2003-04-01 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Logical view and access to physical storage in modular data and storage management system |
US6760723B2 (en) | 2000-01-31 | 2004-07-06 | Commvault Systems Inc. | Storage management across multiple time zones |
US6721767B2 (en) | 2000-01-31 | 2004-04-13 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Application specific rollback in a computer system |
US6704730B2 (en) | 2000-02-18 | 2004-03-09 | Avamar Technologies, Inc. | Hash file system and method for use in a commonality factoring system |
US7117246B2 (en) | 2000-02-22 | 2006-10-03 | Sendmail, Inc. | Electronic mail system with methodology providing distributed message store |
US6952737B1 (en) | 2000-03-03 | 2005-10-04 | Intel Corporation | Method and apparatus for accessing remote storage in a distributed storage cluster architecture |
US7730113B1 (en) | 2000-03-07 | 2010-06-01 | Applied Discovery, Inc. | Network-based system and method for accessing and processing emails and other electronic legal documents that may include duplicate information |
US6438368B1 (en) | 2000-03-30 | 2002-08-20 | Ikadega, Inc. | Information distribution system and method |
US6356801B1 (en) | 2000-05-19 | 2002-03-12 | International Business Machines Corporation | High availability work queuing in an automated data storage library |
US6557030B1 (en) | 2000-05-31 | 2003-04-29 | Prediwave Corp. | Systems and methods for providing video-on-demand services for broadcasting systems |
US6665815B1 (en) | 2000-06-22 | 2003-12-16 | Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. | Physical incremental backup using snapshots |
US6330642B1 (en) | 2000-06-29 | 2001-12-11 | Bull Hn Informatin Systems Inc. | Three interconnected raid disk controller data processing system architecture |
US6909722B1 (en) | 2000-07-07 | 2005-06-21 | Qualcomm, Incorporated | Method and apparatus for proportionately multiplexing data streams onto one data stream |
US7082441B1 (en) | 2000-08-17 | 2006-07-25 | Emc Corporation | Method and storage and manipulation of storage system metrics |
US6886020B1 (en) | 2000-08-17 | 2005-04-26 | Emc Corporation | Method and apparatus for storage system metrics management and archive |
US6732125B1 (en) | 2000-09-08 | 2004-05-04 | Storage Technology Corporation | Self archiving log structured volume with intrinsic data protection |
EP1193616A1 (en) | 2000-09-29 | 2002-04-03 | Sony France S.A. | Fixed-length sequence generation of items out of a database using descriptors |
US6760812B1 (en) | 2000-10-05 | 2004-07-06 | International Business Machines Corporation | System and method for coordinating state between networked caches |
US6810398B2 (en) | 2000-11-06 | 2004-10-26 | Avamar Technologies, Inc. | System and method for unorchestrated determination of data sequences using sticky byte factoring to determine breakpoints in digital sequences |
US6557089B1 (en) | 2000-11-28 | 2003-04-29 | International Business Machines Corporation | Backup by ID-suppressed instant virtual copy then physical backup copy with ID reintroduced |
US7003551B2 (en) | 2000-11-30 | 2006-02-21 | Bellsouth Intellectual Property Corp. | Method and apparatus for minimizing storage of common attachment files in an e-mail communications server |
US6799258B1 (en) | 2001-01-10 | 2004-09-28 | Datacore Software Corporation | Methods and apparatus for point-in-time volumes |
US7194454B2 (en) | 2001-03-12 | 2007-03-20 | Lucent Technologies | Method for organizing records of database search activity by topical relevance |
US20020133601A1 (en) | 2001-03-16 | 2002-09-19 | Kennamer Walter J. | Failover of servers over which data is partitioned |
EP1244221A1 (en) | 2001-03-23 | 2002-09-25 | Sun Microsystems, Inc. | Method and system for eliminating data redundancies |
TW518513B (en) | 2001-03-28 | 2003-01-21 | Synq Technology Inc | System and method to update an executing application software by modular way |
US7315884B2 (en) | 2001-04-03 | 2008-01-01 | Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. | Reduction of network retrieval latency using cache and digest |
KR100525785B1 (en) * | 2001-06-15 | 2005-11-03 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Filtering method for pixel of image |
US7685126B2 (en) | 2001-08-03 | 2010-03-23 | Isilon Systems, Inc. | System and methods for providing a distributed file system utilizing metadata to track information about data stored throughout the system |
US7243163B1 (en) | 2001-08-07 | 2007-07-10 | Good Technology, Inc. | System and method for full wireless synchronization of a data processing apparatus with a messaging system |
US6662198B2 (en) | 2001-08-30 | 2003-12-09 | Zoteca Inc. | Method and system for asynchronous transmission, backup, distribution of data and file sharing |
US7586914B2 (en) | 2001-09-27 | 2009-09-08 | Broadcom Corporation | Apparatus and method for hardware creation of a DOCSIS header |
CA2408766A1 (en) | 2001-10-17 | 2003-04-17 | Telecommunications Research Laboratory | Content delivery network bypass system |
US7139809B2 (en) | 2001-11-21 | 2006-11-21 | Clearcube Technology, Inc. | System and method for providing virtual network attached storage using excess distributed storage capacity |
US7496604B2 (en) | 2001-12-03 | 2009-02-24 | Aol Llc | Reducing duplication of files on a network |
US20030115346A1 (en) | 2001-12-13 | 2003-06-19 | Mchenry Stephen T. | Multi-proxy network edge cache system and methods |
US7143091B2 (en) | 2002-02-04 | 2006-11-28 | Cataphorn, Inc. | Method and apparatus for sociological data mining |
US6779093B1 (en) | 2002-02-15 | 2004-08-17 | Veritas Operating Corporation | Control facility for processing in-band control messages during data replication |
US7539735B2 (en) | 2002-03-06 | 2009-05-26 | International Business Machines Corporation | Multi-session no query restore |
US8650266B2 (en) | 2002-03-26 | 2014-02-11 | At&T Intellectual Property Ii, L.P. | Cache validation using smart source selection in a data network |
US20030188106A1 (en) | 2002-03-26 | 2003-10-02 | At&T Corp. | Cache validation using rejuvenation in a data network |
US6983351B2 (en) | 2002-04-11 | 2006-01-03 | International Business Machines Corporation | System and method to guarantee overwrite of expired data in a virtual tape server |
US20060089954A1 (en) | 2002-05-13 | 2006-04-27 | Anschutz Thomas A | Scalable common access back-up architecture |
JP4221646B2 (en) | 2002-06-26 | 2009-02-12 | 日本電気株式会社 | Shared cache server |
US20040181519A1 (en) | 2002-07-09 | 2004-09-16 | Mohammed Shahbaz Anwar | Method for generating multidimensional summary reports from multidimensional summary reports from multidimensional data |
US6865655B1 (en) | 2002-07-30 | 2005-03-08 | Sun Microsystems, Inc. | Methods and apparatus for backing up and restoring data portions stored in client computer systems |
US6952758B2 (en) | 2002-07-31 | 2005-10-04 | International Business Machines Corporation | Method and system for providing consistent data modification information to clients in a storage system |
US7100089B1 (en) | 2002-09-06 | 2006-08-29 | 3Pardata, Inc. | Determining differences between snapshots |
GB2410106B (en) | 2002-09-09 | 2006-09-13 | Commvault Systems Inc | Dynamic storage device pooling in a computer system |
US8370542B2 (en) | 2002-09-16 | 2013-02-05 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Combined stream auxiliary copy system and method |
US7284030B2 (en) | 2002-09-16 | 2007-10-16 | Network Appliance, Inc. | Apparatus and method for processing data in a network |
US7171469B2 (en) | 2002-09-16 | 2007-01-30 | Network Appliance, Inc. | Apparatus and method for storing data in a proxy cache in a network |
US7162496B2 (en) | 2002-09-16 | 2007-01-09 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | System and method for blind media support |
US7287252B2 (en) | 2002-09-27 | 2007-10-23 | The United States Of America Represented By The Secretary Of The Navy | Universal client and consumer |
WO2004034197A2 (en) | 2002-10-07 | 2004-04-22 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | System and method for managing stored data |
US7664771B2 (en) | 2002-10-16 | 2010-02-16 | Microsoft Corporation | Optimizing defragmentation operations in a differential snapshotter |
US8069225B2 (en) | 2003-04-14 | 2011-11-29 | Riverbed Technology, Inc. | Transparent client-server transaction accelerator |
US8176186B2 (en) | 2002-10-30 | 2012-05-08 | Riverbed Technology, Inc. | Transaction accelerator for client-server communications systems |
US7065619B1 (en) | 2002-12-20 | 2006-06-20 | Data Domain, Inc. | Efficient data storage system |
US8375008B1 (en) | 2003-01-17 | 2013-02-12 | Robert Gomes | Method and system for enterprise-wide retention of digital or electronic data |
JP2006516341A (en) | 2003-01-17 | 2006-06-29 | タシット ネットワークス,インク. | Method and system for storage caching with distributed file system |
GB0303192D0 (en) | 2003-02-12 | 2003-03-19 | Saviso Group Ltd | Methods and apparatus for traffic management in peer-to-peer networks |
US7174433B2 (en) | 2003-04-03 | 2007-02-06 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | System and method for dynamically sharing media in a computer network |
US7457982B2 (en) | 2003-04-11 | 2008-11-25 | Network Appliance, Inc. | Writable virtual disk of read-only snapshot file objects |
US7155465B2 (en) | 2003-04-18 | 2006-12-26 | Lee Howard F | Method and apparatus for automatically archiving a file system |
US20040230753A1 (en) | 2003-05-16 | 2004-11-18 | International Business Machines Corporation | Methods and apparatus for providing service differentiation in a shared storage environment |
US7454569B2 (en) | 2003-06-25 | 2008-11-18 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Hierarchical system and method for performing storage operations in a computer network |
US8280926B2 (en) | 2003-08-05 | 2012-10-02 | Sepaton, Inc. | Scalable de-duplication mechanism |
US8938595B2 (en) | 2003-08-05 | 2015-01-20 | Sepaton, Inc. | Emulated storage system |
US20050060643A1 (en) | 2003-08-25 | 2005-03-17 | Miavia, Inc. | Document similarity detection and classification system |
US7577806B2 (en) | 2003-09-23 | 2009-08-18 | Symantec Operating Corporation | Systems and methods for time dependent data storage and recovery |
US7725760B2 (en) | 2003-09-23 | 2010-05-25 | Symantec Operating Corporation | Data storage system |
US7904428B2 (en) | 2003-09-23 | 2011-03-08 | Symantec Corporation | Methods and apparatus for recording write requests directed to a data store |
JP4267420B2 (en) | 2003-10-20 | 2009-05-27 | 株式会社日立製作所 | Storage apparatus and backup acquisition method |
US7251680B2 (en) | 2003-10-31 | 2007-07-31 | Veritas Operating Corporation | Single instance backup of email message attachments |
US7440982B2 (en) | 2003-11-13 | 2008-10-21 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | System and method for stored data archive verification |
CA2544063C (en) | 2003-11-13 | 2013-09-10 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | System and method for combining data streams in pilelined storage operations in a storage network |
WO2005050381A2 (en) | 2003-11-13 | 2005-06-02 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Systems and methods for performing storage operations using network attached storage |
US7613748B2 (en) | 2003-11-13 | 2009-11-03 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Stored data reverification management system and method |
CA2546304A1 (en) | 2003-11-13 | 2005-05-26 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | System and method for performing an image level snapshot and for restoring partial volume data |
US7412583B2 (en) | 2003-11-14 | 2008-08-12 | International Business Machines Corporation | Virtual incremental storage method |
US7225210B2 (en) | 2003-11-20 | 2007-05-29 | Overland Storage, Inc. | Block level data snapshot system and method |
US7272606B2 (en) | 2003-11-26 | 2007-09-18 | Veritas Operating Corporation | System and method for detecting and storing file content access information within a file system |
DE10356724B3 (en) | 2003-12-02 | 2005-06-16 | Deutsches Zentrum für Luft- und Raumfahrt e.V. | Method for reducing the transport volume of data in data networks |
US7155633B2 (en) | 2003-12-08 | 2006-12-26 | Solid Data Systems, Inc. | Exchange server method and system |
US7519726B2 (en) | 2003-12-12 | 2009-04-14 | International Business Machines Corporation | Methods, apparatus and computer programs for enhanced access to resources within a network |
JP5166735B2 (en) | 2003-12-19 | 2013-03-21 | ネットアップ,インコーポレイテッド | System and method capable of synchronous data replication in a very short update interval |
US7734820B1 (en) | 2003-12-31 | 2010-06-08 | Symantec Operating Corporation | Adaptive caching for a distributed file sharing system |
US7246272B2 (en) | 2004-01-16 | 2007-07-17 | International Business Machines Corporation | Duplicate network address detection |
JP4402997B2 (en) | 2004-03-26 | 2010-01-20 | 株式会社日立製作所 | Storage device |
US7246258B2 (en) | 2004-04-28 | 2007-07-17 | Lenovo (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. | Minimizing resynchronization time after backup system failures in an appliance-based business continuance architecture |
US7346751B2 (en) | 2004-04-30 | 2008-03-18 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Systems and methods for generating a storage-related metric |
US7370163B2 (en) | 2004-05-03 | 2008-05-06 | Gemini Storage | Adaptive cache engine for storage area network including systems and methods related thereto |
US8055745B2 (en) * | 2004-06-01 | 2011-11-08 | Inmage Systems, Inc. | Methods and apparatus for accessing data from a primary data storage system for secondary storage |
US7293035B2 (en) | 2004-06-30 | 2007-11-06 | International Business Machines Corporation | System and method for performing compression/encryption on data such that the number of duplicate blocks in the transformed data is increased |
US7383462B2 (en) | 2004-07-02 | 2008-06-03 | Hitachi, Ltd. | Method and apparatus for encrypted remote copy for secure data backup and restoration |
US20060020660A1 (en) | 2004-07-20 | 2006-01-26 | Vishwa Prasad | Proxy and cache architecture for document storage |
US7631194B2 (en) | 2004-09-09 | 2009-12-08 | Microsoft Corporation | Method, system, and apparatus for creating saved searches and auto discovery groups for a data protection system |
US7587423B2 (en) | 2004-09-17 | 2009-09-08 | Sap Ag | Multistep master data cleansing in operative business processes |
JP4475079B2 (en) | 2004-09-29 | 2010-06-09 | 株式会社日立製作所 | Computer system configuration management method |
US8375181B1 (en) | 2004-10-28 | 2013-02-12 | Symantec Operating Corporation | System and method for performing replication based on change tracking information |
US7386578B2 (en) | 2004-10-29 | 2008-06-10 | Sap Ag | Associations between duplicate master data objects |
US7472238B1 (en) | 2004-11-05 | 2008-12-30 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Systems and methods for recovering electronic information from a storage medium |
US7536291B1 (en) | 2004-11-08 | 2009-05-19 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | System and method to support simulated storage operations |
JP4349301B2 (en) | 2004-11-12 | 2009-10-21 | 日本電気株式会社 | Storage management system, method and program |
US8775823B2 (en) | 2006-12-29 | 2014-07-08 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | System and method for encrypting secondary copies of data |
US7574692B2 (en) | 2004-11-19 | 2009-08-11 | Adrian Herscu | Method for building component-software for execution in a standards-compliant programming environment |
US20060136685A1 (en) | 2004-12-17 | 2006-06-22 | Sanrad Ltd. | Method and system to maintain data consistency over an internet small computer system interface (iSCSI) network |
US7437388B1 (en) | 2004-12-21 | 2008-10-14 | Symantec Corporation | Protecting data for distributed applications using cooperative backup agents |
US7711695B2 (en) | 2005-01-18 | 2010-05-04 | Oracle International Corporation | Reducing memory used by metadata for duplicate user defined types |
US8245131B2 (en) | 2005-02-10 | 2012-08-14 | Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. | Constraining layout variations for accommodating variable content in electronic documents |
US7765186B1 (en) | 2005-04-13 | 2010-07-27 | Progress Software Corporation | Update-anywhere replication of distributed systems |
US7672979B1 (en) | 2005-04-22 | 2010-03-02 | Symantec Operating Corporation | Backup and restore techniques using inconsistent state indicators |
US8024292B2 (en) | 2005-06-29 | 2011-09-20 | Emc Corporation | Creation of a single snapshot using a server job request |
EP1739905B1 (en) | 2005-06-30 | 2008-03-12 | Ixos Software AG | Method and system for management of electronic messages |
US7747577B2 (en) | 2005-08-17 | 2010-06-29 | International Business Machines Corporation | Management of redundant objects in storage systems |
US7401080B2 (en) | 2005-08-17 | 2008-07-15 | Microsoft Corporation | Storage reports duplicate file detection |
US7584338B1 (en) | 2005-09-27 | 2009-09-01 | Data Domain, Inc. | Replication of deduplicated storage system |
US8296369B2 (en) | 2005-09-27 | 2012-10-23 | Research In Motion Limited | Email server with proxy caching of unique identifiers |
US9774684B2 (en) | 2005-09-30 | 2017-09-26 | International Business Machines Corporation | Storing data in a dispersed storage network |
US7657550B2 (en) | 2005-11-28 | 2010-02-02 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | User interfaces and methods for managing data in a metabase |
US7636743B2 (en) | 2005-12-19 | 2009-12-22 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Pathname translation in a data replication system |
US7617262B2 (en) | 2005-12-19 | 2009-11-10 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Systems and methods for monitoring application data in a data replication system |
US7620710B2 (en) | 2005-12-19 | 2009-11-17 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | System and method for performing multi-path storage operations |
US7543125B2 (en) | 2005-12-19 | 2009-06-02 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | System and method for performing time-flexible calendric storage operations |
US7617253B2 (en) | 2005-12-19 | 2009-11-10 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Destination systems and methods for performing data replication |
CA2632935C (en) | 2005-12-19 | 2014-02-04 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Systems and methods for performing data replication |
US7606844B2 (en) | 2005-12-19 | 2009-10-20 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | System and method for performing replication copy storage operations |
US7651593B2 (en) | 2005-12-19 | 2010-01-26 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Systems and methods for performing data replication |
US8301839B2 (en) | 2005-12-30 | 2012-10-30 | Citrix Systems, Inc. | System and method for performing granular invalidation of cached dynamically generated objects in a data communication network |
US7840618B2 (en) | 2006-01-03 | 2010-11-23 | Nec Laboratories America, Inc. | Wide area networked file system |
US7899871B1 (en) | 2006-01-23 | 2011-03-01 | Clearwell Systems, Inc. | Methods and systems for e-mail topic classification |
US7743051B1 (en) | 2006-01-23 | 2010-06-22 | Clearwell Systems, Inc. | Methods, systems, and user interface for e-mail search and retrieval |
US8170985B2 (en) | 2006-01-31 | 2012-05-01 | Emc Corporation | Primary stub file retention and secondary retention coordination in a hierarchical storage system |
US7472242B1 (en) | 2006-02-14 | 2008-12-30 | Network Appliance, Inc. | Eliminating duplicate blocks during backup writes |
US7761663B2 (en) | 2006-02-16 | 2010-07-20 | Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. | Operating a replicated cache that includes receiving confirmation that a flush operation was initiated |
US7725655B2 (en) | 2006-02-16 | 2010-05-25 | Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. | Method of operating distributed storage system in which data is read from replicated caches and stored as erasure-coded data |
US8543782B2 (en) | 2006-04-25 | 2013-09-24 | Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. | Content-based, compression-enhancing routing in distributed, differential electronic-data storage systems |
US8165221B2 (en) | 2006-04-28 | 2012-04-24 | Netapp, Inc. | System and method for sampling based elimination of duplicate data |
US8175875B1 (en) | 2006-05-19 | 2012-05-08 | Google Inc. | Efficient indexing of documents with similar content |
US8412682B2 (en) | 2006-06-29 | 2013-04-02 | Netapp, Inc. | System and method for retrieving and using block fingerprints for data deduplication |
US20080005509A1 (en) | 2006-06-30 | 2008-01-03 | International Business Machines Corporation | Caching recovery information on a local system to expedite recovery |
US8726242B2 (en) | 2006-07-27 | 2014-05-13 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Systems and methods for continuous data replication |
US7720841B2 (en) | 2006-10-04 | 2010-05-18 | International Business Machines Corporation | Model-based self-optimizing distributed information management |
US8527469B2 (en) | 2006-10-13 | 2013-09-03 | Sony Corporation | System and method for automatic detection of duplicate digital photos |
US7882077B2 (en) | 2006-10-17 | 2011-02-01 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Method and system for offline indexing of content and classifying stored data |
US7702782B1 (en) | 2006-10-18 | 2010-04-20 | Emc Corporation | Using watermarks to indicate alerts in a storage area network management console |
US9465823B2 (en) | 2006-10-19 | 2016-10-11 | Oracle International Corporation | System and method for data de-duplication |
US10296629B2 (en) | 2006-10-20 | 2019-05-21 | Oracle International Corporation | Server supporting a consistent client-side cache |
US8214517B2 (en) | 2006-12-01 | 2012-07-03 | Nec Laboratories America, Inc. | Methods and systems for quick and efficient data management and/or processing |
CA2705379C (en) | 2006-12-04 | 2016-08-30 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Systems and methods for creating copies of data, such as archive copies |
JP4997950B2 (en) | 2006-12-11 | 2012-08-15 | 富士通株式会社 | Network management system, network management program, and network management method |
US7734669B2 (en) | 2006-12-22 | 2010-06-08 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Managing copies of data |
US7840537B2 (en) | 2006-12-22 | 2010-11-23 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | System and method for storing redundant information |
US7831566B2 (en) | 2006-12-22 | 2010-11-09 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Systems and methods of hierarchical storage management, such as global management of storage operations |
US7733910B2 (en) | 2006-12-29 | 2010-06-08 | Riverbed Technology, Inc. | Data segmentation using shift-varying predicate function fingerprinting |
JP5020673B2 (en) | 2007-03-27 | 2012-09-05 | 株式会社日立製作所 | A computer system that prevents the storage of duplicate files |
US7769971B2 (en) | 2007-03-29 | 2010-08-03 | Data Center Technologies | Replication and restoration of single-instance storage pools |
US7761425B1 (en) | 2007-03-29 | 2010-07-20 | Symantec Corporation | Low-overhead means of performing data backup |
US7873809B2 (en) | 2007-03-29 | 2011-01-18 | Hitachi, Ltd. | Method and apparatus for de-duplication after mirror operation |
US8489830B2 (en) | 2007-03-30 | 2013-07-16 | Symantec Corporation | Implementing read/write, multi-versioned file system on top of backup data |
JP4900811B2 (en) | 2007-03-30 | 2012-03-21 | 株式会社日立製作所 | Storage system and storage control method |
US8768895B2 (en) | 2007-04-11 | 2014-07-01 | Emc Corporation | Subsegmenting for efficient storage, resemblance determination, and transmission |
US20080256431A1 (en) | 2007-04-13 | 2008-10-16 | Arno Hornberger | Apparatus and Method for Generating a Data File or for Reading a Data File |
US7827150B1 (en) | 2007-04-30 | 2010-11-02 | Symantec Corporation | Application aware storage appliance archiving |
EP2153340A4 (en) | 2007-05-08 | 2015-10-21 | Riverbed Technology Inc | A hybrid segment-oriented file server and wan accelerator |
US8315984B2 (en) | 2007-05-22 | 2012-11-20 | Netapp, Inc. | System and method for on-the-fly elimination of redundant data |
US8626741B2 (en) | 2007-06-15 | 2014-01-07 | Emc Corporation | Process for cataloging data objects backed up from a content addressed storage system |
US20090012984A1 (en) | 2007-07-02 | 2009-01-08 | Equivio Ltd. | Method for Organizing Large Numbers of Documents |
US8046509B2 (en) | 2007-07-06 | 2011-10-25 | Prostor Systems, Inc. | Commonality factoring for removable media |
US20090043767A1 (en) | 2007-08-07 | 2009-02-12 | Ashutosh Joshi | Approach For Application-Specific Duplicate Detection |
US8078729B2 (en) | 2007-08-21 | 2011-12-13 | Ntt Docomo, Inc. | Media streaming with online caching and peer-to-peer forwarding |
US7809765B2 (en) | 2007-08-24 | 2010-10-05 | General Electric Company | Sequence identification and analysis |
WO2009032710A2 (en) | 2007-08-29 | 2009-03-12 | Nirvanix, Inc. | Filing system and method for data files stored in a distributed communications network |
US8738575B2 (en) | 2007-09-17 | 2014-05-27 | International Business Machines Corporation | Data recovery in a hierarchical data storage system |
US7822939B1 (en) | 2007-09-25 | 2010-10-26 | Emc Corporation | Data de-duplication using thin provisioning |
US7870409B2 (en) | 2007-09-26 | 2011-01-11 | Hitachi, Ltd. | Power efficient data storage with data de-duplication |
US8548953B2 (en) | 2007-11-12 | 2013-10-01 | F5 Networks, Inc. | File deduplication using storage tiers |
US8180747B2 (en) | 2007-11-12 | 2012-05-15 | F5 Networks, Inc. | Load sharing cluster file systems |
US8244846B2 (en) | 2007-12-26 | 2012-08-14 | Symantec Corporation | Balanced consistent hashing for distributed resource management |
US7962452B2 (en) | 2007-12-28 | 2011-06-14 | International Business Machines Corporation | Data deduplication by separating data from meta data |
US8209334B1 (en) | 2007-12-28 | 2012-06-26 | Don Doerner | Method to direct data to a specific one of several repositories |
US8145614B1 (en) | 2007-12-28 | 2012-03-27 | Emc Corporation | Selection of a data path based on the likelihood that requested information is in a cache |
US8621240B1 (en) | 2007-12-31 | 2013-12-31 | Emc Corporation | User-specific hash authentication |
US7797279B1 (en) | 2007-12-31 | 2010-09-14 | Emc Corporation | Merging of incremental data streams with prior backed-up data |
US8190835B1 (en) | 2007-12-31 | 2012-05-29 | Emc Corporation | Global de-duplication in shared architectures |
US8473956B2 (en) | 2008-01-15 | 2013-06-25 | Microsoft Corporation | Priority based scheduling system for server |
US8261240B2 (en) | 2008-01-15 | 2012-09-04 | Microsoft Corporation | Debugging lazily evaluated program components |
US20090204636A1 (en) | 2008-02-11 | 2009-08-13 | Microsoft Corporation | Multimodal object de-duplication |
US7814074B2 (en) | 2008-03-14 | 2010-10-12 | International Business Machines Corporation | Method and system for assuring integrity of deduplicated data |
JP5115272B2 (en) | 2008-03-28 | 2013-01-09 | 富士通株式会社 | An electronic device system in which a large number of electronic devices are rack-mounted, and an electronic device specific processing method for the electronic device system. |
US8199911B1 (en) | 2008-03-31 | 2012-06-12 | Symantec Operating Corporation | Secure encryption algorithm for data deduplication on untrusted storage |
US7516186B1 (en) | 2008-04-01 | 2009-04-07 | International Business Machines Corporation | Thread based view and archive for simple mail transfer protocol (SMTP) clients devices and methods |
JP2009251725A (en) | 2008-04-02 | 2009-10-29 | Hitachi Ltd | Storage controller and duplicated data detection method using storage controller |
US7539710B1 (en) | 2008-04-11 | 2009-05-26 | International Business Machines Corporation | Method of and system for deduplicating backed up data in a client-server environment |
US9395929B2 (en) | 2008-04-25 | 2016-07-19 | Netapp, Inc. | Network storage server with integrated encryption, compression and deduplication capability |
US8515909B2 (en) | 2008-04-29 | 2013-08-20 | International Business Machines Corporation | Enhanced method and system for assuring integrity of deduplicated data |
US8620877B2 (en) | 2008-04-30 | 2013-12-31 | International Business Machines Corporation | Tunable data fingerprinting for optimizing data deduplication |
US8200638B1 (en) | 2008-04-30 | 2012-06-12 | Netapp, Inc. | Individual file restore from block-level incremental backups by using client-server backup protocol |
US8527482B2 (en) | 2008-06-06 | 2013-09-03 | Chrysalis Storage, Llc | Method for reducing redundancy between two or more datasets |
US8484162B2 (en) | 2008-06-24 | 2013-07-09 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | De-duplication systems and methods for application-specific data |
US9098495B2 (en) | 2008-06-24 | 2015-08-04 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Application-aware and remote single instance data management |
US8219524B2 (en) | 2008-06-24 | 2012-07-10 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Application-aware and remote single instance data management |
US8108446B1 (en) | 2008-06-27 | 2012-01-31 | Symantec Corporation | Methods and systems for managing deduplicated data using unilateral referencing |
US8176269B2 (en) | 2008-06-30 | 2012-05-08 | International Business Machines Corporation | Managing metadata for data blocks used in a deduplication system |
US8468320B1 (en) | 2008-06-30 | 2013-06-18 | Symantec Operating Corporation | Scalability of data deduplication through the use of a locality table |
US8166263B2 (en) | 2008-07-03 | 2012-04-24 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Continuous data protection over intermittent connections, such as continuous data backup for laptops or wireless devices |
US8046550B2 (en) | 2008-07-14 | 2011-10-25 | Quest Software, Inc. | Systems and methods for performing backup operations of virtual machine files |
WO2010013292A1 (en) | 2008-07-31 | 2010-02-04 | 国立大学法人広島大学 | Measuring device and measuring method |
US7913114B2 (en) | 2008-07-31 | 2011-03-22 | Quantum Corporation | Repair of a corrupt data segment used by a de-duplication engine |
US8788466B2 (en) | 2008-08-05 | 2014-07-22 | International Business Machines Corporation | Efficient transfer of deduplicated data |
US8086799B2 (en) | 2008-08-12 | 2011-12-27 | Netapp, Inc. | Scalable deduplication of stored data |
US20100049926A1 (en) | 2008-08-21 | 2010-02-25 | International Business Machines Corporation | Enhancement of data mirroring to provide parallel processing of overlapping writes |
US20100049927A1 (en) | 2008-08-21 | 2010-02-25 | International Business Machines Corporation | Enhancement of data mirroring to provide parallel processing of overlapping writes |
US8307177B2 (en) | 2008-09-05 | 2012-11-06 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Systems and methods for management of virtualization data |
US8725688B2 (en) | 2008-09-05 | 2014-05-13 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Image level copy or restore, such as image level restore without knowledge of data object metadata |
US8290915B2 (en) | 2008-09-15 | 2012-10-16 | International Business Machines Corporation | Retrieval and recovery of data chunks from alternate data stores in a deduplicating system |
US9098519B2 (en) | 2008-09-16 | 2015-08-04 | File System Labs Llc | Methods and apparatus for distributed data storage |
US8620845B2 (en) | 2008-09-24 | 2013-12-31 | Timothy John Stoakes | Identifying application metadata in a backup stream |
US9015181B2 (en) | 2008-09-26 | 2015-04-21 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Systems and methods for managing single instancing data |
US7814149B1 (en) | 2008-09-29 | 2010-10-12 | Symantec Operating Corporation | Client side data deduplication |
US8495032B2 (en) | 2008-10-01 | 2013-07-23 | International Business Machines Corporation | Policy based sharing of redundant data across storage pools in a deduplicating system |
US20100088296A1 (en) | 2008-10-03 | 2010-04-08 | Netapp, Inc. | System and method for organizing data to facilitate data deduplication |
WO2010045262A1 (en) | 2008-10-14 | 2010-04-22 | Wanova Technologies, Ltd. | Storage-network de-duplication |
US8082228B2 (en) | 2008-10-31 | 2011-12-20 | Netapp, Inc. | Remote office duplication |
US8412677B2 (en) | 2008-11-26 | 2013-04-02 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Systems and methods for byte-level or quasi byte-level single instancing |
US8495161B2 (en) | 2008-12-12 | 2013-07-23 | Verizon Patent And Licensing Inc. | Duplicate MMS content checking |
US8200923B1 (en) | 2008-12-31 | 2012-06-12 | Emc Corporation | Method and apparatus for block level data de-duplication |
US8291183B2 (en) | 2009-01-15 | 2012-10-16 | Emc Corporation | Assisted mainframe data de-duplication |
TWI451243B (en) | 2009-01-23 | 2014-09-01 | Infortrend Technology Inc | Method and apparatus for performing volume replication using unified architecture |
US20100306180A1 (en) | 2009-01-28 | 2010-12-02 | Digitiliti, Inc. | File revision management |
US8074043B1 (en) | 2009-01-30 | 2011-12-06 | Symantec Corporation | Method and apparatus to recover from interrupted data streams in a deduplication system |
US8108638B2 (en) | 2009-02-06 | 2012-01-31 | International Business Machines Corporation | Backup of deduplicated data |
US8645334B2 (en) | 2009-02-27 | 2014-02-04 | Andrew LEPPARD | Minimize damage caused by corruption of de-duplicated data |
US8140491B2 (en) | 2009-03-26 | 2012-03-20 | International Business Machines Corporation | Storage management through adaptive deduplication |
US8205065B2 (en) | 2009-03-30 | 2012-06-19 | Exar Corporation | System and method for data deduplication |
US8401996B2 (en) | 2009-03-30 | 2013-03-19 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Storing a variable number of instances of data objects |
US8805953B2 (en) | 2009-04-03 | 2014-08-12 | Microsoft Corporation | Differential file and system restores from peers and the cloud |
US8261126B2 (en) | 2009-04-03 | 2012-09-04 | Microsoft Corporation | Bare metal machine recovery from the cloud |
US20100257403A1 (en) | 2009-04-03 | 2010-10-07 | Microsoft Corporation | Restoration of a system from a set of full and partial delta system snapshots across a distributed system |
US8095756B1 (en) | 2009-04-28 | 2012-01-10 | Netapp, Inc. | System and method for coordinating deduplication operations and backup operations of a storage volume |
US8578120B2 (en) | 2009-05-22 | 2013-11-05 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Block-level single instancing |
US8214611B2 (en) | 2009-06-04 | 2012-07-03 | Hitachi, Ltd. | Storage subsystem and its data processing method, and computer system |
US8255365B2 (en) | 2009-06-08 | 2012-08-28 | Symantec Corporation | Source classification for performing deduplication in a backup operation |
US20100318759A1 (en) | 2009-06-15 | 2010-12-16 | Microsoft Corporation | Distributed rdc chunk store |
US8122284B2 (en) | 2009-06-18 | 2012-02-21 | Taylor Tracy M | N+1 failover and resynchronization of data storage appliances |
US20100333116A1 (en) | 2009-06-30 | 2010-12-30 | Anand Prahlad | Cloud gateway system for managing data storage to cloud storage sites |
US8930306B1 (en) | 2009-07-08 | 2015-01-06 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Synchronized data deduplication |
GB2471715A (en) | 2009-07-10 | 2011-01-12 | Hewlett Packard Development Co | Determining the data chunks to be used as seed data to restore a database, from manifests of chunks stored in a de-duplicated data chunk store. |
US8280854B1 (en) | 2009-09-01 | 2012-10-02 | Symantec Corporation | Systems and methods for relocating deduplicated data within a multi-device storage system |
US8204862B1 (en) | 2009-10-02 | 2012-06-19 | Symantec Corporation | Systems and methods for restoring deduplicated data |
US8380688B2 (en) | 2009-11-06 | 2013-02-19 | International Business Machines Corporation | Method and apparatus for data compression |
US8595188B2 (en) | 2009-11-06 | 2013-11-26 | International Business Machines Corporation | Operating system and file system independent incremental data backup |
US8504528B2 (en) | 2009-11-09 | 2013-08-06 | Ca, Inc. | Duplicate backup data identification and consolidation |
US20110119741A1 (en) | 2009-11-18 | 2011-05-19 | Hotchalk Inc. | Method for Conditionally Obtaining Files From a Local Appliance |
US9501365B2 (en) | 2009-12-28 | 2016-11-22 | Netapp, Inc. | Cloud-based disaster recovery of backup data and metadata |
WO2011082138A1 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2011-07-07 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Systems and methods for performing data management operations using snapshots |
US8224875B1 (en) | 2010-01-05 | 2012-07-17 | Symantec Corporation | Systems and methods for removing unreferenced data segments from deduplicated data systems |
US8452932B2 (en) | 2010-01-06 | 2013-05-28 | Storsimple, Inc. | System and method for efficiently creating off-site data volume back-ups |
US8352422B2 (en) | 2010-03-30 | 2013-01-08 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Data restore systems and methods in a replication environment |
US8468135B2 (en) | 2010-04-14 | 2013-06-18 | International Business Machines Corporation | Optimizing data transmission bandwidth consumption over a wide area network |
US9678968B1 (en) | 2010-05-03 | 2017-06-13 | Panzura, Inc. | Deleting a file from a distributed filesystem |
US8244992B2 (en) | 2010-05-24 | 2012-08-14 | Spackman Stephen P | Policy based data retrieval performance for deduplicated data |
WO2011150391A1 (en) | 2010-05-28 | 2011-12-01 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Systems and methods for performing data replication |
US8370315B1 (en) | 2010-05-28 | 2013-02-05 | Symantec Corporation | System and method for high performance deduplication indexing |
US8504526B2 (en) | 2010-06-04 | 2013-08-06 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Failover systems and methods for performing backup operations |
US20110314070A1 (en) | 2010-06-18 | 2011-12-22 | Microsoft Corporation | Optimization of storage and transmission of data |
US8965907B2 (en) | 2010-06-21 | 2015-02-24 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Assisted filtering of multi-dimensional data |
US20120011101A1 (en) | 2010-07-12 | 2012-01-12 | Computer Associates Think, Inc. | Integrating client and server deduplication systems |
US8548944B2 (en) | 2010-07-15 | 2013-10-01 | Delphix Corp. | De-duplication based backup of file systems |
US9678688B2 (en) | 2010-07-16 | 2017-06-13 | EMC IP Holding Company LLC | System and method for data deduplication for disk storage subsystems |
US8838624B2 (en) | 2010-09-24 | 2014-09-16 | Hitachi Data Systems Corporation | System and method for aggregating query results in a fault-tolerant database management system |
US8364652B2 (en) | 2010-09-30 | 2013-01-29 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Content aligned block-based deduplication |
US8578109B2 (en) | 2010-09-30 | 2013-11-05 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Systems and methods for retaining and using data block signatures in data protection operations |
US8549350B1 (en) | 2010-09-30 | 2013-10-01 | Emc Corporation | Multi-tier recovery |
US9705730B1 (en) | 2013-05-07 | 2017-07-11 | Axcient, Inc. | Cloud storage using Merkle trees |
US20120084272A1 (en) | 2010-10-04 | 2012-04-05 | International Business Machines Corporation | File system support for inert files |
US8886613B2 (en) | 2010-10-12 | 2014-11-11 | Don Doerner | Prioritizing data deduplication |
US9442806B1 (en) * | 2010-11-30 | 2016-09-13 | Veritas Technologies Llc | Block-level deduplication |
US9020900B2 (en) | 2010-12-14 | 2015-04-28 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Distributed deduplicated storage system |
US20120150818A1 (en) | 2010-12-14 | 2012-06-14 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Client-side repository in a networked deduplicated storage system |
KR20120072909A (en) | 2010-12-24 | 2012-07-04 | 주식회사 케이티 | Distribution storage system with content-based deduplication function and object distributive storing method thereof, and computer-readable recording medium |
US9823981B2 (en) | 2011-03-11 | 2017-11-21 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Backup and restore strategies for data deduplication |
US8719264B2 (en) | 2011-03-31 | 2014-05-06 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Creating secondary copies of data based on searches for content |
US8849762B2 (en) | 2011-03-31 | 2014-09-30 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Restoring computing environments, such as autorecovery of file systems at certain points in time |
US9990253B1 (en) | 2011-03-31 | 2018-06-05 | EMC IP Holding Company LLC | System and method for recovering file systems without a replica |
US9323820B1 (en) * | 2011-06-30 | 2016-04-26 | Emc Corporation | Virtual datacenter redundancy |
US8775376B2 (en) | 2011-06-30 | 2014-07-08 | International Business Machines Corporation | Hybrid data backup in a networked computing environment |
US9128901B1 (en) | 2011-12-30 | 2015-09-08 | Emc Corporation | Continuous protection of data and storage management configuration |
US9298715B2 (en) | 2012-03-07 | 2016-03-29 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Data storage system utilizing proxy device for storage operations |
US9286327B2 (en) | 2012-03-30 | 2016-03-15 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Data storage recovery automation |
US9342537B2 (en) | 2012-04-23 | 2016-05-17 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Integrated snapshot interface for a data storage system |
US9218374B2 (en) | 2012-06-13 | 2015-12-22 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Collaborative restore in a networked storage system |
US8909980B1 (en) | 2012-06-29 | 2014-12-09 | Emc Corporation | Coordinating processing for request redirection |
US9075820B2 (en) | 2012-07-30 | 2015-07-07 | Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. | Distributed file system at network switch |
US9092441B1 (en) * | 2012-08-08 | 2015-07-28 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Archival data organization and management |
US8938481B2 (en) | 2012-08-13 | 2015-01-20 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Generic file level restore from a block-level secondary copy |
US9646039B2 (en) | 2013-01-10 | 2017-05-09 | Pure Storage, Inc. | Snapshots in a storage system |
US9804930B2 (en) | 2013-01-11 | 2017-10-31 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Partial file restore in a data storage system |
US9886346B2 (en) | 2013-01-11 | 2018-02-06 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Single snapshot for multiple agents |
US9633033B2 (en) | 2013-01-11 | 2017-04-25 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | High availability distributed deduplicated storage system |
US9483489B2 (en) | 2013-01-14 | 2016-11-01 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Partial sharing of secondary storage files in a data storage system |
US9372865B2 (en) | 2013-02-12 | 2016-06-21 | Atlantis Computing, Inc. | Deduplication metadata access in deduplication file system |
US9558199B2 (en) | 2013-03-07 | 2017-01-31 | Jive Software, Inc. | Efficient data deduplication |
US9959190B2 (en) | 2013-03-12 | 2018-05-01 | International Business Machines Corporation | On-site visualization of component status |
US9483362B2 (en) | 2013-05-08 | 2016-11-01 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Use of auxiliary data protection software in failover operations |
EP2997475A4 (en) | 2013-05-16 | 2017-03-22 | Hewlett-Packard Enterprise Development LP | Deduplicated data storage system having distributed manifest |
US9298724B1 (en) | 2013-06-14 | 2016-03-29 | Symantec Corporation | Systems and methods for preserving deduplication efforts after backup-job failures |
US9201800B2 (en) | 2013-07-08 | 2015-12-01 | Dell Products L.P. | Restoring temporal locality in global and local deduplication storage systems |
US9405628B2 (en) | 2013-09-23 | 2016-08-02 | International Business Machines Corporation | Data migration using multi-storage volume swap |
US9639426B2 (en) | 2014-01-24 | 2017-05-02 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Single snapshot for multiple applications |
US9632874B2 (en) | 2014-01-24 | 2017-04-25 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Database application backup in single snapshot for multiple applications |
US9495251B2 (en) | 2014-01-24 | 2016-11-15 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Snapshot readiness checking and reporting |
US20150212894A1 (en) | 2014-01-24 | 2015-07-30 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Restoring application data from a single snapshot for multiple applications |
US9753812B2 (en) | 2014-01-24 | 2017-09-05 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Generating mapping information for single snapshot for multiple applications |
US9779153B2 (en) * | 2014-03-03 | 2017-10-03 | Netapp, Inc. | Data transfer between storage systems using data fingerprints |
US9633056B2 (en) | 2014-03-17 | 2017-04-25 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Maintaining a deduplication database |
US10380072B2 (en) | 2014-03-17 | 2019-08-13 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Managing deletions from a deduplication database |
US20150269032A1 (en) | 2014-03-18 | 2015-09-24 | Netapp, Inc. | Backing up data to cloud data storage while maintaining storage efficiency |
KR102248915B1 (en) * | 2014-03-26 | 2021-05-07 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Hybrid memory, memory system including the same and data processing method thereof |
US9785554B2 (en) | 2014-05-30 | 2017-10-10 | International Business Machines Corporation | Synchronizing updates of page table status indicators in a multiprocessing environment |
US9547563B2 (en) * | 2014-06-30 | 2017-01-17 | Vmware, Inc. | Recovery system and method for performing site recovery using replicated recovery-specific metadata |
US10360110B2 (en) | 2014-08-06 | 2019-07-23 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Point-in-time backups of a production application made accessible over fibre channel and/or iSCSI as data sources to a remote application by representing the backups as pseudo-disks operating apart from the production application and its host |
US20160042090A1 (en) | 2014-08-06 | 2016-02-11 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Preserving the integrity of a snapshot on a storage device via ephemeral write operations in an information management system |
US9852026B2 (en) | 2014-08-06 | 2017-12-26 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Efficient application recovery in an information management system based on a pseudo-storage-device driver |
US9774672B2 (en) | 2014-09-03 | 2017-09-26 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Consolidated processing of storage-array commands by a snapshot-control media agent |
US10042716B2 (en) | 2014-09-03 | 2018-08-07 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Consolidated processing of storage-array commands using a forwarder media agent in conjunction with a snapshot-control media agent |
US20160094649A1 (en) | 2014-09-30 | 2016-03-31 | Code 42 Software, Inc. | Node-to-node data distribution |
US9575673B2 (en) | 2014-10-29 | 2017-02-21 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Accessing a file system using tiered deduplication |
US9448731B2 (en) | 2014-11-14 | 2016-09-20 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Unified snapshot storage management |
US9648105B2 (en) | 2014-11-14 | 2017-05-09 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Unified snapshot storage management, using an enhanced storage manager and enhanced media agents |
US10339106B2 (en) | 2015-04-09 | 2019-07-02 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Highly reusable deduplication database after disaster recovery |
US20160350391A1 (en) | 2015-05-26 | 2016-12-01 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Replication using deduplicated secondary copy data |
US10089183B2 (en) | 2015-07-31 | 2018-10-02 | Hiveio Inc. | Method and apparatus for reconstructing and checking the consistency of deduplication metadata of a deduplication file system |
US20170192868A1 (en) | 2015-12-30 | 2017-07-06 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | User interface for identifying a location of a failed secondary storage device |
-
2015
- 2015-05-26 US US14/721,971 patent/US20160350391A1/en not_active Abandoned
-
2016
- 2016-09-30 US US15/282,553 patent/US10481825B2/en active Active
- 2016-09-30 US US15/282,445 patent/US10481824B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2016-09-30 US US15/282,668 patent/US10481826B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
-
2019
- 2019-10-08 US US16/596,381 patent/US20200104052A1/en not_active Abandoned
Cited By (29)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US11016859B2 (en) | 2008-06-24 | 2021-05-25 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | De-duplication systems and methods for application-specific data |
US11288235B2 (en) | 2009-07-08 | 2022-03-29 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Synchronized data deduplication |
US11169888B2 (en) | 2010-12-14 | 2021-11-09 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Client-side repository in a networked deduplicated storage system |
US11422976B2 (en) | 2010-12-14 | 2022-08-23 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Distributed deduplicated storage system |
US10956275B2 (en) | 2012-06-13 | 2021-03-23 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Collaborative restore in a networked storage system |
US11157450B2 (en) | 2013-01-11 | 2021-10-26 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | High availability distributed deduplicated storage system |
US11119984B2 (en) | 2014-03-17 | 2021-09-14 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Managing deletions from a deduplication database |
US11188504B2 (en) | 2014-03-17 | 2021-11-30 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Managing deletions from a deduplication database |
US11921675B2 (en) | 2014-10-29 | 2024-03-05 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Accessing a file system using tiered deduplication |
US11113246B2 (en) | 2014-10-29 | 2021-09-07 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Accessing a file system using tiered deduplication |
US11301420B2 (en) | 2015-04-09 | 2022-04-12 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Highly reusable deduplication database after disaster recovery |
US11616834B2 (en) * | 2015-12-08 | 2023-03-28 | Pure Storage, Inc. | Efficient replication of a dataset to the cloud |
US10956286B2 (en) | 2015-12-30 | 2021-03-23 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Deduplication replication in a distributed deduplication data storage system |
US10877856B2 (en) | 2015-12-30 | 2020-12-29 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | System for redirecting requests after a secondary storage computing device failure |
US10903985B2 (en) | 2017-08-25 | 2021-01-26 | Keysight Technologies Singapore (Sales) Pte. Ltd. | Monitoring encrypted network traffic flows in a virtual environment using dynamic session key acquisition techniques |
US10992652B2 (en) | 2017-08-25 | 2021-04-27 | Keysight Technologies Singapore (Sales) Pte. Ltd. | Methods, systems, and computer readable media for monitoring encrypted network traffic flows |
US11489666B2 (en) | 2017-08-25 | 2022-11-01 | Keysight Technologies Singapore (Sales) Pte. Ltd. | Monitoring encrypted network traffic flows in a virtual environment using dynamic session key acquisition techniques |
US11716313B2 (en) | 2018-08-10 | 2023-08-01 | Keysight Technologies, Inc. | Methods, systems, and computer readable media for implementing bandwidth limitations on specific application traffic at a proxy element |
US12067242B2 (en) | 2018-12-14 | 2024-08-20 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Performing secondary copy operations based on deduplication performance |
US11698727B2 (en) | 2018-12-14 | 2023-07-11 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Performing secondary copy operations based on deduplication performance |
US11151284B2 (en) | 2019-01-02 | 2021-10-19 | Bank Of America Corporation | System for active and passive management of location-based copy data |
US11829251B2 (en) | 2019-04-10 | 2023-11-28 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Restore using deduplicated secondary copy data |
US11463264B2 (en) | 2019-05-08 | 2022-10-04 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Use of data block signatures for monitoring in an information management system |
US11442896B2 (en) | 2019-12-04 | 2022-09-13 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Systems and methods for optimizing restoration of deduplicated data stored in cloud-based storage resources |
US11190417B2 (en) * | 2020-02-04 | 2021-11-30 | Keysight Technologies, Inc. | Methods, systems, and computer readable media for processing network flow metadata at a network packet broker |
US11687424B2 (en) | 2020-05-28 | 2023-06-27 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Automated media agent state management |
US11797393B2 (en) | 2022-03-23 | 2023-10-24 | Bank Of America Corporation | Table prioritization for data copy in a multi-environment setup |
US11656955B1 (en) * | 2022-03-23 | 2023-05-23 | Bank Of America Corporation | Database table valuation |
US12093145B2 (en) | 2022-03-23 | 2024-09-17 | Bank Of America Corporation | Table prioritization for data copy in a multi- environment setup |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
US20170083563A1 (en) | 2017-03-23 |
US20170090773A1 (en) | 2017-03-30 |
US10481825B2 (en) | 2019-11-19 |
US10481824B2 (en) | 2019-11-19 |
US20170083558A1 (en) | 2017-03-23 |
US10481826B2 (en) | 2019-11-19 |
US20160350391A1 (en) | 2016-12-01 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US12056086B2 (en) | File system content archiving based on third-party application archiving rules and metadata | |
US11321281B2 (en) | Managing structured data in a data storage system | |
US11188504B2 (en) | Managing deletions from a deduplication database | |
US10884635B2 (en) | Use of auxiliary data protection software in failover operations | |
US10481825B2 (en) | Replication using deduplicated secondary copy data | |
US11301420B2 (en) | Highly reusable deduplication database after disaster recovery | |
US9633056B2 (en) | Maintaining a deduplication database | |
US9934103B2 (en) | Managing multi-source restore operations in an information management system | |
US20160306560A1 (en) | Efficient deduplication database validation |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: COMMVAULT SYSTEMS, INC., NEW JERSEY Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:VIJAYAN, MANOJ KUMAR;JOB, JOE SABU THYVELIKKAKAKTH;SIGNING DATES FROM 20150401 TO 20150408;REEL/FRAME:050657/0819 |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: DOCKETED NEW CASE - READY FOR EXAMINATION |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: RESPONSE TO NON-FINAL OFFICE ACTION ENTERED AND FORWARDED TO EXAMINER |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: FINAL REJECTION MAILED |
|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., AS ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, ILLINOIS Free format text: SECURITY INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:COMMVAULT SYSTEMS, INC.;REEL/FRAME:058496/0836 Effective date: 20211213 |
|
STCB | Information on status: application discontinuation |
Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION |